Wake Forest
University
The Undergraduate Schools
1994-95
Bulletin of Wake Forest University
Photography Credits: Bernard /. Carpenter —pages 13, 63, 107, 153, 170, 215, 243; Melvin
Herndon — page 180; Will Mclntyre — page 50; Lee Runion — pages 77, 103, 232
New Series June 1994 Volume 89, Number 3
Wake Forest College
and
The School of Business
and Accountancy
The Undergraduate Schools
of Wake Forest University
Announcements for
1994-95
This bulletin represents a record of the year 1993-94.
BULLETIN of Wake Forest University (USPS 078-320) is published seven times a year in March, April, May, June
(2 issues), July and November by the University Editor's Office, Wake Forest University, P.O. Box 7205 Reynolda
Station (1834 Wake Forest Road), Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7205. Second class postage paid at Winston-Salem,
NC, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to BULLETIN of Wake Forest
University, Director of Admissions, Box 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305.
The Academic Calendar
Fall Semester 1994
August 24
Wednesday
Move-in day for new students; residence
halls open at 8:00 a.m.
August 25
Thursday
First-year students continue to check in
from 8:00 a.m. -noon
August 25-30
Thursday-Tuesday
Orientation for first-year students
August 26
Friday
Residence hall check-in for transfer stu-
dents between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.
August 26-29
Friday-Monday
Orientation for transfer students
August 27
Saturday
Residence hall check-in for returning stu-
dents from 8:00 a.m. -5:00 p.m.
August 28
Sunday
Residence hall check-in for returning stu-
dents continuing from noon-5:00 p.m.
August 29-30
Monday-Tuesday
Validation/ registration
August 31
Wednesday
Classes begin
September
(date to be announced)
Opening Convocation
September 12
Monday
Last day to add courses
September 26
Monday
Last day to drop courses
October 21
Friday
Fall holiday — Midterm grades due
November 22
Tuesday
All residence halls close at 7:00 p.m.
November 23-27
Wednesday-Sunday
Thanksgiving recess
November 28
Monday
Classes resume
December 9
Friday
Classes end
December 12-17
Monday-Saturday
Examinations
December 17
Saturday
All residence halls close at 7:00 p.m.
Dec.18-Jan.15
Sunday-Sunday
Christmas recess
Spring Semester 1995
January 15
January 16
January 17
January 18
January 30
February
February 13
March 3
March 4-12
March 13
April 14
April 28
May 1-6
May 14
May 15
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Monday
(date to be announced)
Monday
Friday
Saturday-Sunday
Monday
Friday
Friday
Monday-Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Residence halls open at noon
Martin Luther King Jr. Day — no classes
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day to add courses
Founders' Day Convocation
Last day to drop courses
Midterm grades due
All residence halls close at 7:00 p.m.
Spring recess
Classes resume
Good Friday — no classes
Classes end
Examinations
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Table of Contents
The Academic Calendar 2
The University 7
Buildings and Grounds 8
Computer Center 9
Microcomputer Center 11
Communication Services 11
Libraries 11
Recognition and Accreditation 12
The Undergraduate Schools 13
Wake Forest College 14
Statement of Purpose 14
History and Development 15
Chronological History of Wake Forest University 16
Presidents of Wake Forest University 16
Procedures 17
Admission 17
Application 17
Early Decision 18
Admission of Handicapped Students 18
Advanced Placement and CLEP 19
Admission of Transfer Students 19
Expenses 19
Tuition 20
Room Charges 20
Food Services 20
Other Charges 21
Refunds 21
Housing 22
Academic Calendar 22
Orientation and Advising 22
Registration 23
Classification 23
Class Attendance 23
Auditing Courses 24
Dropping a Course 24
Withdrawal from the College 25
Examinations 25
Grading 25
Grade Reports and Transcripts 26
Dean's List 26
Graduation Distinctions 26
Repetition of Courses 27
Probation 27
Requirements for Acceptable Academic Standing 27
Requirements for Readmission 28
Summer Study 29
Transfer Credit 29
Scholarships and Loans 30
Scholarships 30
Federal Financial Aid Programs 42
Exchange Scholarships 43
Loans 43
Concessions 44
Other Financial Aid 45
Special Programs 46
Honors Study 46
Open Curriculum 46
Study at Salem College 46
International Studies 47
Office of International Studies 47
International Students 47
Residential Language Centers 47
International Studies House 47
Foreign Area Studies 47
Opportunities for Study Abroad 47
England (London) 47
Italy (Venice) 48
France (Dijon) 48
Spain (Salamanca) 48
Institute of European Studies 48
China (Beijing) 49
Japan (Hiratsuka) 49
Russia 49
Experiment in International Living 49
Study Abroad in Non-Wake Forest Programs 49
Requirements for Degrees 51
Degrees Offered 51
General Requirements 51
Basic Requirements 52
Divisional Requirements 52
Requirement in Health and Sport Science 53
Proficiency in the Use of English 54
Basic and Divisional Requirements 54
Declaring a Major 54
Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 55
Options for Meeting Major Requirements 55
Double Majors and Joint Majors 55
Minors 56
Interdisciplinary Minors 56
Foreign Area Studies 56
Senior Testing 57
Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 57
Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 58
Degrees in Microbiology 58
Degrees in Dentistry 58
Degrees in Engineering 59
Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies 59
Courses of Instruction— Wake Forest College 60
Anthropology 60
Art 64
Asian Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 68
Biology 69
Chemistry 75
Classical Languages 78
Cultural Resource Preservation (Interdisciplinary Minor) 82
Early Christian Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 83
East Asian Languages and Literatures 84
East Asian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 85
East European Studies (Foreign Area Study) 86
Economics 87
Education 91
English 97
Journalism 99
German and Russian 104
German Studies (Foreign Area Study) 107
Health and Sport Science 108
History 112
Humanities 118
Interdisciplinary Honors 122
International Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 125
Italian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 125
Latin American Studies (Foreign Area Study) 126
Linguistics (Interdisciplinary Minor) 127
Mathematics and Computer Science 129
Medieval Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 134
Military Science 136
Music 138
Natural Sciences 145
Philosophy 146
Physics 150
Politics 154
Psychology 160
Religion 164
Romance Languages 171
Sociology 181
Spanish Studies (Foreign Area Study) 185
Speech Communication 186
Theater 190
Dance 193
Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 194
Women's Studies (Interdisciplinary Minor) 195
Overseas Courses , 197
School of Business and Accountancy 205
Mission 205
Objectives 205
Goals 206
Admission 207
Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 207
Requirements for Continuation 207
Requirements for Graduation 208
Senior Honors Program 208
Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 208
Courses of Instruction 209
Business 209
Accountancy 213
Enrollment 216
Governing and Advisory Boards 217
The Administration 220
The Undergraduate Faculties 233
Emeriti 255
The Committees of the Faculty .....260
Index 265
The University
Wake Forest University is characterized by its devotion to liberal learning
and professional preparation for men and women, its strong sense of
community and fellowship, and its encouragement of free inquiry and
expression.
Founded in 1834 by the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, the school
opened its doors on February 3 as Wake Forest Institute, with Samuel Wait as
principal. It was located in Wake County, North Carolina, on the plantation of Calvin
Jones, near which the village of Wake Forest later developed.
Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College, it is one of the oldest institutions of
higher learning in the state. It was exclusively a college of liberal arts for men until
1894, when the School of Law was established. The School of Medicine, founded in
1902, offered a two-year medical program until 1941. In that year, the school was
moved from the town of Wake Forest to Winston-Salem, became associated with the
North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and was renamed the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine. In 1942, Wake Forest admitted women as regular undergraduate students.
A School of Business Administration was established in 1948. In 1969, the under-
graduate school was succeeded by the Department of Business and Accountancy and
the Department of Economics in Wake Forest College; at the same time the Babcock
Graduate School of Management was established. In 1980, the undergraduate pro-
gram in business and accountancy was reconstituted as the School of Business and
Accountancy. The Division of Graduate Studies, established in 1961, is now organized
as the Graduate School and encompasses advanced work in the arts and sciences on
both the Reynolda and Hawthorne campuses in Winston-Salem.
In 1946, the trustees of Wake Forest College and the Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to relocate
the non-medical divisions of the College to Winston-Salem. The late Charles H.
Babcock and his wife, the late Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a campus site, and
building funds were received from many sources. Between 1952 and 1956, the first
fourteen buildings were erected in Georgian style on the new Winston-Salem campus.
In 1 956, the College moved all operations, leaving the 1 22-year-old campus in the town
of Wake Forest to the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary.
In 1967, the College's augmented character was recognized by the change in name
to Wake Forest University. Today, enrollment in all schools of the University stands
at over 5,000. Governance remains in the hands of the board of trustees, and develop-
ment for each of the six schools of the University is augmented by advisory boards of
visitors. A joint board of University trustees and trustees of the North Carolina Baptist
Hospital is responsible for the Medical Center, which includes the hospital and the
medical school.
Wake Forest's relationship with the Baptist State Convention is an important part
of the school's heritage. Wake Forest and the Convention have a fraternal, voluntary
relationship under which Wake Forest is autonomous in governance.
The College, School of Business and Accountancy, Babcock Graduate School of
Management, School of Law, and the Graduate School are located on the Reynolda
Campus in northwest Winston-Salem. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is about
four miles away, near the city's downtown, on what is known as the Hawthorne
Campus. The University also offers instruction regularly at Casa Artom in Venice, at
Worrell House in London, and in other places around the world.
The College offers courses in more than forty fields of study leading to the
baccalaureate degree. The School of Business and Accountancy offers courses of study
leading to the baccalaureate in business and accountancy and the master's degree in
professional accountancy. The School of Law offers the juris doctor degree and the
Babcock Graduate School of Management, the master of business administration
degree. In addition to the doctor of medicine degree, the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine offers, through the Graduate School, programs leading to the master of
science and doctor of philosophy degrees in the basic medical sciences. The Graduate
School confers the master of arts, master of arts in education, master of arts in liberal
studies, and master of science degrees in the arts and sciences and the doctor of
philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, and physics.
Buildings and Grounds
The Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest is situated on approximately 340 acres; its
physical facilities consist of over thirty buildings, most of which are of modified
Georgian architecture and constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and
limestone. The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of about 150 acres and including
Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the cam-
pus. The Graylyn Estate, an educational conference center, is nearby.
Wait Chapel, named in memory of the first president of the College, seats 2,300. The
Wait Chapel tower contains the Janet Jeffrey Carlisle Harris Carillon, an instrument
of forty-eight bells. Wingate Hall, named in honor of President Washington Manly
Wingate, houses the Department of Religion, the offices of the University chaplaincy
and the Wake Forest Baptist Church, and other classrooms and offices.
Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza from Wait Chapel, houses most of the
administrative offices for the Reynolda Campus as well as the Computer and Micro-
computer Centers. The Benson University Center is the central hub for student activities
and events. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library and its Edwin Graves Wilson Wing house the
main collection of books and documents on the Reynolda Campus. Along with eight
floors of open stacks, with a capacity for over 1,000,000 volumes, it has reading and
reference rooms for study and some academic offices. Carsivell Hall houses the
Departments of Economics, Sociology and Speech Communication.
Winston Hall houses biology and psychology; Salem Hall, the chemistry depart-
ment. Both buildings have laboratories as well as classrooms and special research
facilities. The Olin Physical Laboratory is the facility for the physics department. Harold
W. Tribble Hall accommodates primarily humanities departments, and has seminar
rooms, a philosophy library, and a larger lecture area, DeTamble Auditorium. The
Museum of Anthropology houses the anthropology department and the Museum. The
School of Business and Accountancy and the Department of Mathematics and Com-
puter Science are in the Charles H. Babcock Hall.
The James R. Scales Fine Arts Center is of contemporary design appropriate to the
functions of studio art, theater, musical and dance performances, and instruction in art
history, drama, and music. Off its lobby is a large gallery for special exhibitions. In the
art wing are spacious studios for drawing, painting, sculpture, and printmaking,
along with a smaller gallery and classrooms. In the theater wing are design and
production areas and two technically complete theaters, the larger of traditional
proscenium design and the smaller for experimental ring productions. The music
wing contains Brendle Recital Hall for concerts and lectures, classrooms, practice
rooms for individuals and groups, and the offices of the music department.
The Worrell Professional Center for Law and Management houses the School of Law
and Babcock Graduate School of Management under one roof.
The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium has classrooms for instruction in health and
sport science, courts for indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart-
ments of Health and Sport Science and Military Science. Adjacent are tennis courts,
sports fields, the Campus Stadium, an Indoor Tennis Center, and the Athletic Center for
intercollegiate athletics.
The Wake Forest campus has a wide variety of housing choices available to
students. There is one residence hall which houses only male students: Taylor House.
Three residence halls house only female students: Bostwick, Babcock, and Efird Halls.
Davis House, Huffman House, Johnson Hall, Kitchin House, Luter Hall, Palmer Hall, Piccolo
Hall, Poteat House, and Collins Hall are coeducational by floor or wing. First-year
students live in Bostwick, Davis, Huffman, Johnson, Kitchin, Collins, and Taylor. Upper
class students may choose to live in one of a variety of theme houses including the Fine
Arts House, French House, German House, Women's Studies House, Nia House, Russian
House, and WAKE Radio House, or others which are currently being developed. Student
housing also is available in the townhouse apartments and several small houses
owned by the University. On the edge of the main campus are apartments for faculty
and staff as well as graduate and married students.
Computer Center
The Computer Center supports University instruction, research, and administrative
needs. The University has three mainframe computers. A Hewlett-Packard series
3000/948, used by the administration, has 128 million bytes of memory and 7.6 billion
bytes of disk storage. Academic and library computing use two Hewlett-Packard
series 9000/852 computers. These systems currently offer 192 million bytes of memory
and twelve billion bytes of disk storage. The latter two computers are available
twenty-four hours a day by dial-in modems, from workstations in the microcomputer
labs, and across the campus network.
All students on the Reynolda Campus are given a login ID on the academic
computer, and the login is maintained as long as the student is enrolled. This single
account provides students access to electronic mail, programming languages, and
software packages. There is no charge to students for computing either on the
mainframe or in the microcomputer labs.
10
Computer languages available include FORTRAN77, COBOL 85, Pascal and C.
Statistical packages such as SPSSX, BMDP, SAS, and Minitab can be used for data
analysis, forecasting, and financial modeling. Maple, a symbolic algebra package, is
a new addition to the software. DISSPLA, a powerful graphics package, is available on
the mainframe.
A graphics workstation offers a DOS-based computer and a Macintosh, along with
a scanner, Polaroid Bravo slidemaker, and a six-pen plotter. Software available
includes HARVARD GRAPHICS, LOTUS 1-2-3, Aldus FreeHand and Persuasion,
Digital Darkroom, Microsoft Word, Word Perfect, and SIMSCRIPT/SIMGRAPH,
simulation and modeling software. Output can also be sent to a laser printer.
Many departments on campus have their own computing resources in addition to
those available through the Computer Center. For example, Physics and Chemistry
share two Convex mini-supercomputers, and those departments and Mathematics
and Computer Science have Sun workstations. The School of Business and Accoun-
tancy and the Department of Education have their own microcomputer labs.
Wake Forest has access to computing resources outside the University. The
University is a member of the Inter-University Consortium for Political and Social
Research (ICPSR), located at the University of Michigan. Membership in ICPSR
provides faculty and students with access to a large library of data files, including
public opinion surveys, cross-cultural data, financial data, and complete census data.
The University is a member of EDUCOM, a national consortium of colleges and
universities concerned with computing issues.
Wake Forest belongs to the Internet, an international network used to send
electronic mail, as well as log on and transfer files to and from remote computers.
Wake Forest has access to a CRAY supercomputer through the Microelectronics
Center in the Research Triangle.
The Computer Center supports and maintains the University's high speed, 100
megabit FDDI campus network. This network currently connects most academic and
administrative buildings and provides robust interconnectivity for independent
building Ethernet networks.
There are eight general purpose microcomputer labs available for student use.
Seven of the labs contain Apple Macintosh computers. The eighth lab is a PC lab with
14 Intel-based 486 computers. The labs are connected to the campus network and have
full access to University-supported software and the Internet. Students have access to
software such as Word Perfect, DeltaGraph, Microsoft Word, MacPaint, SPSS, Telnet,
Mail, News, Xwindows and Mosaic directly from any of the labs.
Each lab has either a dot matrix printer or a laser printer. The laser printers are
available on a purchased copy basis. Students may print to the central laser printers
from any lab without charge. Five of the labs are available 24 hours per day. All but
one of those labs are accessible through a card entry system. The lab in Davis residence
hall is staffed with microcomputer assistants from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily.
The Computer Center provides assistance by telephone and supports walk-in
customers during normal business hours. The Computer Center also supports an
extensive Online Information System which includes documentation, class schedules,
University-wide activity calendars, and the electronic version of the Old Gold and
11
Black. Extensive use is made of software such as Gopher, WWW and Mosaic to provide
an integrated and accessible information environment for faculty, staff and students.
Microcomputer Center
The Microcomputer Center provides sales and service of personal computers, periph-
erals and software to full-time students, faculty, and staff. Wake Forest has educa-
tional and volume discount contracts with Apple Computer, Gateway Computer
Systems, and a variety of peripheral and software vendors. Sales consultants are
available to assist with the selection and purchase of systems.
The Microcomputer Center is an authorized warranty repair center for Apple and
Gateway products purchased through the University. The technical staff provides
assistance with installation and service questions, and performs on-campus mainte-
nance of equipment purchased from the University.
Communications Services
Communications Services provides telephone and cable television services to the
students, faculty, and staff of Wake Forest University. All residence hall rooms are
equipped with telephone jacks and cable TV connections. Local dial service for the
campus and Winston-Salem area is provided as part of the housing package. Students
who wish to place long distance calls over the University network can apply for
services at the Telecommunications Department located in Room 23, Reynolda Hall.
Cable television, while providing a recreational outlet, plays an important role by
providing access to campus information and educational offerings. Cable channel 2 is
the Wake Forest University information channel, providing information and a calen-
dar of campus events. WAKE Radio, a student-run station, provides background
music for this channel. Channel 17 carries SCOLA, which provides domestic and
foreign educational programming.
Libraries
The libraries of Wake Forest University support instruction and research at the
undergraduate level and in the disciplines awarding graduate degrees. The libraries
of the University hold membership in the Association of Southeastern Research
Libraries and rank among the top schools in the Southeast in library expenditures per
student.
Facilities in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, which have recently been augmented
by an addition, include an Information Technology Center with multimedia viewing
and editing and a Macintosh lab for student use. All-night study rooms are available
to students with a key-card. Group study rooms are provided for student use. A new
Professional Center Library, combining the Law Library and the Babcock Manage-
ment Library, is housed in the Worrell Professional Center, which opened in 1993.
The libraries share an online catalog which may be consulted at terminals in the
buildings, from the campus network or remotely through a modem. The Reference
12
Department of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides a complete range of reference
services including online searching, tours, freshman orientation, presentation to
individual classes, and assistance with directed and independent studies. Reference
tools are available in electronic and print formats. Interlibrary loan service is available
for Wake Forest students, faculty, and staff. Books, photocopies, and other materials
may be borrowed from other libraries at no charge. The reference staff oversees the
operation of a telefacsimile machine which sends and receives printed information.
The library collections total 1,223,499 volumes. Of these, 940,080 constitute the
general collections in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library; 152,584 are in the new Profes-
sional Center Library; and 130,835 are in the Carpenter Library of the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine. Subscriptions to 1 9,334 periodicals and serials, largely of scholarly
content, are maintained at the three libraries of the University. The holdings of the Z.
Smith Reynolds Library include 36,856 reels of microfilm, 712,596 pieces in other
microformats, and 123,594 titles of United States government publications, as well as
a growing collection of videotapes.
Special collections in the Reynolds Library include the Rare Books Collections and
the Ethel Taylor Crittenden Baptist Historical Collection. The Rare Books collection,
greatly enhanced by the donation of rare and fine books of the late Charles H. Babcock,
emphasizes American and British authors of the late nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries. Among such collections are those of Mark Twain, Gertrude Stein, William
Butler Yeats and T.S. Eliot. There is also an extensive Anglo-Irish literature collection.
The Baptist Historical Collection contains significant books, periodicals, manuscripts,
and church records relating to North Carolina Baptists as well as a collection of the
personal papers of prominent ministers, educators and government officials. The
Wake Forest College /University Archive is also maintained in this area.
Recognition and Accreditation
Wake Forest College was first accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools, the regional accrediting agency, in 1921 . The reaccreditation of 1965 included
the master's and doctoral degree programs in the Division of Graduate Studies. The
University's accreditation was last reaffirmed in December 1987.
The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a member of the Association of American
Medical Colleges and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical Education of
the American Medical Association. The School of Law is a member of the Association
of American Law Schools and is listed as an approved school by the Council of the
Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar of the American Bar Association
and by the Board of Law Examiners and the Council of the North Carolina State Bar.
The Babcock Graduate School of Management and the School of Business and
Accountancy are accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of
Business. The program in counseling leading to the master of arts in education degree
is accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Wake Forest University is a member of many of the major institutional organiza-
tions and associations at the national, regional, and statewide levels, including the
following: the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges,
13
the National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities, the Council of
Graduate Schools in the United States, the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools, the Southern Universities Conference, the Council of Southern Graduate
Schools, the North Carolina Association of Colleges and Universities, and the North
Carolina Association of Independent Colleges and Universities. In addition, many
offices of the University are members of associations which focus on particular aspects
of university administration.
Wake Forest has chapters of the principal national social fraternities and sororities,
professional fraternities, and honor societies, including Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi.
There is an active chapter of the American Association of University Professors on
campus.
The Undergraduate Schools
There are two undergraduate schools at Wake Forest University: Wake Forest College
and the School of Business and Accountancy. The undergraduate schools are gov-
erned by the board of trustees, the University administration, and by their respective
faculties. Responsibility for academic administration is delegated by the president
and trustees to the provost, who is the chief academic officer of the University.
Collaborating with the provost is the associate provost. The deans of the schools report
to the provost and are responsible for academic planning and administration for their
schools. Collaborating with the undergraduate deans are four associate deans of the
College and one assistant dean of the School of Business and Accountancy.
Wake Forest College
Wake Forest College is the undergraduate school of arts and sciences of Wake
Forest University. It is the center of the University's academic life; through it,
the University carries on the tradition of preparing men and women for
personal enrichment, enlightened citizenship, and professional life.
Wake Forest College is a place of meeting. Its teachers and students are of diverse
backgrounds and interests, and that diversity is crucial to the distinctive character of the
College. Wake Forest continually examines its educational purpose and evaluates its
success in fulfilling it. A formal statement of purpose was prepared as part of the school's
decennial reaccreditation process and was adopted by the Board of Trustees.
Purpose
Following is the official statement of purpose of Wake Forest College.
Statement of Purpose
Wake Forest is a university dedicated to the pursuit of excellence in the liberal arts and in
graduate and professional education. Its distinctiveness in its pursuit of its mission
derives from its private, coeducational, and residential character; its size and location; and
its Baptist affiliation. Each of these factors constitutes a significant aspect of the unique
character of the institution.
The University is now comprised of six constituent parts: two undergraduate institu-
tions, Wake Forest College and the School of Business and Accountancy; the Graduate
School; and three professional schools: the School of Law, the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine, and the Babcock Graduate School of Management. It seeks to honor the ideals
of liberal learning, which entail commitment to transmission of cultural heritages;
teaching the modes of learning in the basic disciplines of human knowledge; developing
critical appreciation of moral, aesthetic, and religious values; advancing the frontiers of
knowledge through in-depth study and research; and applying and using knowledge in
the service of humanity.
Wake Forest has been dedicated to the liberal arts for over a century and a half; this
means education in the fundamental fields of human knowledge and achievement, as
distinguished from education that is technical or narrowly vocational. It seeks to encour-
age habits of mind that ask "why," that evaluate evidence, that are open to new ideas, that
attempt to understand and appreciate the perspectives of others, that accept complexity
and grapple with it, that admit error, and that pursue truth. Wake Forest College has by
far the largest student body in the University, and its function is central to the University's
larger life. The College and the Graduate School are most singularly focused on learning
for its own sake; they therefore serve as exemplars of specific academic values in the life
of the University.
Beginning as early as 1894, Wake Forest accepted an obligation to provide professional
training in a number of fields, as a complement to its primary mission of liberal arts
education. This responsibility is fulfilled in the conviction that the humane values
IS
embodied in the liberal arts are also centrally relevant to the professions. Professional
education at Wake Forest is characterized by a commitment to ethical and other profes-
sional ideals that transcend technical skills. Like the Graduate School, the professional
schools are dedicated to the advancement of learning in their fields. In addition, they are
specifically committed to the application of knowledge to solving concrete problems of
human beings. They are strengthened by values and goals which they share with the
College and Graduate School, and the professional schools enhance the work of these
schools and the University as a whole by serving as models of service to humanity.
Wake Forest was founded by private initiative, and ultimate decision-making author-
ity lies in a privately appointed Board of Trustees rather than in a public body. "Funded
to a large extent from private sources of support, [Wake Forest] is determined to chart its
own course in the pursuit of its goals. As a coeducational institution it seeks to 'educate
together' persons of both sexes and from a wide range of backgrounds — racial, ethnic,
religious, geographical, socio-economic, and cultural ... Its residential features are condu-
cive to learning and to the pursuit of a wide range of co-curricular activities. It has made
a conscious choice to remain small in overall size; it takes pride in being able to function
as a community rather than a conglomerate. Its location in the Piedmont area of North
Carolina engenders an ethos that is distinctively Southern, and more specifically North
Carolinian... As it seeks further to broaden its constituency and to receive national
recognition, it is also finding ways to maintain the ethos associated with its regional roots. "
Wake Forest is proud of its Baptist and Christian heritage. For more than a century and
a half, it has provided the University an indispensable basis for its mission and purpose,
enabling Wake Forest to educate thousands of ministers and laypeople for enlightened
leadership in their churches and communities. Far from being exclusive and parochial,
this religious tradition gives the University roots that ensure its lasting identity and
branches that provide a supportive environment for a wide variety of faiths. The Baptist
insistence on both the separation of church and state and local autonomy has helped to
protect the University from interference and domination by outside interests, whether
these be commercial, governmental, or ecclesiastical. The Baptist emphasis upon revealed
truth enables a strong religious critique of human reason, even as the claims of revelation
are put under the scrutiny of reason. The character of intellectual life at Wake Forest
encourages open and frank dialogue and provides assurance that the University will be
ecumenical and not provincial in scope, and that it must encompass perspectives other
than the Christian. Wake Forest thus seeks to maintain and invigorate what is noblest in
its religious heritage.
History and Development
Since 1 834, W T ake Forest College has developed its distinctive pattern of characteristics:
tenacity, independence, a fierce defense of free inquiry and expression, and a concern that
knowledge be used responsibly and compassionately. That these characteristics have
served the school well is displayed by its growth from a small sectarian school to one of
the nation's significant small private universities.
A brief history of Wake Forest is useful in understanding the University as it is today
and appreciating the process through which it developed.
16
Chronological History of Wake Forest University
1834 Founded in the town of Wake Forest, N.C., as Wake Forest Manual Labor Institute
in cooperation with the N.C. Baptist State Convention
1838 Named Wake Forest College
1894 School of Law established
1902 School of Medicine founded
1921 First summer session
1936 Approval of the School of Law by the American Bar Association
1941 Relocation of the School of Medicine to Winston-Salem and eventual change of
name to Bowman Gray School of Medicine and association with the North Carolina
Baptist Hospital
1942 Women admitted as undergraduate students
1956 Move to Winston-Salem in response to an endowment from the Z. Smith Reynolds
Foundation
1961 Graduate studies instituted
1967 Became Wake Forest University
1969 Babcock Graduate School of Management established
1976 James R. Scales Fine Arts Center opened
1984 Sesquicentennial anniversary
1986 End of governing ties to the N.C. Baptist State Convention
1989 Olin Physical Laboratory opened
1990 Clifton L. Benson University Center opened
1992 Edwin Graves Wilson Wing of Z. Smith Reynolds Library dedicated
1993 Worrell Professional Center for Law and Management opened
Presidents of Wake Forest University
1834 Samuel Wait 1905 William Louis Poteat
1845 William Hooper 1927 Francis Pendleton Gaines
1849 John Brown White 1930 Thurman D. Kitchin
1854 Washington Manly Wingate 1950 Harold Wayland Tribble
1879 Thomas Henderson Pritchard 1967 James Ralph Scales
1884 Charles Elisha Taylor 1983 Thomas K. Hearn Jr.
Procedures
All students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the portions of this
bulletin which pertain to their course of study. Statements concerning courses
and expenses are not to be regarded as irrevocable contracts between the student
and the institution. The University reserves the right to change the schedule of classes and
the cost of instruction at any time within the student's term of residence.
Admission
Candidates for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and educational achieve-
ment. The Committee on Admissions carefully considers the applicant's academic
records, scores on tests, and evidence of character, motivation, goals, and general fitness
for study in the College. The applicant's secondary school program must establish a
commitment to the kind of broad liberal education reflected in the academic requirements
of the College.
Admission as a freshman normally requires graduation from an accredited secondary
school with a minimum of sixteen units of high school credit. These should include four
units in English, three in mathematics, two in history and social studies, two in a single
foreign language, and one in the natural sciences. An applicant who presents at least
twelve units of differently distributed college preparatory study can be considered. A
limited number of applicants may be admitted without the high school diploma, with
particular attention given to ability, maturity, and motivation.
All persons admitted are required to submit a health history, along with the results of
a physical examination, certain laboratory tests, and immunization records to the director
of the Student Health Service. If a person who has been accepted but has not yet enrolled
has or develops a health problem which, in the judgment of the director of the health
service, creates a danger to the safety and well-being of the student or others, that person
may be required to delay matriculation until the problem is resolved.
North Carolina law and Wake Forest University require that all new, transfer, readmit,
unclassified or visiting students submit proof of immunization against tetanus and
diphtheria (Td), polio, rubeola, rubella, and mumps before registration. The student
handbook has a detailed statement. A certificate from the student's high school, physician,
or county health department director containing the approved dates is acceptable proof
of immunization. The Student Health Service will furnish a form for this purpose. North
Carolina law requires that students who do not submit proper proof of immunization
within thirty days of enrollment cannot attend Wake Forest University until these
immunizations have been documented.
Application
An application is secured from the Office of Admissions in person or by mail (Box 7305
Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109-7305). It should be completed
and returned to that office no later than January 15 for the fall semester. Most admissions
decisions for the fall semester are made by April 1, with prompt notification of applicants.
18
For the spring semester, applications should be completed and returned no later than
November 1. Except in emergency, the final date for applying for the fall semester is
August 1 and for the spring semester, January 1. Application on this last-date basis is
primarily for nonresident students.
Wake Forest accepts the Common Application in lieu of its own form and gives equal
consideration to both. Students may obtain copies of the Common Application from their
high schools.
The admission application requires records and recommendations directly from
secondary school officials. It also requires test scores, preferably from the senior year, on
the SAT I: Reasoning Test of The College Board. SAT II: Subject Test scores are optional.
All test scores should be sent directly to the University by Educational Testing Service. A
$25 fee to cover the cost of processing must accompany an application. It cannot be applied
to later charges for accepted students or refunded for others. The University reserves the right
to reject any application without explanation.
A $200 admission deposit is required of all students accepted and must be sent to the
Office of Admissions no later than May 1 following notice of acceptance. It is credited
toward first semester fees and is non-refundable. Students notified of acceptance after
May 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring semester should make a non-
refundable admission deposit within two weeks of notification. Failure to make the
admission deposit is taken as cancellation of application by the student. No deposit is
required for summer session enrollment.
Early Decision
An early decision plan is available to well-qualified high school students who decide, by
the close of their junior year, to apply only to Wake Forest University. An early decision
agreement is required with the application, which is sent to the Office of Admissions after
completion of the junior year and not later than November 15 of the senior year. Along
with the high school record, recommendations, and scores on the SAT I: Reasoning Test,
at least one SAT II: Subject Test (preferably the SAT II Writing Test) is recommended.
Candidates for early decision are normally expected to have completed, or be enrolled
in courses to complete, all the natural science, foreign language, literature, and mathemat-
ics requirements of the secondary school. Decisions are based upon junior year grades and
test scores; SATs taken in the fall of the senior year cannot be considered for early decision.
Early decision applicants with completed applications are notified of acceptance on a
rolling basis and not later than December 15 for the fall semester, and the non-refundable
admission deposit is required by January 1 . Applicants not admitted are asked to submit
a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and first semester senior year grade record,
or are advised to apply elsewhere.
Admission of Handicapped Students
Wake Forest College will consider the application of any qualified student, regardless of
handicap, on the basis of the selection criteria established by the University which include
19
personal and academic merit. Upon matriculation, all students will be required to meet
the same standards for graduation. Programs at Wake Forest are accessible to all of its
students. The University will assist handicapped students in making arrangements to
meet special needs. Students who seek further information should consult the Office of
Admissions or the University's equal opportunity officer.
Advanced Placement and CLEP
Advanced placement credit for college level work done in high school is available on the
basis of the Advanced Placement Examination of The College Board and supplementary
information. Especially well-qualified applicants for advanced standing may also be
exempt from some basic and divisional courses with credit on the authorization of the
department concerned. Credit by advanced standing is treated in the same manner as
credit transferred from another college.
Under certain conditions, especially well-prepared applicants may be granted limited
college credit through the subject tests of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
of the Educational Testing Service. Such credit may be assigned with the approval of the
department concerned or the dean of the School of Business and Accountancy.
Admission of Transfer Students
The number of transfer students who can be admitted each year depends upon the
availability of space in the freshman (second semester), sophomore, and junior classes. An
applicant for admission who has attended another college must be a graduate of a
standard junior college or furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating eligibility in
all respects to enter the college last attended, and must have an overall average of at least
C on all college work attempted. A student who is admitted from another college before
fully meeting the prescribed admissions requirements for entering freshmen must
remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake Forest.
The writing of transfer students is evaluated during the orientation period each
semester, and students whose writing is deficient are given a composition condition. For
removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 1 1 during the first
semester for which he or she registers following the assignment of the cc. Removal of the
deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.
Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted subject to
faculty approval. In general, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the Wake Forest
curriculum. The minimum residence requirement for a baccalaureate degree is two
academic years, the senior and one other.
Expenses
Statements concerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevocable contract
between the student and the University. The costs of instruction and other services
outlined herein are those in effect on the date of publication of this bulletin, and the
20
University reserves the right to change without notice the cost of instruction and other
services at any time.
An admission deposit of $200, which is applied toward tuition and fees for the semester
for which the student has been accepted, is required to complete admission. Charges are
due in full on August 1 for the fall semester and December 15 for the spring semester.
Faculty regulations require that student accounts be settled in full before the student is
entitled to receive a grade report, transcript, or diploma, or to register for the following
semester or term.
Tuition
Per Semester Per Year
Full-time (twelve or more credits) $6,925 $13,850
Part-time $395 per credit
Students should expect an average increase of about eight percent yearly in tuition.
However, admittance to the undergraduate college is not based on financial resources.
The University meets the demonstrated financial needs of all qualified students.
Students enrolled in the College or in the School of Business and Accountancy for full-
time residence credit are entitled to full privileges regarding libraries, laboratories, athletic
contests, concerts, publications, the Student Union, the University Theater, and the health
service. Part-time students are entitled to the use of the libraries and laboratories but not
to the other privileges mentioned above. They may secure a part-time student ID card,
admissions to games and concerts, and publications by paying an activity fee of $166 per
semester.
Room Charges
Per Semester Per Year
Double occupancy $1,022 $2,044
Most rooms available for first-year students are $1,022 per semester. Other room rentals
range from $823 to $1,329.
Food Services
A cafeteria and table service dining room are located in Reynolda Hall; there is a food court
in the Benson University Center. Board plans are available which range from $1,530 to
$2,490 per year. The format of these plans is a credit card system in which the student is
charged only for the amount of food purchased at the time it is purchased. The plan may
be used at any University food services facility, and it allows a great deal of flexibility for
eating off campus.
Freshmen living in residence Mils are required to participate in both the fall and spring semesters
in one of the board plans.
21
Other Charges
Admission applicationfee of $25 is required with each application for admission to cover the
cost of processing and is nonrefundable.
Admission deposit of $200 is required of each student entering for the first time or returning
after a period of non-attendance and must be sent to the director of admissions. The
deposit is credited to the student's charges for the semester for which he or she has been
accepted for admission.
Applied music fees are required in addition to tuition for students enrolling for individual
study in applied music in the Department of Music and are payable in the controller's
office. The fee for one credit per semester is $110; for more than one credit per semester,
$175.
Hospital charges, made when the student is confined to the Student Health Service, are
$75 per day. Additional charges are made for medications, laboratory tests, and special
supplies. Students must have hospital insurance. A group plan is available through the
University for those not covered by a family plan.
Late registration fee of $10 is charged to students registering after the dates set by the
faculty.
Library fines are charged for lost books and for violation of other library regulations and
are payable in the library.
A tuition deposit of $200 is required, at a date set by the Office of the Controller, of students
enrolled in the spring semester who expect to return for the fall semester. It is credited to
the student's University charges and is non-refundable.
Room change fee of $25 is clmrged for any unauthorized change.
Motor vehicle registration is $60 and traffic fines are $10 to $50. All students operating a
vehicle on campus (including student apartments, theme, and satellite houses) must
register vehicles they are operating day or night, whether or not owned by the operator.
All vehicle registrations must be completed within twenty-four hours from the first time
the vehicle is brought to campus or the next business day. Proof of ownership must be
presented when applying for vehicle registration. Fines are assessed against students
violating parking regulations; copies of the violations are obtainable from the Office of
Parking Management.
Transcripts of a student's record are issued at a cost of $4 each.
Refunds
During the academic year, all students, full-time and part-time, receive tuition refunds
according to the following schedule. This policy applies to students dropping courses as
well as those withdrawing. Withdrawals must be official and students must return their
ID cards before claiming refunds. There is no refund of room rent or parking decals that have
been placed on vehicles.
22
Number of Weeks Attendance Percentage of Total Tuition
(Includingfirst day of registration) to be Refunded
1 week Total tuition less $200
2 weeks 75 percent
3 weeks 50 percent
4 weeks 25 percent
Fees for applied lessons in the Department of Music will be refunded on the following
basis: If a student drops the course before the seventh lesson, the fee will be one- fourteenth
the full semester's instruction fee times the number of lessons the student has had. There
is no refund after the seventh lesson.
Housing
All unmarried first-year students are required to live in residence halls, except (1 ) when
permission is given by the dean of student services for the student to live with parents or
a relative in the Winston-Salem area or (2) by special arrangement when space is not
available on campus or (3) if the student has lost residence hall space because of a room
contract violation or disciplinary action. Fifth-year students and part-time students are
ineligible for housing except when permitted to do so by the director of residence life and
housing. Married students are not usually allowed to live in residence halls except when
permitted to do so by the director of residence life and housing. Residence halls and
apartments are supervised by the director of residence life and housing, assistant directors
of residence life and housing, and residence hall directors.
The charges for residence hall rooms for 1994-95 will range from approximately $1 ,646
per year for a triple room to $2,658 for a single room in an air-conditioned building. These
rates will vary depending upon the building to which a student is assigned.
Academic Calendar
The academic calendar of the College and the School of Business and Accountancy
includes a fall semester beginning in late August and ending before Christmas, a spring
semester beginning in January and ending in May, and two five- week summer sessions.
Semesters usually last fifteen weeks.
Orientation and Advising
A five-day orientation period for new students in the College precedes registration for the
fall semester. A faculty adviser and an upperclass student provide guidance during and
between registration periods throughout the student's first and second years. Advisers
meet with students both individually and in small groups. Students are encouraged to
take the initiative in arranging additional meetings at any time they feel a need for advice
or other assistance. The adviser suggests and approves courses of instruction until the
23
student declares a major in a field of study toward the end of the second year. At that time,
a new adviser is assigned from the department or departments concerned.
Registration .
A registration period for all students in the College and the School of Business and
Accountancy opens the fall semester and the spring semester. Registration involves (1 )
payment of all tuition and fees in full to the controller, (2) obtaining a summary of prior
record from the registrar, (3) consultation with the academic adviser, and (4) sectioning
into courses. In certain semesters, part of the process is accomplished ahead of time
through preregistration.
Classification
Classification of students by class standing and as full-time or part-time is calculated in
terms of credits. Most courses in the College and the School of Business and Accountancy
have a value of four credits, but others vary from one credit to five. The normal load for
a full-time student is eighteen credits per semester, with a maximum of twenty permitted
on registration day. A student wishing to register for more than twenty credits per
semester must seek the permission of the academic adviser and the appropriate dean after
registration day.
Twelve credits per semester constitute minimum full-time registration. (Recipients of
North Carolina Legislative Tuition Grants must be enrolled by the tenth day of classes for
at least fourteen credits each semester. Recipients of veterans' benefits, grants from state
government, and other governmental aid must meet the guidelines of the appropriate
agencies.) A student may not register for fewer than twelve credits without specific
permission from the Committee on Academic Affairs to register as a part-time student.
A full-time student in the fall semester of any year may not be a part-time student in the
spring semester immediately following. Any student who petitions for part-time status
within the semester in which he or she wishes to gain such status is not eligible for a tuition
refund.
The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as follows: sophomore —
the removal of all entrance conditions and the completion of no fewer than 29 credits
toward a degree, with a minimum of 58 grade points; junior — the completion of no fewer
than 60 credits toward a degree, with a minimum of 120 grade points; senior — no fewer
than 108 credits toward a degree, with a minimum of 21 6 grade points.
Class Attendance
Attendance regulations place the responsibility for class attendance on the student, who
is expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A vital aspect of the residential
college experience is attendance in the classroom; its value cannot be measured by testing
procedures alone. Students are considered sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity
of regular attendance, to accept this personal responsibility, to demonstrate the self-
24
discipline essential for such performance, and to recognize and accept the consequences
of failure to attend. Students who cause their work or that of the class to suffer because of
absence or lateness may be referred by the instructor to the dean of the College or to the
dean of the School of Business and Accountancy for suitable action. Any student who does
not attend classes regularly or who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsi-
bility is subject to such disciplinary action as the Committee on Academic Affairs may
prescribe, including immediate suspension from the College or from the School of
Business and Accountancy.
The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students who have missed class
while acting as duly authorized representatives of the College. Such absences are
considered excused and a record of them is available to the student's instructors upon
request. The instructor determines whether work missed may be made up. For policies
pertaining to absences resulting from illness, please see the statement on the Student
Health Service and class excuses in the Student Handbook.
Auditing Courses
When space is available after the registration of regularly enrolled students, others may
request permission of the instructor to enter the course as auditors. No additional charge
is made to full-time students in the College or the School of Business and Accountancy;
for others the fee is $80 per course. Permission of the appropriate dean, as well as that of
the instructor, is required. An auditor is subject to attendance regulations and to other
conditions imposed by the instructor. Although an auditor receives no credit, a notation
of audit is made on the final grade report and entered on the record of regularly enrolled
students who have met the instructor's requirements. In no case may anyone register for
an audit course before the first meeting of the class. An audit course may not be changed
to a credit course, and a credit course may not be changed to an audit course.
Dropping a Course
The last day in each term for dropping a class without a grade of F is listed in the calendar
in the front of this bulletin. A student who wishes to drop any course before this date must
obtain the necessary form from the registrar and confer with his or her faculty adviser.
After this date, a student who wishes to drop a course must consult his or her faculty
adviser, the course instructor, and the dean of the College or the dean of the School of
Business and Accountancy, as appropriate. If the dean approves the request, he or she
authorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in cases of emergency, the grade
in the course will be recorded as F.
If, at any time, a student drops any course without prior written approval of the
appropriate dean, the student will be subject to such penalties as the Committee on
Academic Affairs of the faculty may impose.
25
Withdrawal from the College
A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College or the School of Business
and Accountancy must do so through the office of the appropriate dean. With the
approval of the dean of the College or the dean of the School of Business and Accountancy,
no grades are recorded for the student for that semester, but the student's standing in
courses at the time of the withdrawal may be taken into consideration when readmission
is sought. If withdrawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned in all
courses in which the student is doing unsatisfactory work. A student who leaves the
College or the School of Business and Accountancy without officially withdrawing is
assigned failing grades in all current courses, and the unofficial withdrawal is recorded.
Examinations
Final examinations are given at regularly scheduled times. All examinations are con-
ducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the student body and approved
by the faculty. Under it, the student is expected to refrain from unfairness in any form and
to report to the Honor Council any student whom he or she knows to be cheating.
Grading
For most courses carrying undergraduate credit, there are five final and two conditional
grades: A {exceptionally high achievement), B {superior), C {satisfactory), D {passing but
unsatisfactory), E {conditional failure), F (failure), and I (incomplete).
Grade ofE. The grade of E entitles the student to reexamination at any regular examina-
tion period within a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. A permit for
reexamination must be obtained in advance from the registrar, and no grade higher than
D may be assigned as a result of reexamination. A student who does not remove a
conditional failure by reexamination must repeat the course to obtain credit for it.
A candidate for graduation in the final semester who has received a grade of E in the
previous semester may apply to the registrar for reexamination thirty days after the
opening of the final semester but no later than thirty days before its close. All conditions,
including the grade of E, must be removed no later than thirty days before the end of the
term in which the student graduates. The name of a candidate who has a condition after
that date is dropped from the list of candidates. A candidate who receives a grade of E in
the final semester or term of the graduation year is not allowed reexamination before the
next examination period.
Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned only when a student fails to complete the
work of a course because of illness or some other emergency. If the work recorded as I is
not completed within thirty days after the student enters for his or her next semester, the
grade automatically becomes F. The instructor must report the final grade to the registrar
within forty-five days after the beginning of that semester.
2b
Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade points for the computation of academic
averages, class standing, and eligibility for continuation, as follows: for each credit of A,
four points; for each credit of B, three points; for each credit of C, two points; for each credit
of D, one point; for each credit of E or F, no points.
Pass/Fail. To encourage students to venture into fields outside their major areas of
competence and concentration, the undergraduate schools make available the option,
under certain conditions, of registering in courses on a pass / fail basis rather than for a
letter grade. Courses taken under the pass / fail option yield full credit when satisfactorily
completed but, whether passed or not, they are not computed in the grade-point average.
In no case may a student change from grade to pass / fail mode, or from pass / fail to grad e
mode, after the last day to add a course, listed in the calendar at the front of this bulletin.
A student may count toward the degree no more than twenty-four credits taken on a
pass /fail basis. First and second-year students are not eligible to elect the pass /fail mode,
but may enroll for courses offered only on a pass /fail basis. Third- and fourth-year
students may elect as many as sixteen credits on a pass/fail basis, but no more than five
credits in a given semester. Courses used to fulfill basic, divisional, or major requirements
may not be taken on a pass / fail basis unless they are offered only on that basis. Courses
in the major(s) not used for satisfying major requirements may be taken on a pass/fail
basis if the department of the major does not specify otherwise.
Grade Reports and Transcripts
A mid-term report and a final report of grades are issued to students by the registrar in the
fall and spring semesters. A final report of grades is issued for each summer term.
Copies of a student's cumulative record are issued by the registrar, but only on the
written authorization of the student and payment of $2 per transcript.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is issued at the end of the fall and spring semesters. It includes all full-time
students in the College and the School of Business and Accountancy who have a grade-
point average of 3.0 or better for the semester and who have earned no grade below C
during the semester.
Graduation Distinctions
Graduation distinctions are determined by the grade-point system. A degree candidate
with a cumulative average of not less than 3.80 for all courses attempted is graduated with
the distinction summa cum laude. A candidate with a cumulative average of not less than
3.50 for all courses attempted is graduated with the distinction magna cum laude. A
candidate with a cumulative average of not less than 3.00 for all courses attempted is
graduated with the distinction cum laude. The entire record of a student is considered, with
the understanding that a student offering transfer work for credit may receive no
distinction which requires a grade-point average greater than that earned at Wake Forest
University. Details are available in the Office of the Registrar.
27
Repetition of Courses
A student may not repeat a course in which he or she has received a grade of C or higher.
A student may, however, repeat at Wake Forest a Wake Forest course for which he or she
has received a grade of D or F. In this case, all grades received will be shown on the
transcript, but the course may be counted only one time for credit. If a student fails a course
previously passed, the credit originally earned will not be lost. For purposes of determin-
ing the grade-point average, a course will be considered as attempted only once, and the
grade points assigned will reflect the highest grade received. These provisions do not
apply to any course for which the student has received the grade of F in consequence of
an honor violation.
Probation
Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code or conduct code violations
may be placed on such special academic probation as the Committee on Academic Affairs
imposes. The Committee on Academic Affairs may at any time suspend or place on
probation any student who has given evidence of academic irresponsibility, as, for
example, by failing to attend class regularly or to complete papers, examinations, or other
work on time.
If poor academic performance is attributable to circumstances over which the student
clearly had no control (e.g., serious injury or illness), the student may, after consultation
with one of the academic deans, petition the Committee on Academic Affairs for further
consideration of his or her status.
In deciding whether to permit exceptions to the foregoing eligibility requirements, the
Committee on Academic Affairs will take into account such factors as convictions for
violations of the College honor code or social conduct code, violations of the law, and any
other behavior demonstrating disrespect for the rights of others.
Any student convicted of violating the honor code is ineligible to represent the
University in any way until the period of suspension or probation is completed and the
student is returned to good standing. Students who are on probation for any reason may
not be initiated into any fraternity, society, or sorority until the end of their probationary
period.
Under the law, the University has the right to inform parents of dependent students and
certain other qualified individuals of the contents of educational records.
Requirements for Acceptable Academic Standing
Students are expected to be aware at all times of their academic status and to be responsible
for knowing whether they have met the minimum academic requirements for continua-
tion in the undergraduate schools of the University. The committee of the faculty which
oversees the academic progress of students is the Committee on Academic Affairs.
Whether a student is academically eligible to continue is determined by the number of
course credits accumulated and the grade-point average. The number of credits accumu-
28
lated is the sum of the credits transferred from other institutions and the credits earned in
the undergraduate schools of the University. The grade-point average is computed only
on work attempted in the undergraduate schools of the University and excludes both non-
credit and pass /fail courses.
To be considered in acceptable academic standing, a student is expected to:
a. accumulate at least 24 credits during each 12- month period the student is
enrolled;
b. accumulate at least 8 credits each semester which fulfill basic or divisional
requirements, until all of these requirements have been satisfied;
c. achieve a grade-point average of at least
1) 1.45 if between 1 and 36 credits have been accumulated;
2) 1.60 if between 37 and 72 credits have been accumulated;
3) 1.75 if between 73 and 108 credits have been accumulated;
4) 1.90 if more than 108 credits have been accumulated.
A student whose academic standing is unacceptable for a continuous period of two
semesters and one summer (in any order) is ineligible to continue.
Any student who is in academic difficulty is strongly urged to seek advice and counsel
from the Office of the Dean, the Office of Learning Assistance, the Counseling Center,
and /or the student's academic adviser.
Any student suspended from the University for failing to maintain an acceptable
academic standing has the right to petition the Committee on Academic Affairs, through
the Office of the Dean of the College, for reconsideration. The Committee will base a
decision to allow the student to continue on whether there were adverse circumstances,
such as a prolonged illness, over which the student had no control. If such is the case, the
Committee will expect the student to demonstrate that he/she made every effort to
maintain acceptable academic standing in spite of circumstances.
A student whose petition for reconsideration is granted or who is readmitted after
academic suspension and who fails in a period prescribed by the Committee on Academic
Affairs to achieve acceptable academic standing is ineligible to continue.
A student who has or develops a health problem which, in the judgment of the director
of the Student Health Service, creates a danger to the safety and well-being of the student
or others may be required to withdraw until the problem is resolved.
Requirements for Readmission
The Committee on Academic Affairs oversees the readmission of former students. In
making a decision on whether to readmit, the Committee considers both the academic and
non-academic record of the student. Clear evidence of academic irresponsibility is a major
reason in denying readmission. Students who have been ineligible to continue for
academic reasons must present to the Committee a list of steps they plan to take to raise
their academic standing to acceptable standards. Non-academic grounds for denial may
include convictions for violations of the honor system or the social conduct code, for
violations of the law, and other behavior showing disrespect for the rights of others.
29
Summer Study .
In addition to regular courses, a number of special summer programs for credit are
described in the bulletin of the summer session.
In order to be eligible to take summer courses at another college or university, the
student must have a cumulative grade-point average of no less than 2.0, and must obtain
advance approval of the head of the department concerned, the registrar, and in some
cases, the office of the dean of Wake Forest College or the dean of the School of Business
and Accountancy. Courses taken elsewhere on the semester-hour plan are computed as
transfer credit at 1.125 credits for each approved semester hour.
Courses taken outside the U.S. require, in addition, prior approval from the Office of
International Studies. Students must obtain a transfer of credit form from the Office of
International Studies.
Transfer Credit
All work attempted in other colleges and universities must be reported to the registrar of
Wake Forest University. Students wishing to receive transfer credit for work to be
undertaken elsewhere must have a cumulative grade-point average of no less than 2.0 and
must obtain faculty approval in advance. If a student plans to seek approval for transfer
courses after the completion of the sophomore year, such courses must be taken in an
approved four-year institution.
Students who wish to receive transfer of credit for courses taken outside the U.S., need
to obtain prior approval from the Office of International Studies and then faculty
approval. Transfer of credit forms are available in the Office of International Studies.
Students should be aware that the minimum grade-point average for graduation and
for graduation distinctions is computed in two ways: on all work attempted in Wake
Forest College and the School of Business and Accountancy; and also on work attempted
at Wake Forest and other accredited colleges and universities collectively.
Scholarships and Loans
Any student regularly admitted to Wake Forest College who demonstrates
financial need will receive assistance commensurate with that need .
. By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial a id must be approved by
the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid. Applications should be requested from
the committee at Box 7246 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109-7246.
Scholarships supported by funds of the undergraduate schools are not granted to students
enrolled in other schools of the University. To receive consideration for financial aid, the
applicant must either be enrolled as an undergraduate or have been accepted for
admission. The financial aid program comprises institutional, state, and federal scholar-
ship, loan, and work funds. Students enrolled at least half-time are eligible to apply for
federal funds. Half-time and part-time students are eligible to apply for limited institu-
tional funds.
The University offers a number of scholarships based upon merit. Those with a stipend
based upon tuition will increase as tuition increases; those with a dollar stipend remain
fixed for the four years of enrollment.
Need is a factor in the awarding of most financial aid, and each applicant must file an
annual financial statement with the application for financial aid. After reviewing the
standard financial analysis, the Committee on Scholarships determines aid awards, and
aid is credited, by semester, to the student's account in the Office of the Controller. The
calculation of need, and therefore the amount of an award, may vary from year to year.
The Committee on Scholarships reserves the right to revoke financial aid for unsatisfac-
tory academic achievement or for violation of University regulations or federal, state, or
local laws. To be eligible for renewal of aid, a student must remain enrolled on a normal
full-time basis and be in good standing, making satisfactory progress toward a degree.
The committee does not award institutional scholarships to students earning less than a
2.0 grade average on all work attempted at Wake Forest.
Scholarships
The Reynolds Scholarships are awarded each year to five extraordinarily capable men and
women entering the College as first-year students. Made possible through a grant from
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation in honor of Nancy Susan Reynolds, these scholarships
cover the cost of tuition, room, and board, and include an allowance for books and
personal expenses. Scholars may receive up to $1,500 each summer for travel or study
projects approved by the Reynolds Committee. The Reynolds Scholarships are awarded
without regard to financial need and will be renewed annually through the recipient's
fourth year of college, subject to satisfactory performance. A separate application is
required by December 1 .
The Graylyn Scholarship provides in alternate years one full tuition renewable scholar-
ship to a student who applies for the Reynolds or Carswell Scholarship and who possesses
extraordinary academic and leadership skills. The Graylyn Scholarship is provided by the
Graylyn Conference Center in support of undergraduate excellence. The fund also
provides for leadership awards to the medical, law and business schools.
31
The O. W. Wilson Scholarship, created under the will of O. W. Wilson of Yancey County,
N.C., is awarded to an individual who demonstrates outstanding qualities of intellectual
promise and leadership. The scholarship has a value equivalent to annual tuition and
provides summer grant opportunities to encourage individual study projects. No sepa-
rate application is required.
The Doctor George E. and Lila C. Bradford Fund awards a renewable full-tuition academic
scholarship annually to a student possessing outstanding leadership and aptitude who
intends to pursue a pre-medical course of study. No separate application is required.
The Guy T. Carsivell Scholarships, made possible by and established in honor of the late
Guy T. Carswell and his wife Clara Carswell of Charlotte, N.C., have an annual value
ranging from a minimum stipend of $5,500 to a maximum stipend of $1 8,550, with awards
for more than $4,000 determined on the basis of need. Each scholar may apply for at least
one summer grant of up to $1 ,000 to fund travel and study projects of the student's design.
A Carswell scholar must be a student applying to the College who possesses outstanding
qualities of intellect and leadership. Up to forty scholars are selected annually. A separate
application is due by January 15.
The Presidential Scholarships/or Distinguished Achievement, established by the University's
alumni, award twenty renewable $5,500 scholarships on the basis of exceptional talent
and leadership. Candidates must be students who will enrich and add to the diversity of
life at Wake Forest through their special talents in the areas of the fine arts (including
music, art, theater, dance, film, and other arts), debate and public speaking, writing,
leadership, public service, and entrepreneurial achievement. A separate application must
be submitted by December 15.
The Joseph Gordon and Wake Forest Black Student Scholarships, established by endowment
from the University's Sesquicentennial Fund and gifts from the Z. Smith Reynolds
Foundation, recognize the outstanding achievements of black students and are awarded
each year to entering freshmen who demonstrate academic promise and leadership
potential. This program provides seven full-tuition scholarships and three $2,000 per year
scholarships. All scholarships are renewable annually through the recipient's fourth year.
Awards are made without regard to financial need. A separate application is required by
January 15.
The William Louis Poteat Scholarships, valued at $5,500 per year, are awarded to seventeen
entering freshmen. To be eligible, a student must be an active member of a church affiliated
with the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina or the General Baptist State Conven-
tion of North Carolina and must be likely to make a significant contribution to church and
society. A separate application is required by December 15.
Wake Forest Honor Scholarships provide an annual renewable grant of $3,000 to students
who apply for the Reynolds or Carswell Scholarships and who demonstrate exceptional
academic ability and leadership.
The George Foster Hankins Scholarships, made possible by the late Colonel George Foster
Hankins of Lexington, N.C., for residents of North Carolina or children of alumni living
in other states with preference given to residents of Davidson County, have an annual
value of up to $18,550. Recipients must demonstrate need as well as academic promise. A
separate application is due by January 15.
32
Vie Robert P. and Dorothy Caldwell Scholarships, given by family and friends of Robert P.
and Dorothy Caldwell, provide up to three scholarships annually on the basis of
outstanding academic achievement, demonstrated leadership ability, record of commu-
nity service, and a commitment to helping others. A portion of these funds gives
preference to students from Gaston and Catawba (N.C.) counties who need assistance in
order to attend Wake Forest.
TJie Holding Scholarship, provided by a gift from the Robert P. Holding Foundation in
memory of Mr. Holding, a member of the Class of 1916, offers one full tuition renewable
scholarship annually to a student of exceptional leadership and academic promise, who
is in residence at least one year in North Carolina . Separate application is not required, but
the student must complete an application for either the Nancy Susan Reynolds or
Carswell Scholarship.
The Junius C. and Eliza P. Brown Scholarships are designed to recognize excellence among
North Carolina students demonstrating financial need in order to attend Wake Forest.
Preference for selection is given first to students from the Madison area of Rockingham
County, second to students from the Reidsville area of Rockingham County, and third to
other applicants from Rockingham County. A separate application is due by January 15.
National Achievement Scholarships are awarded to four finalists in the achievement
scholarship program. The minimum of $2,000 ($500 annually for four years) will extend
up to $2,000 annually depending on need. Students must select Wake Forest as their first-
choice college in the NASC program; recipients are chosen by the Scholarship Committee,
usually by April 1 .
National Merit Scholarships are awarded to four finalists in the merit scholarship
program. The minimum award of $2,000 ($500 annually for four years) will extend up to
$2,000 annually depending on need. Students must note Wake Forest as their first-choice
college in the NMSC testing program; recipients are chosen by the Scholarship Commit-
tee, usually by April 1.
For all the following scholarships, there is no separate application required except
where noted. Students who complete the normal application for financial aid, includ-
ing the Wake Forest application and an FAF (Financial Aid Form), will be considered
for appropriate scholarships.
Tlie Page W. Acree Humanities in Science Scholarship Fund was established to provide
support for students majoring in chemistry, physics, biology, or mathematics /computer
science, who have career objectives in medicine or science-related fields that require
human service, and who wish to take unrequired academic work in the humanities. A
separate application to the Dean of the College is required.
TJie Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, donated by the Alcoa Foundation, is available to a
freshman from the Piedmont area of North Carolina who is majoring in chemistry. The
scholarship has a value of $2,000 and is awarded on the basis of need.
Tlie Charles I. and Loirise Allen Scholarship Fund, established under the will of Louise
Lambeth Allen, is awarded on the basis of ability and need to a student who may be
interested in pursuing a medical career.
33
The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AROTC) Scholarships are awarded for aca-
demic and personal achievement. These four-, three-, and two-year scholarships annually
pay: (1 ) $8,000 or 80% of tuition, whichever is higher; (2) a flat rate for texts, equipment,
and supplies (presently $450); (3) a subsistence allowance of up to $1 ,000 ($100 per month
for the months spent in school); and (4) up to a maximum amount (presently $400) for
certain required on-campus educational and laboratory fees. All benefits are tax-free.
Recipients must enroll and fully participate in Army ROTC. Four-year AROTC scholar-
ships are applied for during the latter part of the junior or the early part of the senior year
of high school. Two- and three-year AROTC scholarships are applied for during the
sophomore and freshman years, respectively, through the Department of Military
Science.
The Arthur Andersen Accounting Leadership Award is presented to a senior accounting
major who has demonstrated excellence in the areas of academic performance, leadership,
and civic /community responsibility.
The Teresa Mae Arnold Scholarship is awarded on the basis of ability and need to a student
enrolled in Wake Forest College.
The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies was established in 1976 in honor of Camillo
Artom, professor of biochemistry from 1939 to 1969. Scholarship aid is made available,
usually to one or two students each semester, to assist with their expenses. Well-qualified
students who cart demonstrate need are eligible to apply. (Interested persons should
apply to the Office of the Provost.)
The Hubbard and Lucy Ball Scholarship Fund, established by RobertT. Ball, is awarded on
the basis of need.
The Donald Alan Baur Memorial Scholarship is awarded on the basis of leadership,
dedication, competitiveness, and citizenship, with preference given to members of Delta
Nu Chapter, Sigma Chi Fraternity.
The Beach Scholarship, established in memory of the Reverend Benjamin Beach, provides
funding for the Poteat Scholarship winner from the congressional district encompassing
Caldwell County, N.C.
The George M. and Daisy Olive Beavers Scholarship Fund, donated by Lydia Beavers in
memory of her parents, is for one scholarship awarded on the basis of leadership, good
citizenship, and excellence of character.
The], hvin Biggs Scholarship is awarded to needy and deserving undergraduates, with
preference given to students from Lumberton or Robeson County, North Carolina .
The Charles Spurgeon and Inez Black Scholarship provides one annual scholarship to that
chemistry major having the second highest academic record in the given year.
The Robert D. Bridgerjr. Scholarship, donated by George R. Bridger in honor of his father,
is made to a senior major in the School of Business and Accountancy. Selection of the
recipient is based on demonstrated academic ability and financial need, with preference
given to students from Bladen County or southeastern North Carolina.
TheH. Grady Britt Scholarship was established to provide assistance to students studying
in the Department of Biology, preferably in the field of parasitology.
The Claude U. Broach Scholarship is awarded to a freshman or upperclassman with
preference given to students from St. John's Baptist Church of Charlotte.
34
The Gov. J. Melville and Alice W. Broughton Scholarship Fund, established in honor of
Governor, Senator, and Wake Forest Trustee J. Melville Broughton and his wife, Alice W.
Broughton, by the Broughton family of Raleigh, N.C., awards one scholarship annually
to a North Carolina student on the basis of academic ability and financial need .
The Dean D. B. Bryan Manorial Scholarship Fund was established in honor of D. B.Bryan,
dean of Wake Forest College from 1923 to 1957. It awards a partial or full-tuition
scholarship to a student who plans to pursue a career in education, and who demonstrates
financial need and academic ability. The recipient must pledge to work in the education
field for a minimum of five years following graduation or must repay the scholarship to
the University.
The Jack Buchanan Scholarship is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic
ability, with preference given to students from western North Carolina planning a
business major.
Tlie Lib andjoyner Burns Scholarship is awarded on the basis of both ability and need, with
preference given first to students having a physical handicap and second to students from
Forsyth or Guilford County, N.C.
The Wayne Calloway Scholarship Fund is intended to provide scholarships for students
attending the School of Business and Accountancy Management Program for liberal arts
majors.
The John Douglas Cannon Scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic ability and
need.
The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship, donated inmemory of J. G.Carroll, former
associate professor of mathematics, is made to a deserving athlete who is not on a regular
athletic scholarship, for a value of approximately $100.
The James Lee Carver Memorial Scholarship, donated by Jean Freeman Carver with her
children, James Lee Carver II and Elizabeth Jeanine Carver, in memory of her husband,
James Lee Carver, is for deserving and promising students who demonstrate a need for
financial assistance, with preference given to students from the Oxford Orphanage in
Oxford, N.C.
The J. D. Cave Memorial Scholarship is awarded to a North Carolina male student who
demonstrates strong character, a willingness to grow intellectually, and evidence of need,
for an approximate annual value of $600.
TheNealM. Chastain Memorial Scholarship, established by Mrs. June Booth of Charlotte
in memory of her son, is awarded to a senior business major exhibiting Christian ideals
and good academic achievement.
The Wake Forest College Scholarships, in the amount of $100 to $10,800 each, are available
to freshmen and upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence
of need.
The Howard F. and Ruby C. Costello Scholarship Fund was created under the will of Ruby
C. Costello to benefit financially needy students.
TJte William Henry Crouch Scholarship for ministerial students has been established by the
Providence Baptist Church of Charlotte in honor of its pastor. The scholarship is valued
at $3,000 per year and is available for a North Carolina Baptist ministerial student or
students based upon merit or need.
35
The O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by Louise T. Crowell of
Hendersonville, N.C., in memory of her husband, O. B. Crowell, is awarded on thebasis
of character, need, and promise.
The Gary Franklin Culler Scholarship Fund, donated in memory of Gary Franklin Culler,
is awarded on the basis of academic ability and outstanding leadership potential, with
preference given to students from High Point, N.C.
The Egbert L. Davis Jr. Scholarship, provided by the Davis family in honor of Egbert L.
Davis Jr., noted Wake Forest alumnus and benefactor, provides merit and need assistance
to one or more students demonstrating outstanding academic performance, diligence,
integrity, character, leadership, and reasonable athletic competence. Awards are renew-
able on the basis of a B average, exemplary personal conduct, and participation in the
religious life of the University.
The Eleanor Lay field Davis Art Scholarship Fund awards a scholarship to a student with
interest and ability in studio art, who has been recommended by the chair of the art
department, to exemplify the talents and interests of Eleanor Lay field Davis.
The Mrs. Paul Price Davis Scholarship Fund was established by Jessie Leigh Davis Boney
to assist North Carolina students. Preference is given to students who have been residents
of Baptist Children's Homes of North Carolina .
The Thomas H. Davis Business Scholarship, established by employees of the former
Piedmont Aviation Inc. in honor of its founder and retired chair, is awarded to a senior
business major based on academic achievement, financial need, and potential for business
leadership.
The Justus and Elizabeth S. Drake Scholarship is awarded to an English major who
demonstrates academic ability and financial need, upon the recommendation of the chair
of the English department.
The Fred H. Duvall Scholarship provides funds for needy students.
The Bobbie Fletcher Memorial Scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic ability and
uncommon leadership qualities to a female student from North Carolina. Recipients will
possess the qualities of kindness, thoughtfulness, unselfishness, patience, and determina-
tion which distinguished Bobbie Fletcher. Preference will be given to students demon-
strating financial need .
The Lecausey P. and hula H. Freeman Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton
of Raleigh, in memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton, is available to a freshman,
sophomore, or junior whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Association of
North Carolina, with preference given to Bertie County students, on the basis of need and
ability. Residents of the Roanoke Association may be considered for the scholarship.
The Wallace G. Freemon Memorial Scholarship is awarded to premedical students in Wake
Forest College.
The Charles A. Frueauff Scholarships are provided annually by the Charles A. Frueauff
Foundation for middle-income students who live outside North Carolina. Amounts vary
according to need.
TheF. Lee Fulton Scholarship Fund, established by friends and associates of F. Lee Fulton,
is awarded on the basis of leadership, citizenship, moral character, academic ability, and
need.
36
The Gaddy Scholarship Fund awards a need-based scholarship each year to a North
Carolina student, with preference given to residents of Anson, Union, and Wake counties.
The Lewis Reed Gaskin Scholarship Fund, established by E. Reed Gaskin and Jean H.
Gaskin in honor of Lewis Reed Gaskin, is awarded to a freshman or upperclassman with
preference given to a premedical student. The award shall be made on the basis of
academic ability and potential as a physician. Recipients shall be known as Lewis Reed
Gaskin scholars.
The Daniel Eugene and Beulah B. Gatewood Scholarship, given by Beulah B. Gatewood in
honor of her husband, is awarded to an undergraduate accounting major based on
academic merit and financial need .
The A. Royall Gay Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholarship, character, and high
ideals. Preference is given to graduating seniors from Youngsville, N.C.
The fames W. Gill Scholarship, donated by Ruth R. Gill in memory of her husband, James
W. Gill, provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with preference given to students
from Montgomery and Prince Georges counties, Md.
The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship is awarded to an incoming or enrolled
student based on ability and need, with slight preference given to students from Halifax
County, N.C.
The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship, made possible through a donation from Miriam M.
Goebel, is based upon ability and financial need, with first preference given to a student
with an interest in literature, second preference to a student with an interest in history, and
third preference to a student enrolled in the premedical program.
The Stanley McClay ton Guthrie Scholarship Fund awards one scholarship each year to a
needy student, with preference given to students from Halifax County, Va.
The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship, created under the will of Everett C. Snyder of Wake
Forest, N.C, in memory of Fuller Hamrick, is used to educate students from the Mills
Home in Thomasville, N.C.
The George G. and GeorgineM. Harper Charitable Trust awards scholarships of varying
stipends annually to students with high academic potential and financial need, with
preference to a North Carolinian.
The Henry Russell and Clara Stephenson Harris Scholarship Fund, established by Elizabeth
Harris in memory of her parents, provides a scholarship awarded on the basis of academic
ability and financial need to a senior business major who plans to pursue a career in
banking.
The M. Elizabeth Harris Music Scholarship Fund provides an annual scholarship for a
music major, with preference given to a student whose primary interest is church music.
The award is made on the basis of academic ability and financial need .
The Margaret S. Hasty Memorial Scholarship Fund, established by Judge Fred H. Hasty in
memory and honor of his beloved wife, is for one or more female undergraduate
student(s) with good academic ability and financial need. The scholarship is renewable if
the student places in the upper third of her class.
The Louise Patton Hearn Scholarship/or Human Service is awarded to a student who has
demonstrated exceptional service to improve the well-being of other people and who
shows interest and potential in leading others to make similar contributions to humanity.
37
The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship, donated by Kate H.Hobgood of Reidsville, N.C. , in
memory of her husband, is available to those who qualify on the basis of character,
purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference given to those who plan to enter the
ministry, do religious work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being in
the order named, for the residents of the Reidsville area recommended by the deacons of
the First Baptist Church of Reidsville.
The W.D.and Alberta B. Holleman Memorial Scholarship Fund, established by Robert D.
Holleman in memory of his parents, is awarded on the basis of academic ability, need,
Christian commitment, and leadership to a student from Durham County.
The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Hollifield in memory
of their son, Forrest H. Hollifield, is awarded to upperclassmen with evidence of character
and need, with preference given to natives of Rowan and Rutherford counties, N.C., and
to members of the Delta Nu Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity.
Thejeanette Wallace Hyde Scholarship, donated by Jeanette Wallace Hyde of Raleigh, is
awarded on the basis of financial need and academic ability. Preference is given, but not
limited to, students from Yadkin County.
The Stanton B. Ingram Scholarship Fund provides assistance to needy students. Prefer-
ence is given first to students from Alabama, second to students from Mississippi,
Georgia, Louisiana, Tennessee, or Florida.
The Jones-Holder Business Scholarship Fund, awarded upon the recommendation of the
dean of the School of Business and Accountancy, recognizes a rising senior business major
who has demonstrated a high level of achievement.
The DyeannB. and Henry H. Jordan HTheater Scholarship Fund supports junior and senior
theater majors. A separate application to the department is required.
The]. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship is an academic scholarship awarded annually to a North
Carolina student, with preference given to students living in the ALLTEL-Carolina
Telephone Company service region.
The Sarah C. and C. A. Kent Scholarships are awarded to freshmen and upperclassmen on
the basis of leadership, academic merit, and financial need, without regard to race,
religion, sex, or geographical origin.
The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by the Delta Nu Chapter of
Sigma Chi Fraternity, makes available one or two scholarships, with preference given to
members of the Sigma Chi Fraternity, upon recommendation of the Kirkpatrick-Howell
Memorial Scholarship Board, for a value of approximately $800.
The Roena B. and Petro Kulynych Scholarship provides aid to students on the basis of
ability and need with preference first to students from Wilkes County, N.C., and second
to students from Avery County, N.C.
The Charles L. Little Scholarship Fund, established by Charles L. Little, is given to
upperclass students. Preference is given to premedical students from Anson County and
immediately adjacent counties in North Carolina who provide satisfactory evidence of a
willingness to give serious consideration to practicing medicine in Wadesboro or Anson
County.
The James Capel Mason Scholarship Fund, created under the will of Oscar W. McManus of
Laurinburg, N.C, is awarded to a worthy student.
38
The Burke M. McConnell Management Excellence Scholarship, established by Pace Commu-
nications, Inc. of Greensboro, is given to the senior in the School of Business and
Accountancy who holds the highest grade-point average for his or her first three years at
the University.
The Wilma L. McCurdy Memorial Fund Scholarship is awarded on the basis of character,
academic standing, and need.
The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie Dayton McDonald Memorial Scholarship Fund,
made possible by the late Thane Edward McDonald, professor of music, is available to a
deserving and qualified music student. Applications must be made to the Department of
Music.
The James McDougald Scholarship provides assistance to students first from Robeson
County and second from Scotland County, N.C.
TheMcGladrey & Pullen Scholarship, granted by the public accounting firm, McGladrey
& Pullen, is awarded to a senior accounting major designated by the accounting faculty
on the basis of merit, financial need, and interest in public accounting, and has a value of
$750.
The Robert A. and Margaret PopeMclntyre Scholarship is awarded annually, with prefer-
ence given to students from Robeson County, N.C.
The Robert LeeMiddleton Scholarship, donated by Sarah Edwards Middleton of Nashville,
Term., in memory of her husband, is awarded on the basis of character, purpose,
intelligence, and need, with preference given to the student planning to enter the field of
literature, accounting, teaching, or the gospel ministry or other full-time religious work.
The Mildred Bronson Miller Scholarship Fund, donated by Mildred B. Miller of Atlanta,
Ga., is awarded to students on the basis of leadership, dedication, competitiveness, and
citizenship.
The Hiram Abif Myers III Scholarship Fund, established in memory of Hiram Abif ("Bif ")
Myers who died early in his freshman year at Wake Forest, awards one scholarship to a
senior from Roswell High School, Roswell, Ga., who best exemplifies the ideals and
characteristics of Bif Myers. The candidate is recommended by the Roswell High School
principal.
The Myers Memorial Scholarship is awarded to preministerial students or to students
contributing to Christianity.
The George Thompson Noel, M.D., Memorial Scholarship is awarded on the basis of
academic ability and financial need, with preference given to students from Cabarrus
County and North Carolina. The Noel Scholarship is renewable for succeeding school
years, provided the recipient demonstrates continuing need and ranks in the top third of
his or her class.
The Norfleet Scholarships, donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of Wilmington,
N.C, in memory of his parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, are available to deserving
and promising students needing financial assistance.
The North Carolina Scholarships are made available by the North Carolina General
Assembly and are awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students who are
bona fide residents of North Carolina .
North Carolina Student Incentive Grants are available to undergraduate residents of
North Carolina with exceptional financial need who require these grants in order to attend
39
college, for a value up to $1 ,500 per year. The amount of assistance a student may receive
depends upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of attending the
college chosen.
The Curtis Eugene Overby Sr. Scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic ability,
financial need, and outstanding leadership potential to a North Carolina junior or senior
majoring in communications, with an interest in broadcasting. Preference is given to
students from Forsyth, Rockingham, and Caswell counties.
The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship, donated by Kate J. Parham of Oxford, N.C., in
memory of her husband, is awarded on the basis of ability and need and may be renewed
for succeeding years.
The H. Tranklin Perritt HI Memorial Scholarship Fund provides a scholarship of at least
$1,000 annually to one or more sophomores enrolled in the Reserve Officers' Training
Corps. Selection is based upon outstanding leadership potential.
The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships, administered by the North Carolina Baptist Founda-
tion under the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, N.C., make
two or more scholarships available each year in memory of Mr. Pettus and are awarded
on the basis of merit and need, with preference given to North Carolina Baptist students.
TheH. Ray Pullium Scholarship Fund, established by Mrs. H. Ray Pullium in honor of her
husband, is awarded on thebasis of ability and need. Preference is given to students from
North Carolina Baptist Children's Homes.
The Kenneth Tyson Raynor Scholarship, donated by friends of the late Kenneth Tyson
Raynor, professor of mathematics, is awarded annually by the mathematics faculty. The
award is made on the basis of academic ability to an individual majoring in mathematics
who has achieved junior standing.
The Oliver D. and Caroline Revell Scholarship is awarded to needy preministerial students
or needy students entering full-time Christian service.
TheRevelle Family Scholarship provides financial assistance to students from Northampton
and Hertford counties, with second preference to students from other areas of northeast-
ern N.C.
The George D. Rovere Scholarship Fund awards a scholarship annually to a student
planning to become an athletic trainer.
The William Royall Scholarship Fund, given by family and friends of William Royall,
provides a scholarship award for excellence in classical studies, with preference given to
students planning to travel abroad to classical sites. Applications must be made to the
Department of Classical Languages.
The William Lee Rudd and Ruth Crosby Rudd Scholarship is awarded to worthy and needy
students majoring in religion.
The W.D. Sanders Scholarships, in the amount of $750 to $2,000 each, are awarded
annually for language study in Germany or Austria . Sophomores, juniors, or seniors who
have completed German 153 or above are eligible. The scholarships are designated, in
order of priority, for summer language study, semester or year programs with the
Institute of European Studies (IES), or junior year abroad programs with other institu-
tions. Applications should be made to the Department of German and Russian.
The Sara Jo Brownlow Shearer Scholarship is awarded to students specializing in the area
of learning disabilities.
40
The Franklin R. Shirley Debate Scholarship, established in honor of the late Franklin R.
Shirley, professor emeritus of speech communication, is awarded to a student who has
debate experience and who successfully participates in the University's debate program.
The James F. Slate Fund provides an annual scholarship or loan to a student who plans
a ministerial career. It is renewable upon evidence of a continuing need and interest in the
ministry.
The Joseph Pleasant and Marguerite Nutt Sloan Memorial Scholarship, established by
Patricia Sloan Mize in honor of her parents, is awarded annually to an applied music
student on the basis of academic ability. It has a value of approximately $500. Applications
must be made to the Department of Music.
The Robert Forest Smith 111 Scholarship Fund, donated by the Rev. and Mrs. Robert Forest
Smith Jr. and other citizens of Hickory, N.C., in memory of Robert Forest Smith III, is
awarded to an entering freshman who qualifies on the basis of need and distinction in high
school government. Preference is given to those who plan to enter government service,
with strong preference given to students exemplifying positive Christian principles . It has
avalueof$l,000.
The Gilbert T. Stephenson Scholarship, established by Grace W. Stephenson in memory of
her husband, is awarded on the basis of ability and need to a student from Kirby Township
or Northampton County, N.C .
The Sigmund Sternberger Scholarships, donated by the Sigmund Sternberger Foundation,
are for needy North Carolinians, with preference given to undergraduate students from
Greensboro and Guilford County.
The John Belk Stevens Scholarship in Business, donated by the Belk Foundation in honor
of John Belk Stevens, is given to senior business majors with particular interests in retailing
or marketing and is based on academic merit and financial need.
The Edna and Ethel Stowe Scholarship is awarded to a freshman or an upperclassman, with
preference given to female students who have a physical handicap.
The J. W. Straughan Scholarship, donated by Mattie, Mable, and Alice Straughan in
memory of their brother, J. W. Straughan, of Warsaw, N.C, with preference given to
students from Duplin County, N.C, who are interested in pursuing a medical career
(especially in the field of family practice), is for those who need financial assistance to
continue their education.
The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship, donated by Charles L. Sykes
and Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their mother and father, is awarded on the basis of
Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial need, with preference given to
freshmen from North Carolina; renewable.
The Walter Lowe Tatum Scholarship in Mathematics provides in alternate years a renew-
able merit scholarship. The stipends of $500 each for the first two years are replaced by
$5,000 awards in each of the last two years, provided that the Tatum Scholar fulfills the
expectation to enroll in and maintain a major in mathematics in the Department of
Mathematics and Computer Science. Given by the late Samuel Tatum, a Life Trustee from
Greensboro, and named in honor of his late brother, Dr. Walter Lowe Tatum, the Tatum
Scholarship is renewable with a minimum 3.00 grade-point average (3.30 in mathematics)
and an exemplary record of honor and conduct.
41
The Augustine John Taylor and Roby Ellis Taylor Accountancy Scholarship is awarded to
accounting students, with preference given to students whose permanent residence is
within 50 miles of Winston-Salem.
The Russell Taylor Scholarship is awarded to a high school senior with a distinguished
record in citizenship and scholarship. Preference is given to students planning careers in
the areas of religion or law, students exemplifying positive principles of the Christian
faith, needy students, and students from Iredell County, N.C.
The Harold Wayland and Nelle Futch Tribble Scholarship Fund, established to honor the late
President Emeritus and Mrs. Tribble, provides a scholarship to students enrolled in the
College who demonstrate superior academic ability.
The Kenneth Monroe Tucker Scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic merit, with
preference given to students from Wilkes, New Hanover, or Brunswick counties, North
Carolina. It may be renewed provided the recipient's cumulative average is in the upper
twenty percent of his or her class.
The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship Fund, donated by Cora Tyner Pitman, makes available at
least one scholarship for needy North Carolina students.
The John W. Ward Jr. Scholarship is awarded on the basis of demonstrated need, with
preference given to students from Robeson County, N.C.
The Ware Foundation Scholarship is awarded on thebasis of academic ability and financial
need, with preference given first to students from Oxford Orphanage or other children's
homes and second to students from Granville or Vance counties, N.C.
The Watkins-Richardson Scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic ability and
outstanding leadership potential to students from the southeastern United States. Watkins-
Richardson Scholarship awards are renewable for succeeding school years, provided the
recipient ranks in the top third of his or her class and continues to display leadership
potential.
The Lettie Pate Whitehead Scholarships provide support to needy Christian women
students from the nine Southeastern states.
The Alexander Hines Whitley Jr. Scholarship is awarded to qualified students selected by
the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid.
The Jesse A. Williams Scholarships, created under the will of the late Jesse A. Williams of
Union County, N.C, give preference to deserving students of Union County.
The Leonidas Polk Williams Sr. Scholarship Fund was established to provide aid to students
from Chowan and Camden counties, N.C, on the basis of need and merit.
The John G. Williard Scholarship is awarded to middle income students, with preference
given to students from Davie County, N.C.
The James Bennett Willis Scholarship Fund, established by James B. Willis of Hamlet, N.C,
gives preference to North Carolina Baptist students interested in the ministry and
Christian education. It is awarded on the basis of need . Applications must be made to the
Departments of Religion or Philosophy.
The Marie Thornton Willis and Miriam Carlyle Willis Scholarship Fund, established by
James B. Willis in memory of his wife and daughter, gives preference to North Carolina
Baptist students who are interested in all phases of the ministry of music. It is awarded on
thebasis of need.
42
The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship, created under the will of Jennie Mayes Wilson in
memory of her husband, Charles Littell Wilson, is for a freshman.
The O. W. Wilson-Yancey County Scholarships, created under the will of O. W. Wilson of
Yancey County, N.C., are awarded to students from Yancey County who have excellent
academic records and who demonstrate need.
The Phillip W. Wilson/Peat Marwick Memorial Scholarship, established as a memorial to
Phillip W. Wilson by his friends, colleagues, and family, is awarded to a senior accoun-
tancy major who has demonstrated leadership skills, outstanding interpersonal skills, and
a strong commitment to the community and the accounting profession. The recipient
must also be in the top fifth of his or her class based on grade-point average within the
School of Business and Accountancy.
The William H. and Anne M. Woody Memorial Scholarship is awarded on the basis of
character, scholastic achievement, and financial need, with preference given to students
from Person County, N.C., and to students intending careers in medicine, education, or
ministry.
The William Luther Wyatt III Scholarship Trust, donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L.
Wyatt Jr. of Raleigh, in memory of their son, William Luther Wyatt III, with preference
given to a male student entering the junior year who has shown an interest and an ability
in the field of biology, is based on need and ability.
The Matthew T. Yates Scholarship Fund awards scholarships to the children of mission-
aries of the Foreign Mission Board of the Southern Baptist Convention on the ba sis of merit
and need. The applicant must notify the Office of Financial Aid of his or her eligibility to
be considered for this award.
Federal Financial Aid Programs
The federal government, through the Department of Education, sponsors a number of aid
programs to help pay college costs. Among these programs are Federal Pell Grants,
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG), Federal Work-Study
(FWS), Federal Perkins Loans, and Federal Family Education Loans (including Federal
Stafford Loans, both subsidized and unsubsidized, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Supple-
mental Loans for Students (FSLS), and Federal Consolidation Loans).
To receive assistance through these programs, a student must complete the necessary
applications, meet basic eligibility requirements, and maintain satisfactory academic
progress, earning a minimum of 12 credits per semester of enrollment with a grade-point
average at or above the published minimum level for continued enrollment. A Wake
Forest grade-point average of at least 2.0 is required for consideration for need-based
scholarship assistance. Need-based scholarship support is extended for a maximum of
eight semesters, prorated for transfer students. A copy of the full policy on satisfactory
academic progress is available upon written request from the financial aid office.
Federal aid programs are described more fully in the Wake Forest University brochure,
"Need-Based Financial Aid Information" and in the federal publication, "The Student
Guide, " available upon request from the Financial Aid Office and the U.S. Department of
Education.
43
Exchange Scholarships
The German Exchange Scholarship, established in 1959 with the Free University of Berlin,
is available to a student with at least two years of college German or the equivalent, who
has junior standing by the end of the semester in which application is made, but who need
not be a German major. It provides 750 German marks per month for ten months,
remission of fees, 200 marks per semester for books, and 250 marks per month for rent.
(Interested students should communicate with the chair of the Department of German. )
The Spanish Exchange Scholarships are available for study at the University of the Andes
in Bogota, Colombia, and at the University of Salamanca in Spain. The Bogota scholarship
may be awarded to two students for one semester's study each or to one student for two
semesters. Applicants must have completed at least two years of college Spanish or the
equivalent. Scholarships provide remission of fees and the cost of books, board, and
accommodations. (Interested students should communicate with the chair of the Depart-
ment of Romance Languages.)
The French Exchange Scholarship, established with the University of Burgundy, France,
is available to a graduating senior, who receives a graduate teaching assistantship at a
lycee in Dijon for two semesters. (Interested students should communicate with the chair
of the Department of Romance Languages. )
Loans
The James F. and Mary 2. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan is for residents of North
Carolina enrolled full-time for a value of up to $7,500 for undergraduate study. The
amount of each loan is determined by the College Foundation, with an interest rate of 1
percent during the in-school and grace periods and 7 percent during the repayment
period.
The Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund, established in 1945 with funds supplied by the
Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, N.C., is for needy students.
The Council Fund, established in 1935by C. T. Council of Durham, is for the aid of senior
students.
The James W. Denmark Loan Fund, originated in 1875 by James William Denmark of
Dudley, N.C., is available to qualified students, with preference given to students from
North Carolina, for an amount not exceeding $2,500 each year and $10,000 during the
entire period of enrollment.
The Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund, established under the will of Birdie Dunn of Wake
County, N.C., in memory of her mother, is for needy students.
The Duplin County Loan Fund, donated in 1942 by anonymous friends of the College, is
limited to students from Duplin County, N.C.
The Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund, established by the Board of Trustees, is a memorial to
the former bursar.
The Friendly Student Loan Fund, established in 1948 by Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, in
memory other sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, is for the benefit of worthy students who
need financial aid.
44
The George Foster Hankins Loan Fund, established under the will of George Foster
Hankins of Lexington, gives preference to applicants from Davidson County, N.C.
The Harris Memorial Loan Fund, established by the late J. P. Harris of Bethel, N.C, in
memory of his first wife, Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, is
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educational advantages to the
rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in life and who require financial
assistance to prevent the disruption of their education.
The Hutchins Student Loan Fund, originated by Robert W. Hutchins Jr. on behalf of
himself and his late wife, Nancy D. Hutchins of Winston-Salem, is in honor of members
of the Hutchins' family who have attended Wake Forest and is for the benefit of needy
undergraduate students.
The Edna Tyner La ngston Fund, established in 1 942 by Henry J . Langs ton of Danville, Va . ,
in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor and the College.
The Watts Norton Loan Fund, established in 1949 by L. Watts Norton of Durham, is for
worthy students enrolled with the Department of Religion who need financial assistance.
The Powers Fund, established in 1944 by Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, in memory of his
parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, is for the benefit of needy students, with
preference given to orphans.
The Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund, established in 1945 by J. G. Raby of Tarboro,N.C,
in memory of his parents, gives preference to applicants from the First Baptist Church of
Tarboro.
The]ames F. Slate Loan Fund, established in 1908 by J. F. Slate of Stokes County, N.C, is
available for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach.
The Sidney G. Wallace Loan Fund, created under the will of Mrs. Blanche Wallace, is used
to assist undergraduate students. Preference is given to students studying in a Wake
Forest-sponsored or approved overseas program.
Concessions
North Carolina Legislative Tuition Grants. The North Carolina General Assembly
provides yearly grants to all legal residents of North Carolina. To be eligible a student
must be enrolled for at least fourteen credits each semester (through October 1 in the fall
and through the tenth day of classes in the spring) and complete a Residency Form 100.
The student must not have received a bachelor's degree previously. To receive the grant,
the student must also complete an NCLTG application and return it to the financial aid
office by a specified deadline.
Ministerial students receive an $800 concession per year if they (1) have a written
recommendation or license to preach from their own church body and (2) agree to repay
the total amount, plus 4 percent interest, in the event that they do not serve five years in
the pastoral ministry within twelve years of attendance in the College.
Children and spouses of pastors of North Carolina Baptist churches receive an $800 conces-
sion per year if they are the children or spouses of (1 ) ministers, (2) missionaries of the
Southern Baptist Foreign Mission Board, (3) officials of the Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina, or (4) professors in North Carolina Baptist colleges or universities who are
ordained ministers. Pastors themselves are also eligible.
4^
Children of other ministers who are not eligible for the above concession receive a $150
concession per year if their parent makes a living chiefly by the ministry and they have a
demonstrated need.
Other Financial Aid
Church Choir Work Grants, given by the College and Wake Forest Baptist Church to
encourage outstanding music students, are awarded on the basis of talent, reliability, and
interest in the church on the recommendation of the music committee of the church and
the Department of Music, for the value of $300. (Interested students should communicate
with the chair of the Department of Music.)
The Ministerial Aid Fund, established in 1897 by the estate of J. A. Melke, is available to
preministerial students on a loan or grant program on the basis of merit and need, and,
particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement.
Student/Student Spouse Employment is possible for part-time, on-campus and off-cam-
pus work, for a recommended maximum of twenty hours per week for full-time students.
Summer employment may also be available. (Interested students should communicate
with the Office of Career Services.)
Veterans' Benefits are administered by the Office of the Veterans' Administration in the
Federal Building at 251 North Main Street in Winston-Salem. Records of progress are kept
by this institution on veteran and non-veteran students alike. Progress records are
furnished to the students, veterans and non-veterans alike, at the end of each scheduled
school term.
Outside Assistance
Students who apply for financial aid from Wake Forest must advise the College if they
receive any assistance from outside organizations, including but not limited to National
Merit or Achievement Scholarships; College Scholarship Service-sponsored scholarships;
local, state, and national scholarship and loan programs. This outside assistance will be
considered when the financial aid award is calculated.
Special Programs
Students in the College are encouraged to apply to special programs, both on and
off campus, which correspond to their abilities and interests. These include the
programs described below and the special degrees, minors, and concentrations
described on page 51 and beyond.
Honors Study
For highly qualified students, a series of interdisciplinary honors courses is described
under Courses of Instruction. Under the supervision of the coordinator of the Honors
Program, students may participate in three or more honors seminars during the freshman,
sophomore, and junior years. Those who complete four seminars with a superior record
and who are not candidates for departmental honors may complete a final directed study
course. With a superior record in that course and a grade-point average of 3.0 in all work,
a student may be graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and Sciences."
For students especially talented in individual areas of study, most departments in the
College offer special studies leading to graduation with honors in a particular discipline.
The minimum requirement is a grade-point average of 3.0 in all work and 3.3 (or higher
in some areas) in the major. Other course, seminar, and research requirements vary from
one department to another.
Open Curriculum
For students with high motivation and strong academic preparation, the Open Curricu-
lum provides the opportunity to follow a course of study planned within the framework
of a liberal arts education but not necessarily fulfilling all basic and divisional require-
ments for the degree. Under the Committee on Open Curriculum, a limited number of
students is selected by previous record of achievement, high aspirations, ability in one or
more areas of study, strength of self-expression, and other special talents. The course of
study for the lower division is designed by the student and his or her adviser.
Study at Salem College
For full-time students, Wake Forest and Salem College share a program of exchange
credits for courses taken at one institution because they are not offered at the other. An
application must be approved by the academic adviser and the dean of the College or the
dean of the School of Business and Accountancy. Except in courses of private instruction,
there is no additional cost to the student. Grades and grade points earned at Salem College
are evaluated as if they were earned at Wake Forest.
International Studies
Office of International Studies
The Office of International Studies provides information on all programs in international
studies. Students interested in studying abroad should visit the office for assistance and
program approval. Any student taking non-Wake Forest courses overseas for either the
summer, semester, or year should visit the office for program approval and a transfer of
credit form. The office also administers the international studies minor. For a full
description of the minor see page 125.
International Students
International students can obtain information and assistance in the Office of International
Studies.
Residential Language Centers
For students prepared to speak French, German, Italian, or Russian on a regular basis with
other students studying the same language, the University offers residential language
centers coordinated by members of the Romance languages department and the German
and Russian department. Such students attend regular classes on the campus. Organized
social and conversational programs are available in all these languages.
International Studies House
Students interested in international studies who would like to live with other students
sharing these interests may apply to live in the International Studies House. Further
information may be obtained in the Office of International Studies.
Foreign Area Studies
The Foreign Area Studies program enables students to choose an interdisciplinary
concentration in the language and culture of a foreign area. For a full description of these
programs, see page 56 and the various listings under Courses of Instruction.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Wake Forest Programs
England (London)
A program of study is offered each semester at Worrell House, the University's residential
center near Regent's Park in London. Courses typically encompass aspects of the art,
theater, literature, and history of London and Great Britain. (See, for example, Art 2320,
English Art, Hogarth to the Present, and History 2260, History of London, in the course listings
of those departments.) Each term a different member of the faculty serves as the director
of the program, which accommodates sixteen students. Further information may be
obtained in the Office of International Studies.
Italy (Venice)
Students wishing to spend a semester in Italy may apply to study at Casa Artom, the
University's residential center on the Grand Canal in Venice. Under the direction of
various members of the faculty, approximately twenty students per semester focus on the
heritage and culture of Venice and Italy. (Courses offered usually include Art 2693,
Venetian Renaissance Art; Italian 2213, Spoken Italian; Italian 215, Introduction to Italian
Literature I; Italian 216, Introduction to Italian Literature II; and other courses offered by the
faculty member serving as director.) Students selected for the Venice program are
required to have completed elementary training in Italian. Limited scholarship aid is
available to one or two students each semester to assist with expenses. Further informa-
tion may be obtained in the Office of International Studies.
France (Dijon)
Students wishing to study in France may apply for a semester's instruction at the
University of Burgundy. Under the direction of a faculty residential adviser from the
Department of Romance Languages, courses are taken at the University of Burgundy by
student groups of varying levels of preparation. (A major in French is not required, but
French 220 or its equivalent is recommended.)
Spain (Salamanca)
Students wishing to study in Spain may apply for a semester's instruction at the University
of Salamanca. Under the direction of a faculty residential adviser from the Department of
Romance Languages, courses are taken at the University of Salamanca by student groups
of varying levels of preparation. (A major in Spanish is not required, but Spanish 220 or
its equivalent is recommended.)
Institute of European Studies
Students who wish to spend a semester or year in a German- or Slavic-speaking country
may apply to programs of study available through the Institute of European Studies.
Qualified Wake Forest applicants may study during their junior or senior year in Berlin
or Freiburg, Germany; Vienna, Austria; Kiev, Ukraine; or Moscow, Russia. As with other
Wake Forest programs, students receive direct credit for all courses taken with I.E.S. and
may apply any form of financial aid available to them here on campus to their program
of study. Interested students should contact the Department of German and Russian.
49
China (Beijing)
Students who wish to study in China may apply to participate in the Wake Forest/
SASASAAS Program in Beijing, Peoples Republic of China. Offered in the fall semester,
the program includes courses in both Chinese language and culture. It is open to students
with no previous knowledge of Chinese or to those wishing to continue their study of the
language. Further information may be obtained in the Office of International Studies.
Japan (Hiratsuka)
For students wishing to study in Japan, Wake Forest offers a fall semester in Tokai
University, outside Tokyo. Coursework focuses on Japanese language and culture: one
course is taught by a Wake Forest professor; another course is taught by Japanese faculty
members, in English, on various aspects of Japanese society; a third course is the Japanese
language at the appropriate level. No prior knowledge of Japanese is required. Further
information may be obtained in the Office of International Studies.
Russia
One or two students wishing to study individually in Russia can apply to spend a fall or
spring semester at Moscow State University each year. The requirements are a good
academic record and the ability to attend and pass classes that are taught entirely in
Russian. For more information, contact William Hamilton, associate dean of the College.
Experiment in International Living
The Independent Study Program of the Experiment in International Living is recognized
by the College. To participate in this program a student must be regularly enrolled and
plan to return to the College after study abroad; arrangements must be made with the
chair of the department of the major and the director of the Office of International Studies.
Up to fourteen credits for a one-semester program may be granted upon evidence of
satisfactory completion of work taken, but this is subject to evaluation by the dean of the
College.
Study Abroad in Non-Wake Forest Programs
Students wishing to study abroad in a non-Wake Forest program should visit the Office
of International Studies for assistance. The office maintains a sizable collection of material
on a wide variety of overseas programs.
A student's participation in a non-Wake Forest program must be approved in advance
by the Office of International Studies. A transfer of credit form, available in the Office of
International Studies, must be completed once one is accepted into a program. Transfer
credit is computed at 1.125 credits for each approved semester hour and .75 for each
quarter hour taken abroad. Students may request to have scholarship and financial aid
applied to approved non-Wake Forest programs. Further information is available in the
Office of International Studies.
Requirements for Degrees
Degrees Offered
The College offers undergraduate programs leading to the bachelor of arts and bachelor
of science degrees. The bachelor of arts degree is conferred with a major in anthropology,
art, chemistry, classical studies, economics, English, French, French-Spanish, German,
Greek, history, Latin, music, philosophy, physics, politics, psychology, religion, sociol-
ogy, Spanish, speech communication, or theater. The bachelor of science degree is
conferred with a major in biology, chemistry, computer science, health and sport science,
mathematical economics, mathematics, or physics. The bachelor of arts degree is available
with a major in elementary education or education with a state teacher's certificate in
social studies. The bachelor of science degree is available with a major in education with
a state teacher's certificate in science. The bachelor of science degree may be conferred in
combined curricula in dentistry, engineering, forestry and environmental studies, medi-
cal technology, microbiology, and the physician assistant program.
The School of Business and Accountancy offers undergraduate programs leading to the
bachelor of science degree with a major in business or analytical finance and accounting;
and offers a five-year program of study leading to a bachelor of science and a master of
science degree with a major in professional accountancy. (See page 205 of this bulletin.)
A student who receives the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree may not
thereafter receive another bachelor's degree from Wake Forest.
General Requirements
Students in the College have considerable flexibility in planning their courses of study.
Except for two semesters of required health and sport science courses, only three specific
courses are required, one in English composition and two in a foreign language. To
complete preparation for more specialized work in a major field or fields, students select
three courses in each of four divisions of the undergraduate curriculum: (1) literature and
the arts; (2) the natural sciences and mathematics; (3) history, religion, and philosophy;
and (4) the social and behavioral sciences. Normally the basic and divisional requirements
are completed in the freshman and sophomore years and the requirements in the field or
fields of the major are completed in the junior and senior years.
All students must complete (1) the basic and divisional requirements (unless accepted
for the Open Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved by the department or depart-
ments of the major, and (3) elective courses for a total of 144 credits. No more than sixteen
credits toward graduation may be earned from among all of the following courses:
Education 353; all military science courses; Music 1 11-121 (ensemble courses); Dance 120-
129 and 131; and elective 100-level courses in health and sport science. A cross-listed
course may be taken one time for credit toward graduation, unless otherwise specified by
the course description.
All students must earn a C average on all work attempted at all colleges and universities
and on all work attempted in Wake Forest College and the School of Business and
52
Accountancy. Of the 144 credits required for graduation, at least 72 must be completed in
the undergraduate schools of Wake Forest University, including the work of the senior
year (except for combined degree curricula). All financial obligations to the University
must be discharged.
A student has the privilege of graduating under the requirements of the bulletin of
the year in which he or she enters, provided that course work is completed within six years
of entrance. After six years, the student must fulfill the requirements for the class in which
he or she graduates.
Basic Requirements
All students must complete three required basic courses (unless exempted through
procedures established by the departments concerned):
English 110 (composition) or 112 (composition and literature)
Foreign language 153 (intermediate level)
Foreigtt language (literature)
French 213, 216, 217, or the equivalent
Spanish 214, 217, 218, or the equivalent
Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent
German 215 or 216
Russian 215 or 216
Grefic211or212
Latin 211, 212, or 216
Near Eastern Languages & Literature 211 or 212 (Hebrew)
Japanese 211
Chinese 211
No credit is given for any language course below the one recommended by the
department on the basis of the placement test unless the student is given permission to
earn such credit by the Language Placement Appeals Board.
Divisional Requirements
All students must complete three courses in each of the four divisions of the undergradu-
ate curriculum (unless exempted by completion of advanced placement requirements or
by participation in the open curriculum):
Division I. Literature and the Arts (three courses; no more than one course from any
one of the four groups)
1. English literature (English 160 or 165)
2. American literature (English 170 or 175)
3. Foreign literature (other than the one used for the basic requirement)
Classical languages
Greek 211, 212, 231, 241, or 242
Latin 211, 212, 216, 221, 225, or 226
53
German 215 or 216
Chinese 211
Near Eastern Languages & Literature 211 or 212 (Hebrew)
Japanese 211
Romance languages (French, Italian, or Spanish) literature
Russian 215 or 216
In English translation:
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272
Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 221, or 222
4. Fine Arts
Art 103 or 111
Music 101, 102, 181, or 182
Theater 110 or 112
Division II. The Natural Sciences and Mathematics (three courses, selected from two
of the four groups)
1. Biology 111, 112, 113, 114 (if one course, 111; if two courses, the pair
must include 111)
2. Chemistry 111, 116 (unless advanced preparation indicates a higher
course); if one course, 111; if two courses, 111, 116
3. Physics 109, 110, 113, 114
4. Mathematics 108, 109, 111, 112, 117, Computer Science 111 (any one;
if two, the pair must include Mathematics 108 or Mathematics 111 but not
both)
Division III. History, Religion, and Philosophy (three courses; no more than one course
from each group)
1. History 101, 102, 103, or 104
2. Religion (any four credits at the 100-level)
3. Philosophy 111
Division IV. The Social and Behavioral Sciences (three courses, no more than one from
any one department)
1. Anthropology 151 or 152
2. Economics 150
3. Politics 113, 114, 115, or 116
4. Psychology 151
5. Sociology 151, 152, 153, or 154
Requirement in Health and Sport Science
All students must complete Health and Sport Science 1 00 and 101 . This requirement must
be met before enrollment in additional health and sport science elective courses, and in
any case before the end of the second year.
54
Proficiency in the Use of English
Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the faculty as a requirement
in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc with the grade for any course,
may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing is unsatisfactory,
regardless of previous credits in composition. The writing of transfer students is checked
during the orientation period each term, and students whose writing is deficient are given
a composition condition.
A student who has been assigned a cc will receive an "Incomplete" for the course. The
student will have one semester in which to work in the Writing Center, revising the course
work to the instructor's satisfaction. If the student fails to work in the Writing Center, or
fails to revise the work to the instructor's satisfaction, the grade will become an "F"
automatically, unless some action is taken by the instructor. (If extenuating circumstances
make it impossible for the student to make significant progress in a semester, the student
may appeal to the dean's office for an additional semester of work to remove the
"Incomplete.") Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.
Basic and Divisional Requirements
The basic and divisional requirements are intended to introduce the student to various
fields of knowledge and to lay the foundation for concentration in a major subject and
related fields during the junior and senior years. For this reason, as many of the
requirements as feasible should be taken in the freshman and sophomore years.
No course requirements may be set aside or replaced by substitutes except through
regular procedures already established by the faculty, or through a specific vote of the
faculty in regular session.
Declaring a Major
To enter upon a major, a student should have earned at least sixty credits. The normal time
for reaching this point is the end of the second semester of the sophomore year. Thirty days
before the end of the sophomore year, each student who will have acquired the requisite
credits by the end of the semester or the end of the summer school is required to indicate
to the registrar and to the department or departments concerned the selection of a major
for concentration during the junior and senior years. Before this selection is recorded by
the registrar, the student must present a written statement from the authorized represen-
tative of the department or departments indicating that the student has been accepted as
a candidate for the major in that department. An adviser is available to assist the student
in planning a course of study for the junior and senior years. A department which rejects
a student as a major must file with the dean of the College a written statement indicating
the reason(s) for the rejection.
If thirty days before the end of the sophomore year a student sees that he or she will
begin the fifth semester without attaining sixty credits, he or she should consult the
registrar's office about the proper course to follow.
55
A student wishing to major in business or in accountancy should make application to
the School of Business and Accountancy. (See page 205 of this bulletin.)
The undergraduate schools try to provide ample space in the various major fields to
accommodate the interests of students. It must be understood, however, that the under-
graduate schools cannot guarantee the availability of space in a given major field or a given
course, since the preferences of students change and there are limits to both faculty and
facilities.
After the beginning of the junior year, a student may not change from one major to
another without the approval of the departments concerned. The student's course of
study for the junior and senior years includes the minimum requirements for the
departmental major, with other courses selected by the student and approved by the
adviser.
At least half of the major must be completed at Wake Forest University.
The following fields of study are recognized for the major: accountancy, anthropology,
art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, computer science, economics, educa-
tion, English, French, French-Spanish, German, Greek, health and sport science, history,
Latin, mathematical economics, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, politics, psy-
chology, religion, Russian, sociology, Spanish, speech communication, and theater.
Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect three courses in religion beyond
the course included in the divisional requirements.
Maximum Number of Courses in a Department
Within the College, a maximum of 48 credits in a single field of study is allowed within
the 144 credits required for graduation. Fifty-six credits toward graduation are allowed
in any department authorized to offer two fields of study or more, except for the
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science.
These stipulations exclude required related courses from other departments. They
further exclude, for students majoring in English, English 110 and 112; and, for students
majoring in a foreign language, elementary courses in that language. These limits may be
exceeded in unusual circumstances only by action of the dean of the College.
Options for Meeting Major Requirements
For purposes of satisfying graduation requirements, a student must select one, and only
one, of the following options, which will receive official recognition on the student's
permanent record: (1) a single major, (2) a joint major, (3) a single major and a minor, (4)
a single major and a double minor, (5) a double major. In addition to the options above, a
student may complete the requirements of a foreign area studies program.
Double Majors and Joint Majors
A student may major in two departments in the College with the written permission of the
chair of each of the departments and on condition that the student meet all requirements
56
for the major in both departments. A student may not use the same course to meet
requirements in both of the majors. For administrative purposes, the student must
designate one of the two fields as the primary major, which appears first on the student's
record. For purposes of the double major, the Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science is considered as two departments.
A joint major consisting of fifty-six credits in two fields of study is available in classical
studies and in mathematical economics.
Minors
A minor is not required. Those students, however, who select a single major — not those
working toward a double or joint major — may choose a minor field from among the
following: anthropology, art, biology, chemistry, computer science, dance, economics,
educational studies, professional education, English, French language and culture,
French literature, German, Greek, history, Italian, Latin, mathematics, music, philosophy,
physics, politics, psychology, religion, Russian, sociology, Spanish language and culture,
Hispanic literature, speech communication, and theater.
For details of the various minors, see the appropriate departmental headings in the
section of this bulletin that lists course offerings.
Interdisciplinary Minors
Interdisciplinary minors are listed alphabetically under Courses of Instruction in the
bulletin. The following programs are offered (bulletin page number in parentheses):
Asian Studies (page 68)
Cultural Resource Preservation (page 82)
Early Christian Studies (page 83)
International Studies (page 125)
Linguistics (page 127)
Medieval Studies (page 134)
Urban Studies (page 194)
Women's Studies (page 195)
Foreign Area Studies
The foreign area studies programs enable students to choose an interdisciplinary concen-
tration in the language and culture of a foreign area. An area studies concentration may
include courses in the major and also in the minor field, if a minor is chosen. Foreign area
studies programs do not replace majors or minors; they may supplement either or both.
A faculty adviser coordinates each foreign area studies program and advises students,
and students who wish to participate in one of these programs must consult with the
program coordinator, preferably in their sophomore year. Questions also may be directed
to the Office of International Studies.
57
Foreign area studies are listed alphabetically under Courses of Instruction in the
bulletin. The following programs are offered (bulletin page numbers in parentheses):
East Asian Studies (page 85)
East European Studies (page 86)
German Studies (page 107)
Italian Studies (page 125)
Latin American Studies (page 126)
Spanish Studies (page 185)
Senior Testing
All seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provide objective
evidence of educational development and employing measures of academic achievement
such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Examination and other tests deemed
appropriate by the Committee on Academic Affairs. The tests are administered during the
spring semester, and relevant results are made available to the student for his or her
information. The primary purpose of the program is to provide the University with
information for assessing the total educational process. The program does not supplant
the regular administration of the Graduate Record Examination for students applying for
admission to graduate school.
Combined Degrees in Medical Technology
Students may qualify for the bachelor of science degree in medical technology by
completion of the academic requirements outlined in the following paragraph and by
satisfactory completion of the full program in medical technology offered by the Division
of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. A grade of at least C
is required in all courses taken in the program in medical technology. At least one year
(thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the College.
(Under current scheduling, successful candidates receive the baccalaureate degree in
August rather than in May.)
Students seeking admission to the program must file application in the fall of the junior
year with the Division of Allied Health Programs of the medical school. Selection is based
upon recommendations of teachers, college academic record, Allied Health Professions
Admissions Test score, impressions made in personal interviews, and work experience
(not essential, but important). Students must complete the basic course requirements; the
divisional course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV; the health and sport science
requirement; Biology 111, 112, 113, 114 (three courses or equivalents); Biology 326;
Chemistry 111,112, 221, and 222; mathematics (one course); and electives for a total of 108
credits. Desirable electives outside the area of chemistry and biology include physics, data
processing, and personnel and management courses. (Interested students should consult
a biology department faculty member during the freshman year for further information.)
58
Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program
Students may qualify for the bachelor of science degree in the physician assistant program
by completion of three years (108 credits) in the College with a minimum average grade
of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full twenty-four-month course in the physician
assistant program offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine. At least one year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work
must be completed in the College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic
course requirements, the divisional course requirements, the health and sport science
requirement, and at least four courses in biology (including one course in microbiology).
At least four courses in the social sciences (including sociology, psychology, and econom-
ics), a course in statistics, and three or four courses in chemistry are recommended.
Applicants to the program must have a minimum of six months of clinical experience in
patient care services. (Interested students should consult a biology department faculty
member during the freshman year for further information.)
Degrees in Microbiology...
Students may qualify for the bachelor of science degree in microbiology by completion of
three years (112 credits) in the College with a minimum average grade of C, and by
satisfactory completion of a thirty-two hour major in microbiology in the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine. At least one year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work
must be completed in the College. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic
course requirements, the divisional course requirements, and the health and sport science
requirement; Microbiology 302, 304 (or Biology 462), and Biology 371 . Additional courses
to complete the major will be selected from Microbiology 402, 403, 404, 405, 408, 410, 411,
413,414,432, 433, 434, Biology 321, 360, 372, 373, 380, and 391, 392. Required related courses
are two courses in physics and at least two courses in organic chemistry. Additional
chemistry and mathematics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for students
progressing toward advanced work in microbiology. The student should consult the
microbiology adviser during the sophomore year to establish a program of study. Work
on the major must begin no later than the fall semester of the junior year.
Degrees in Dentistry
A student may fulfill the requirements for the bachelor of science degree with a major in
dentistry by completing three years of work in the College with a minimum average grade
of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain approved
dental schools designated by the University, with a record entitling advancement to the
third-year class.
For this degree, the requirements in the College are the same as those for the degree with
a major in medical sciences.
59
Degrees in Engineering
The College cooperates with North Carolina State University and other engineering
schools in offering a broad course of study in the arts and sciences combined with
specialized training in engineering. A program for outstanding students covers five years
of study, including three years in the College and approximately two years in one of the
schools of engineering. (Depending upon the field chosen, it may be advisable for a
student to attend the summer session in the engineering school after transfer.) Admission
to Wake Forest does not guarantee admission to the engineering school. Those decisions
are based on the student's transcript, performance, and status at the time of application.
Upon successful completion of the five years of study, the student receives the bachelor
of science degree in engineering from the University and the bachelor of science degree
in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering school.
The curriculum for the first three years must include the basic and divisional require-
ments. Suggested courses for the freshman year are English 110 and 160 (or a foreign
literature); appropriate foreign language courses; Mathematics 111, 112; Physics 113, 114;
and Health and Sport Science 100, 101. Suggested courses for the sophomore year are
English 170 (or a foreign literature); Philosophy 111; Mathematics 251, 301; Physics 141,
162, 165, 166; and Chemistry 111, 116. Suggested courses for the junior year are a history
course, a religion course, Mathematics 302, 304, and Economics 150.
This rigorous curriculum demands special aptitude in science and mathematics.
Electives are chosen in consultation with the chair of the Department of Physics.
Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies
The College cooperates with the Duke University School of Forestry and Environmental
Studies to offer students interested in these areas the possibility of earning both bachelor's
and master's degrees within five years. For details about the program, students should
consult a faculty member in the biology department.
Courses of Instruction
Plans of study, course descriptions, and the identification of instructors apply to the academic year
1993-94 unless othenvise noted, and reflect official faculty action through March 16, 1993.
The University reserves the right to cliange programs of study, academic requirements,
assignment of lecturers, or the announced calendar.
Odd-numbered courses are normally taught in the fall, even-numbered in the
spring. Exceptions are noted after course descriptions. Number of credits is
shown by numerals immediately after the course title — for example, (3) or (3,3). The
symbols P — and C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to show prerequisites
and corequisites for a course.
Courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; courses 200-299 are
primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced undergraduates and
graduate students. (Other graduate courses are described in the bulletin of the Graduate
School; a complete listing of summer courses is in the bulletin of the Summer Session.)
Anthropology
David S. Weaver, Chair
Professors E. Pendleton Banks, David K. Evans,
Stanton K. Tefft, David S. Weaver, J. Ned Woodall
Director/Curator, Museum of Anthropology/
Assistant Professor Mary Jane Berman
Adjunct Professor Jay R. Kaplan
Visiting Assistant Professor Dorothy J. Cattle
Adjunct Assistant Professor Steven Folmar
A major in anthropology requires a rninimum of thirty-six credits and must include
Anthropology 151, 152, 390, and either 370 or 374.
Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive field
research training. However, only four credits from Anthropology 381 , 382 and four credits
from Anthropology 383, 384 may be used to meet major requirements. Additional courses
are counted within the limits specified for a single field of study.
A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in anthropology courses is required at the time
the major is declared. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in all anthropology courses
is required for graduation.
A minor in anthropology requires twenty-four credits and must include Anthropology
151 and 152. Only one course (excluding Anthropology 151 or 152) can be taken under the
pass /fail grading option and used to meet minor requirements. Minors may receive only
four credits toward the minor for Anthropology 398, 399. Only four credits from
Anthropology 381, 382, 383, and 384 may be used to meet minor requirements and
departmental permission must be obtained for minor credit in these courses.
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology," highly qualified
majors should apply to the department for admission to the honors program. They must
complete a senior research project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend
their work in an oral examination. For additional information, members of the departmen-
tal faculty should be consulted.
61
151. General Anthropology I: Archeology and Human Evolution. (4) Origin and
evolution of man with a focus on human biological and sociocul rural change during the
Plio-Pleistocene.
152. General Anthropology II: Cultural Anthropology. (4) A cross-cultural analysis of
human institutions with a survey of major theories explaining cultural variety and human
nature.
300. Museum Practicum. (4) Designed to give the student practical experience while
working at the Museum of Anthropology in six basic areas of museum operation:
administration, research, curatorial duties, conservation, exhibition design, and educa-
tion. P — Permission of instructor.
310. Museum Design and Operation. (4) The principles of museum design and operation
through lectures, readings, workshops with visiting experts in the field, and field trips to
neighboring museums (possibly to Washington, DC). Students have an opportunity to
put some of the principles in practice by planning and designing exhibits in the Museum
of Anthropology. P — Permission of instructor.
315. Material Culture Studies. (4) Explores the social and cultural roles of objects through
the study of materials, technology, economy, context, and meaning. P — Anthropology
151 or 152 or permission of instructor.
320. The Anthropology of Art. (4) The arts (primarily visual) in folk and tribal cultures
from comparative, structural, and functional points of view. P — Permission of instructor.
330. The Ethnographic Documentary. (4) Through the use of ethnographic documentary
films and videos from different historical periods and by filmmakers from different
cultural backgrounds, this course will present a historical and cross-cultural perspective
on cultural systems. The course will analyze the technological and aesthetic aspects of film
and video production and assess the effectiveness of visual communication in conveying
ideas about culture and society. P — Anthropology 1 51 or Anthropology 1 52 or permission
of instructor.
335. Mountain Folklore in North Carolina. (4) The role folklore plays in all human
cultures in general and in the culture of the mountain people of Western North Carolina
in particular. Field trips to mountain counties conducted. P — Permission of instructor.
340. Anthropological Theory. (4) A study and evaluation of the major anthropological
theories of humans and society, including cultural evolutionism, historical particularism,
functionalism, structuralism, cultural ecology, and cultural materialism. The relevance
and significance of these theories to modern anthropology are discussed. P — Anthropol-
ogy 151 and 152 and junior standing, or permission of instructor.
342. Applied Anthropology. (4) Seminar exploring the ways anthropological concepts
and data contribute to understanding and solving contemporary problems facing human
populations everywhere. Emphasis will be on change and conflict situations in develop-
ing areas, but problems encountered by urban and industrialized cultures also are
considered. P — Anthropology 152.
b2
345. Primitive Religion. (4) The world-view and values of non-literate cultures as
expressed in myths, rituals, and symbols. P — Anthropology 151 or Anthropology 152.
350. European Peasant Communities. (4) Lectures, reading, and discussion on selected
communities and their sociocultural contexts, including folklore, folk art, and processes
of culture change. P — Anthropology 151 or Anthropology 152 or permission of instructor.
352. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (4) The ethnology and prehistory of Africa south of
the Sahara. P — Anthropology 151 or Anthropology 152.
354. Peoples and Cultures of China. (4) A survey of the Han and non-Han (Mongolian,
Tibetan, Shan, Miao, etc.) peoples of China and their traditional cultures drawing on
ethnographic and village studies. P — Permission of instructor.
358. The American Indian. (4) Ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. P —
Anthropology 151 or Anthropology 152.
360. Human Ecology. (4) The relations between the human being and the inorganic and
organic environments as mediated by culture; laboratory experience with aerial photog-
raphy and other remote sensing techniques. P — Anthropology 151 or Anthropology 152
or permission of instructor.
362. Medical Anthropology. (4) The impact of Western medical practices and theory on
non-Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving of world health
problems. P — Anthropology 151 or permission of instructor.
364. Physical Anthropology. (4) Introduction to biological anthropology, human biology,
evolution, and variability. P — Anthropology 151.
366. Human and Non-Human Evolution. (4) Investigation of primate and human
evolution, both in anatomy and in behavior. P — Anthropology 151 and permission of
instructor.
368. Human Osteology. (4) A survey of human skeletal anatomy and analysis, emphasiz-
ing archeological and anthropological applications. P — Anthropology 151 and permis-
sion of instructor.
370. Old World Prehistory. (4) Survey of Old World prehistory, with particular attention
to geological and climatological events affecting culture change. P — Anthropology 151 or
permission of instructor.
372. Archeology of Early Complex Societies. (4) Comparison of the archeology of early
complex societies, with special attention to the Maya, Aztec, and Teotihuacan cultures in
Mesoamerica; the Huari and Inca in South America; the Anasazi of North America; and
Egyptian and Mesopotamian groups of the Old World. An emphasis will be given to
theories of origins and change in complex societies. P — Anthropology 151 or permission
of instructor.
374. Prehistory of North America. (4) The development of culture in North America as
outlined by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecology and sociocultural
processes. P — Anthropology 151 or permission of instructor.
63
376. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (4) A study of human adaptation in
the Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role of ecological factors
in determining the formal aspects of culture. P — Anthropology 151.
378. Conservation Archeology. (4) A study of the laws, regulations, policies, pro-
grams, and political processes used to conserve prehistoric and historic cultural
resources. P — Anthropology 151 and Anthropology 359 or permission of instructor.
380. Anthropological Statistics. (4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in anthropo-
logical research. (A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit
for Biology 380, Business 201, Mathematics 109, or Sociology 380.)
381, 382. Archeological Research. (4,4) The recovery of anthropological data through the
use of archeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a prehistoric site. P —
Anthropology 151.
383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (4,4) Training in techniques for the
study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P — Anthropology 151 or Anthropology
152.
385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (4) Intensive investigation of current scientific
research within the discipline. The course concentrates on problems of contemporary
interest. P — Permission of instructor.
64
390. Student-Faculty Seminar. (4) A review of contemporary problems in the fields of
archeology and physical and cultural anthropology. P — Junior standing or permission of
instructor.
398, 399. Individual Study. (1 ,2,3/ or 4) A reading, research, or internship course designed
to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision
of a departmental faculty member.
Art
Harry B. Titus Jr., Chair
Reynolds Professor Terisio Pignatti (Venice)
Professors Robert Knott, Margaret S. Smith
Associate Professors David L. Faber, Page H. Laughlin, Harry B. Titus Jr.
Assistant Professor Bernadine Barnes
Visiting Assistant Professors David Helm, Nancy Kelker
Visiting Instructors Margaret C. Gregory, Alix Hitchcock
Lecturer Brian Allen (London)
Assistant Lecturer Katie Scott (London)
Gallery Director Victor Faccinto
The department offers courses in the history of art and in the practice of drawing,
painting, printmaking, and sculpture. A visiting artist program and varied exhibi-
tions in the gallery of the Scales Fine Arts Center as well as internships in local cultural
organizations supplement the regular academic program of the department.
The department offers two fields of study, art history and studio art. A major in art
history requires forty credits in the department. Thirty-two credits are to be in art history,
and eight credits are to be in studio art. A major in studio art requires forty credits in the
department. Thirty-two credits are to be in studio art, and eight credits are to be in art
history.
A minor in art history requires twenty credits in the department, sixteen in art history
and four in studio art. A minor in studio art requires twenty credits in the department,
sixteen in studio art and four in art history. Students may major in one field and minor in
the other within a limit of fifty-six credits.
Any student interested in majoring or minoring in art should consult the chair of the art
department.
Qualified students in both the art history and studio areas may ask to participate in the
department's honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Art,"
students must execute a written project or create a body of work; the results of their efforts
must be presented and defended before a committee of the departmental faculty.
Interested students should consult any member of the department for additional informa-
tion concerning the requirements for this program.
65
Art History
103. Introduction to the Visual Arts. (4) A historical introduction to the arts of various
cultures and times with discussions of technique, style, methodology, and terms. Satisfies
the Division I requirement.
231. American Art. (4) A survey of American painting and sculpture from the Colonial
period through the Armory Show held in 1913 in New York.
233. American Architecture. (4) A survey of American architecture from 1650 to the
present.
235. Art and Architecture of the South. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and
sculpture in the South from 1600 to the present.
240. Pre-Columbian Art in Mesoamerica. (4) Survey of the art (mural painting, ceramics,
stone sculpture, lapidary, and metallurgy) and architecture of Mexico, Guatemala, and
Belize from 2000 B.C. to A.D. 1530, including the Olmec, Maya, Teotihuacan, Monte
Alban, the Toltecs, Mixtecs, Huastecs, and Aztecs.
241. Ancient Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the prehistoric
through the late Roman periods.
244. Greek Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the prehistoric
through the Hellenistic periods.
245. Roman Art. (4) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and
sculpture.
251. Women and Art. (4) A historical examination of the changing image of women in art
and the role of women artists.
252. Romanesque Art. (4) Art and architecture from the Carolingian Renaissance through
the twelfth century.
253. The Gothic Cathedral. (4) The character and evolution of Gothic cathedrals and the
sculpture, stained glass, metalworks, and paintings designed for them.
254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (4) Medieval illuminated manuscripts and precious
objects made of gold, silver, ivory, enamel, and other luxury materials are the subjects of
this course.
258. The History of Prints. (4) A survey of the technical and stylistic developments in
printmaking from the fifteenth century to the present. Special attention will be given to the
function of prints in society. Student research will focus on prints in the University Print
Collection.
267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (4) An introduction to the painting, sculpture, and
architecture of Italy from 1250 to 1500, with a concentration on the arts in fifteenth century
Florence.
66
268. Italian High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (4) A study of the arts in sixteenth
century Italy, with emphasis on the achievement of Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael,
Michelangelo, Giorgione, and Titian, and the dissolution of Renaissance idealism in the
art of the early Mannerists.
270. Northern Renaissance Art. (4) A survey of painting, sculpture, graphic art, and
patronage in Northern European art from 1300 to the death of Durer in 1528.
271. Studies in French Art. (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, and
architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Offered in Dijon.
272. Baroque Art. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 1600 to 1700.
275. History of Landscape Architecture. (4) Study of garden design, beginning with
Roman gardens and continuing through the creation of public parks in the nineteenth
century.
281. Modern Art to 1900. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from 1700 to
1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century.
282. Modern Art after 1900. (4) A survey of European and American painting and
sculpture from 1900 to the present.
283. Impressionism. (4) A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, with some
consideration of Impressionism in other forms.
284. Contemporary American Art. (4) An intensive study of American painting and
sculpture from 1950 to the present.
288. Modern Architecture. (4) A survey of European and American architecture from
1900 to the present.
291. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance.
292. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance.
293. Practicum. (4) Internships in local cultural organizations, to be arranged by the art
department. Pass/ fail.
296. Art History Seminar. (2,4) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on
topics of their choice. A paper is required. P — Permission of instructor.
a. Ancient Art f. Contemporary Art
b. Medieval Art g. American Art
c. Renaissance Art h. Modern Architecture
d. Baroque Art i. American Architecture
e. Modern Art j. Special Topics
2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (4) A survey of English painting, sculpture, and
architecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide lectures, student
reports, museum visits, and lectures. Taught by special lecturer. Offered in London.
67
2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (4) A survey of the art of the Venetian Renaissance, with
slide lectures and museum visits. Offered in Venice.
Anthropology 320. The Anthropology of Art. (4) The arts (primarily visual) in folk and
tribal cultures from comparative, structural, and functional points of view. P — Permission
of instructor.
Studio Art*
111. Introduction to Drawing and Design. (4) An introduction to the basic elements of
two-dimensional and three-dimensional design, to include drawing, painting, and sculp-
ture. Six class hours per week. Satisfies the Division I requirement.
112. Introduction to Painting. (4) An introduction to painting fundamentals in a variety
of contemporary styles in the oil or acrylic medium. P — Art 111.
115. Introduction to Sculpture. (4) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and multi-
media, with emphasis on contemporary concepts. P — Art 111.
117. Introduction to Printmaking. (4) An introduction to one or more of the following
areas of printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. P — Art 111.
211. Intermediate Drawing. (4) Continuation of Art 111, with concentrated emphasis on
drawing fundamentals and idea development in realistic and abstract styles, emphasizing
composition, value, line, and form. Six class hours per week. P — Art 111.
212. Intermediate Painting. (4) Continuation of Art 112, with concentrated emphasis on
idea development. P — Art 112. May be repeated.
215. Intermediate Sculpture. (4) Continuation of Art 115, with emphasis on idea devel-
opment. P — Art 115. May be repeated.
217. Intermediate Printmaking. (4) Continuation of Art 117, with emphasis on idea
development. P — Art 117. May be repeated.
218. Figure Drawing. (4) An introduction to figure drawing. P — Art 111.
221. Advanced Drawing. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be
repeated. P— Art 211.
222. Advanced Painting. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be
repeated. P— Art 212.
225. Advanced Sculpture. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be
repeated. P — Art 215.
227. Advanced Printmaking. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May
be repeated. P— Art 217.
295. Studio Seminar. (2,4) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on topics
of their choice and related studio activities. P — Permission of instructor.
*Prerequisites may be waived with permission of instructor.
68
Asian Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Win-chiat Lee (Philosophy), Coordinator
The minor in Asian Studies consists of a total of twenty-four credits which students
must select from an approved list of courses on file with the coordinator and listed
below. Candidates for the minor are required to take these courses from at least three
different departments. While some study of an Asian language is strongly recommended,
it is not required. Although students may repeat Asian Studies 381, Independent Research
in Asian Studies (2-4) for credit, only four of these credits can apply toward completion of
the Asian Studies minor.
Appropriate credit in various fields of Asian Studies also may be obtained by study in
China through the SASASAAS/Wake Forest Program or in Japan through the Wake
Forest/Tokai University Program, or through other Wake Forest approved courses of
study in Asia. Students intending to minor in Asian Studies should consult the coordina-
tor, preferably in their sophomore year. Courses may be chosen from among the following
list. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (2-4) Supervised independent research
project on a topic related to Asia. Requires the approval of both the instructor and the
coordinator of Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit.
Anthropology
354. People and Cultures of China. (4)
Chinese Language and Literature
111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (5,5)
151, 152. Intermediate Chinese (5,5)
199. Individual Study. (1-4)
211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4)
History
341. History of Women in Modern Asia. (4)
343. Imperial China. (4)
344. Modern China. (4)
347. Japan Since World War II. (4)
348. Modern Japan. (4)
Humanities
219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (4)
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (4)
347. Women Writers in Japanese Society. (4)
348. Chinese Revolutionary Literature to 1948. (2)
349. Chinese Liberation Literature since 1948. (2)
350. Modern Chinese Literature. (4)
Japanese Language and Literature
111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (5,5)
69
Biology
William E. Conner, Chair
Babcock Professor of Botany Mordecai J. Jaf fe
Wake Forest Professors Gerald W. Esch, Raymond E. Kuhn
Professors Nina Stromgren Allen, Robert A. Browne, Ronald V. Dimock Jr.,
Herman E. Eure, Peter D. Weigl
Associate Professors Carole L. Browne, William E. Conner,
James F. Curran, Hugo C. Lane, Wayne L. Silver
Assistant Professors David J. Anderson, Stephen M. Gatesy,
Kathleen A. Kron, Gloria K. Muday, Rosanne Spolski
Adjunct Professors J. Whitfield Gibbons, Terry C. Hazen, Stephen H. Richardson
Adjunct Associate Professor Margaret Mulvey
Instructor David W. Hall
At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in biology meets with a major
adviser to plan the course of study for the junior and senior years. The requirements for
completion of the major are those in effect at the time of the conference, since the
curriculum and departmental requirements may change slightly during the student's
period of residence. All majors are required to take Biology 112, 113, 114, in any order, and
at least three 300-level 5-credit biology courses. Co-major requirements are Chemistry 111
and 116 and two additional courses in the physical sciences.
For students declaring majors in the spring, the requirements for a major are a minimum
of forty-one credits in biology. A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted
in biology at Wake Forest University is required for graduation with a major in biology.
(Students declaring a major later than the spring should consult with a biology major
adviser for the specific major requirement at that time.)
A minor in biology requires twenty credits. Courses taken pass/fail cannot count
toward a minor. A minimum overall grade average of C must be earned on all Wake
Forest University biology courses taken to complete a minor.
Prospective majors are strongly urged to select their first course in biology from among
Biology 1 12, 1 13 and 114 (any order). Most prospective majors also should take Chemistry
111-116 as freshmen; the majority continue with Chemistry 221 and 222 (organic chemis-
try) as sophomores.
Advanced work in many areas of biology may require additional courses in mathemat-
ics, the physical sciences, and other areas of biology . The adviser calls these to the attention
of the student, depending on individual needs.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in Biology," a
graduating student must have a minimum GPA of 3.0 in all courses and a 3.3 in his/her
biology courses. In addition, the student must submit an honors paper (written in the form
of a scientific paper) describing the research which must be defended before his/her
advisory committee. Specific details regarding the honors program, including selecting
an adviser and an advisory committee, deadlines, and writing of the honors thesis, may
be obtained from the chair of the departmental undergraduate studies committee.
70
All 300-level courses have the 112-114 series as prerequisites. Any exceptions to this
arrangement must be approved by the chair of the department. Students enrolled at Wake
Forest may not take courses in biology at other institutions to satisfy divisional require-
ments.
111. Biological Principles. (5) A study of the general principles of living systems with
focus on the cellular, organismal, and populational levels of biological organization,
emphasizing the role of heredity and evolution in these systems. Course may count for
major credit in biology, but is intended for students with little or no previous experience
in biology. Lab — three hours.
112. Comparative Physiology. (5) An introduction to the form and function of organisms,
with emphasis on physical principles, structural organization, and critical function of
plants and animals. Intended as a beginning course in biology for prospective majors and
for any students with adequate high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. No
prerequisites.
113. Evolutionary and Ecological Biology. (5) An introduction to the principles of
genetics, ecology, and evolution as they apply to organisms, populations and communi-
ties, with emphasis on evolutionary processes within an ecological context. Intended as
a beginning course in biology for prospective majors and for any students with adequate
high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. No prerequisites.
114. Cellular and Molecular Biology. (5) An introduction to the principles and processes
of cellular and molecular biology including molecular organization of cellular structures,
energetics, metabolism, and regulation of cellular functions. Intended as a beginning
course in biology for prospective majors and for any students with adequate high school
preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. No prerequisites.
301-305. Topics in Biology. (1-5) Seminar and/or lecture courses in selected topics, some
involving laboratory instruction.
312. Genetics. (5) A study of the use of genetic analytical methods to establish the
principles of inheritance and the mechanisms of gene function. Covered special topics
include mechanisms of genetic change, the genetics of development, and population
genetics. The lab stresses analytical methods through problem solving and by demonstra-
tions of modern genetic techniques. P — Biology 112-114.
314. Evolution. (4) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. P —
Biology 112-114.
315. Biology of Stress. (4) A lecture course involving a study of the ways in which plants
and animals react to and cope with abiotic stresses. Foci include mechanisms at the
ecological, organismic, cellular and molecular levels. A term paper is required, reviewing
the literature in some area covered by the course. Credit not allowed for both Biology 315
and 316. P— Biology 112-114.
316. Biology of Stress. (5) A lecture and laboratory course involving a study of the ways
in which plants and animals react to and cope with abiotic and biotic stresses. Foci include
71
mechanisms at the ecological, organismic, cellular and molecular levels. A laboratory
project implementing the scientific method and designed to produce new knowledge is
required. Credit not allowed for both Biology 315 and 316. P — Biology 112-114.
318. Gender and Science. (3) Lectures and seminars examining the historical and
contemporary interactions of women and science. Topics include contributions of women
scientists, a feminist analysis of scientific methodology, and gender issues in science. This
course may not be taken for major or minor credit in biology, but may be taken towards
the minor in Women's Studies.
319. Paleobiology. (5) Analysis of the fossil record, with emphasis on biological and
evolutionary principles. Topics include fossilizarion, paleoecology, morphological analy-
sis, biogeography, macroevolution, diversification, and extinction, systematics, and the
role of chance in evolution. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
320. Comparative Anatomy. (5) A study of chordate animals, with emphasis on compara-
tive anatomy and phylogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory. Lab —
four hours. P — Biology 112-114.
321. Parasitology. (5) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the
standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite relationships.
Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior.
(May count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be made at registration.) P —
Permission of instructor.
326. Microbiology. (5) The structure, function, and taxonomy of microorganisms with
emphasis on bacteria. Covered special topics include microbial ecology, industrial
microbiology, and medical microbiology. The lab emphasizes microbial diversity through
characterizations of isolates from nature. P — Biology 112-114.
328. Vascular Plants. (5) A comparative survey of the vascular plants, with emphasis on
structure, reproduction, classification, and phylogeny. Lab — four hours. P — Biology 112-
114.
331. Invertebrates. (5) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on functional
morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
333. Vertebrates. (5) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution,
physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and experi-
mental studies. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
335. Insect Biology. (5) A study of the diversity, structure, development, physiology,
behavior, and ecology of insects. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
336. Bioacoustics. (5) A lecture and laboratory course analyzing mechanisms of sound
production, transmission, and reception and their relevance to animal orientation and
communication. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
72
338. Plant Systematics. (5) A study of the diversity and evolution of flowering plants.
Lectures emphasize the comparative study of selected plant families, their relationships
and the use of new information and techniques to enhance our understanding of plant
evolution. Labs emphasize more practical aspects of plant systematics such as the use of
identification keys, recognition of common local plants, molecular techniques, and basic
phylogenetic analysis. P — Biology 112-114.
339. Principles of Biosystematics. (5) An exploration of the current theoretical and
practical approaches to the study of macroevolution in plants and animals. Topics include
theory and methods of constructing evolutionary trees, sources of data and cladistic
biogeography. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
340. Ecology. (5) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments;
structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in ecology.
Lab — three hours. P— Biology 112-114.
341. Marine Biology. (5) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab — three hours. P — Biology
112-114.
342. Aquatic Ecology. (5) A course designed to cover the general principles and concepts
of limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. A major portion
of the field study is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological Station. Lab — three hours.
P— Biology 112-114.
344. Ecological and Evolutionary Genetics. (4) Principles of genetics in the context of
ecological and evolutionary studies, including micro- and macro-evolutionary processes.
P — Biology 112-114. Permission of instructor.
345. Neurobiology. (4) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical
approaches will be integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems.
P— Biology 112-114.
346. Neurobiology. (5) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical
approaches will be integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems.
The laboratory will emphasize electrophysiological techniques with experiments from
the cellular to the behavioral level. Lab — three hours. P — Permission of instructor.
350. Biological Resources and the Environment. (4) Lectures, readings, and discussions
examining biological resources, their limitations arid methods for sustainability. Genetic,
aquatic, terrestrial, and ecosystem resources will be examined. P — Biology 112-114 or
permission of instructor.
351. Vertebrate Physiology. (5) A lecture and laboratory course examining regulatory
principles, integration in the nervous system and the physiology of the cardiovascular,
respiratory, and renal systems of vertebrates. P — Biology 112-114.
73
352. Plant Physiology. (5) A study of the mechanisms by which various plant systems
function, thematically structured around the plant life cycle. Lab — three hours. P —
Biology 112-114.
354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (4) A lecture course which considers the evolution of the
endocrine glands and hormones and the physiology of the main hormonal pathways of
vertebrates. P — Biology 112-114.
355. Avian Biology. (5) A lecture and laboratory course emphasizing ecological and
evolutionary influences on the physiology, behavior, and population biology of birds.
Includes taxonomy of the world's major bird groups. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-
114.
360. Development. (5) A description of the major events and processes of animal
development, with an analysis of the causal factors underlying them. Special attention is
given to the embryonic development of vertebrates, but consideration is also given to
other types of development and other organisms. Topics include fertilization, early
development, growth and cell division, cell differentiation, the role of genes in develop-
ment, cell interaction, morphogenesis, regeneration, birth defects, and cancer. Lab — three
hours. P— Biology 112-114.
362. Immunology. (4) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the
immune system. P — Biology 112-114.
363. Sensory Biology. (4) A lecture course involving a study of the nature of energy in the
environment and how it is absorbed and transduced in sensory systems. Anatomical,
physiological, biochemical and biophysical approaches will be integrated in the study of
sensory mechanisms in plants and animals. A term paper is required reviewing the
literature in some area covered by the course. Credit not allowed for both Biology 363 and
364. P— Biology 112-114.
364. Sensory Biology. (5) A lecture and laboratory course involving a study of energy in
the environment and how it is absorbed and transduced in sensory systems. Anatomical,
physiological, biochemical and biophysical approaches will be integrated in the study of
sensory mechanisms in plants and animals. A laboratory project implementing the
scientific method and designed to produce new knowledge is required. Credit not
allowed for both Biology 363 and 364. P— Biology 112-114.
365. Cell Motility. (5) A lecture and laboratory course exploring the movements in and of
cells (for example: mitosis, cytoplasmic streaming, muscle contraction, nerve transport).
Light and electron microscopic methods as well as biochemical and biophysical ap-
proaches to the study of cell motility will be discussed. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-
114.
366. Human and Non-Human Evolution. (4) Investigation of primate and human
evolution, both in anatomy and in behavior. (May count as either biology or anthropology
but not both; choice to be made at registration.) P — Permission of instructor.
370. Biochemistry I. Enzymes and Metabolism. (4) A lecture course introducing the
principles of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that
74
elucidated these principles. Major topics will include structure, function, and biosynthesis
of biological molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, and regulation of
metabolic pathways. P — Biology 112-114.
371. Biochemistry I. Enzymes and Metabolism Laboratory. (1) The laboratory will
emphasize approaches to isolation and analysis of both proteins and nucleic acids. Lab —
three hours. P — Biology 112-1 14, P — or C — Biology 370. This course, paired with Biology
370, may be used as one of the three 300-level 5-credit courses required for the major.
372. Biochemistry II. Molecular Biology. (5) An analysis of the molecular mechanisms by
which stored genetic information directs cellular development. Emphasis will be placed
on storage and transmission of genetic information, regulation of gene expression, and the
role of these processes in development. The laboratory will focus on modern techniques
of recombinant DNA analysis. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114 and 370.
373. Techniques in Electron Microscopy. (5) An introduction to the electron microscope
as an experimental tool in biology. Includes instruction in common techniques used in the
field and lecture on recognition and interpretation of cellular ultrastiucture. Lab — three
hours. P— Biology 112-114.
375. Optical Methods in Biological Sciences. (5) Methods in light and electron micros-
copy including specimen preparation, image generation and recording. Students will
learn the basic techniques of photography (developing and printing), fixation and
sectioning of specimens, and video-enhanced, computer-generated imaging as well as
image and motion analysis. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
376. Ichthyology. (5) A comparative study of structure/ function, classification, and
phylogeny of fish. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
380. Biostatistics. (4) An introduction to statistical methods used by biologists, including
descriptive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance, and regression and corre-
lation. May count as biology or anthropology but not both; choice to be made at
registration. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for
Anthropology 380, Business 201, Mathematics 109, or Sociology 380.
381. Biostatistics Laboratory, (1) Application of computer-based statistical software. P —
Biology 112-1 14, P — or C — Biology 380. This course, paired with Biology 380, may not be
used to satisfy one of the three 300-level 5-credit courses required for the major.
382. Behavioral Ecology. (5) A lecture and laboratory course analyzing behavioral
solutions to challenges faced by animals in nature, emphasizing the role of natural
selection in shaping behavior. Topics include mating systems, optimal foraging, sociobi-
ology, parental care, and evolution of sexual reproduction. P — Biology 112-114 or
permission of instructor.
385. Cellular Physiology. (5) In-depth examination of current topics in cell biology such
as cellular signalling, the extracellular matrix, biogenesis of mitochondria and chloro-
plasts, control of cell division, protein sorting in the Golgi, protein translocation across
membranes, and molecular motors. Lab — three hours. P — Biology 112-114.
75
391, 392. Research in Biology. (2,2) Independent library and laboratory investigation
carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass/ fail or for grade at
discretion of the instructor. P — Permission of instructor.
393, 394. Research in Biology. (2,2) Courses designed for students who wish to continue
research projects beyond Biology 391 and 392. Pass/ fail optional. Not to be counted
toward major. P — Permission of instructor.
396. Biomedical Ethics. (4) Lectures and seminars examining contemporary issues in
biomedical ethics including the proper role of biomedical research, and current controver-
sies in health care and medical practice. P — Biology 112-114.
397. Seminar in Biology. (2-4) Consideration of major biological topics through intensive
reading and discussions. P — Biology 112-114.
Chemistry
Willie L. Hinze, Chair
Wake Forest Professors Roger A. Hegstrom, Willie L. Hinze
Professors Huw M. L. Davies, Phillip J. Hamrick Jr., Charles F. Jackels,
Susan C. Jackels, Gordon A. Melson, Ronald E. Noftle, Robert L. Swofford
Associate Professors James C. Fishbein, Dilip K. Kondepudi, Mark E. Welker
Assistant Professors Bradley T. Jones, Abdessadek Lachgar
Visiting Assistant Professors Michelle M. Baillargeon, Neal E. Busch,
Philip S. Hammond, Jane Joseph
The department offers programs leading to the BA and BS degrees in chemistry and is on
the list of departments certified by the American Chemical Society.
The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry includes Chemistry 111, 116, 221, 222, 341, 342
or 344 and 361; Mathematics 111, 112; and Physics 113, 114.
The bachelor of science degree in chemistry includes Chemistry 111, 116, 221, 222, 334,
341, 344, either 351 or 356/357, 361, 381, 382, 383, 391 or 392; Mathematics 1 11 and 112 and
either 113 or 301; and Physics 113 and 114.
Additional mathematics and science courses are strongly recommended for BS degree
candidates. The number and selection of these courses depends on the professional goals
of the individual student. Examples of these courses are Mathematics 302 and 304; Physics
161 and 164; and Biology 370 and 371.
The department also offers a five-year B A/ MS degree program. Students qualifying for
the program may receive a tuition scholarship in the senior year. For information consult
the department chair.
A minor in chemistry requires twenty-three credits in chemistry and must include at
least one of the following courses: 334, 341, 342 or 344, 351, 356/357, 361 . The department
will not accept courses taken pass/ fail to count toward the minor.
Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry courses are open to chemistry majors on a letter-
grade basis only. Majors are also required to complete on a letter-grade basis the required
physics and mathematics courses.
76
A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in the first two years of chemistry is required of
students who elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent upon
satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses must be
approved by the department. Candidates for either the BA or BS degree with a major in
chemistry must have a minimum GPA of 2.0 in their chemistry courses numbered 200 or
above.
Qualified majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must have a minimum GPA in chemistry
courses of 3.3 and a minimum overall GPA of 3.0. In addition, the honors candidate must
satisfactorily complete an approved research project, prepare a paper describing the
project, and present results at a seminar for departmental approval. For additional
information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.
For the BS major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical:
Freshman
Chemistry 111, 116
Mathematics 111, 112
Sophomore
Chemistry 221, 222
Physics 113, 114
Junior
Chemistry 341, 342
Chemistry 383
Chemistry 391 or 392
Mathematics 113 (or 301)
Science
Senior
Chemistry 334
Chemistry 361
Chemistry
300-Level
Elective
For the BA major the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical:
Freshman
Chemistry 111, 116
Mathematics 111, 112
Sophomore
Chemistry 221, 222
Physics 113, 114
Junior
Chemistry 341, 342
Senior
Chemistry 361
For variations in either of the schedules above, the student should consult a member of
the faculty in chemistry.
Students electing laboratory courses in chemistry are required to pay for breakage and
for certain consumable materials as determined by the department.
111. College Chemistry. (5) Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory covers experi-
mental aspects of basic concepts. Lab — three hours.
116. Equilibrium and Analysis. (5) Fundamental principles of equilibrium as applied to
inorganic and generalized acid-base systems. Laboratory covers aspects of quantitative
and inorganic qualitative analysis. Lab — three hours. P — Chemistry 111.
221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (5, 5) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. Lab —
four hours. P — Chemistry 116.
301, 302. Elective Research. (0,0) P — Permission of instructor. Summers only.
334. Chemical Analysis. (5) Theoretical and practical applications of modern methods of
chemical analysis. Lab — four hours. C — Chemistry 341.
77
341. Physical Chemistry I. (5) Fundamentals of equilibrium thermodynamics and electro-
chemistry, phenomenological kinetics, and introductory computational methods. Lab —
four hours. P— Chemistry 116, Math 111, Physics 113-114. C— Math 112.
342. Physical Chemistry HA. (5) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo-
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. Lab — four hours. P — Chemistry
341, Math 111-112, Physics 113-114.
344. Physical Chemistry IIB. (5) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo-
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. Lab — four hours. P — Chemistry
341, Math 111-112 and 301 (or 113), Physics 113-114.
351. Special Topics in Biochemistry. (4) Fundamentals of biochemistry, with particular
emphasis on mechanistic analysis of metabolic pathways, enzymatic activity, and drug
action. P — Chemistry 222.
356, 357. Chemical Spectroscopy. (2,2) Fundamental aspects of the theory and application
of chemical spectroscopy, as found in the areas of analytical, inorganic, organic, and
physical chemistry. Emphasis will vary. Seven-week courses. P — Chemistry 342 or 344,
361, or permission of instructor.
361. Inorganic Chemistry. (5) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. Lab-
hours. P — Chemistry 342 or 344.
-four
381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (0,0) Discussions of contemporary research. Attendance
required of BS chemistry majors in the junior and senior years.
383. Chemical Literature. (1) Introduction to the chemical literature and searching
techniques for the acquisition of chemical information. P — Chemistry 222.
391, 392. Undergraduate Research. (2,2) Undergraduate research. Lab — eight hours.
Professor of Chemistry Ron Noftle with a student at a Salem Hall work station equipped with a new
ventilation system developed at Wake Forest University.
78
Classical Languages
John L. Andronica, Chair
Professors John L. Andronica, Robert W. Ulery Jr.
Assistant Professors Mary L. B. Pendergraft, James T. Powell
The Department of Classical Languages offers three majors: Greek, Latin, and classical
studies. Minors are offered in Greek, Latin, and classical studies.
A major in Greek requires thirty-five credits in the department beyond Greek 112.
Twenty-eight of these credits must be in Greek courses. Greek 225 and Classics 270 are
required.
A minor in Greek requires Greek 153, 211, one other 200-level course in the Greek
language; Classics 270; and one additional course (three or four credits) in Greek (200-
level) or Latin or Classics.
A major in Latin requires thirty-two credits in the department beyond Latin 153.
Twenty-four of these credits must be in Latin courses. Classics 271 also is a requirement,
and Classics 270 is recommended.
A minor in Latin requires three 200-level courses in Latin; Classics 271; and one
additional course (three or four credits) in Greek or Latin or classics.
A major in classical studies requires fifty-six credits. A minimum of thirty-six credits of
course work must be taken in the department. A maximum of forty-eight credits in the
department may be exceeded only if a student undertakes course work in both Latin and
Greek. The student must take a minimum of two courses at the 200-level in either Greek
or Latin and the following: Art 241 (Ancient Art), Classics 265 (Greek Literature), Classics 272
(Latin Literature), Classics 270 (Greek Civilization), and Classics 271 (Roman Civilization).
A maximum of sixteen credits may be taken in the following: Art 244 (Greek Art), 245
(Roman Art), 246 (Greekand Roman Architecture), 252 (Romanesque Art); History 215, 216 (The
Ancient World); Philosophy 201 (Ancient and Medieval Philosophy), 730 (Plato),231 (Aristotle);
Politics 271 (Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Philosophy), 274 (Noble Greeks and Romans);
Religion 311 (Poetic Literature of the Hebreio Bible), 314 (Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors), 363
(Hellenistic Religions); Hebrew 111, 112, 153, 211. Other courses may be allowed with the
permission of the department.
A minor in classical studies requires five courses in addition to Latin or Greek 153:
Classics 265, 272, and either 270 or 271; and two additional courses (8 credits) in Greek,
Latin, classics, or other courses allowed by the department.
The requirements for certification to teach Latin in high school are the same as the
requirements for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies serves as an appropriate part
of the program of studies required for certification to teach Latin in high school. A student
wishing to secure this certification should confer with the chair of the department.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in Latin, Greek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Latin," "Honors in Greek," or "Honors in Classical Studies," a student must
complete an honors research project and pass a comprehensive oral examination. For
honors in Latin or Greek, at least two of the courses counted toward the major must be
79
seminar courses; for honors in classical studies, at least one seminar course in Latin, Greek,
or classics is required. For additional information, members of the departmental faculty
should be consulted.
Greek
111, 112. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers
and poets.
153. Intermediate Greek. (4) Grammar and selected readings.
211. Plato. (4) Selections from the dialogues of Plato.
212. Homer. (4) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey.
221. Greek Readings. (2,3, or 4) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests.
225. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) Intensive work in morphology and
syntax, with practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings.
231. The Greek New Testament. (4) Selections from the Greek New Testament.
241. Greek Tragedy. (4) Close study of a selected tragedy or tragedies. This course
includes consideration of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading
of other tragedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent.
242. Greek Comedy. (4) Close study of a selected comedy or comedies of Aristophanes.
This course includes consideration of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with
collateral reading of other comedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212,
or equivalent.
291, 292. Honors in Greek. (2,2) Directed research for honors paper.
Latin
111, 112. Elementary Latin. (4,4) Introduction to Latin grammar.
113. Intensive Elementary Latin. (5) Introduction to Latin grammar. Covers material of
Latin 111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 111 or 112.
153. Intermediate Latin. (5) Grammar review and selected readings.
211. Introduction to Latin Poetry. (4) Readings primarily from Virgil's Aeneid, with an
introduction to literary criticism.
212. Introduction to Latin Prose. (4) Readings primarily from the orations of Cicero, with
attention to the elements of rhetoric in Roman public discourse.
216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (4) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through
readings from the poems of Catullus and Horace.
221. Roman Historians. (4) Readings in the works of Sallust, Livy, or Tacitus, with
attention to the historical background and the norms of ancient historiography.
225. Roman Epistolography. (4) Selected readings from the correspondence of Cicero and
Pliny the Younger and the verse epistles of Horace and Ovid.
226. Roman Comedy. (4) Readings of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, with a
study of the traditions of comedy and dramatic techniques,
231. Roman Elegy. (4) Readings from the poems of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with
study of the elegiac tradition.
241. Roman Satire. (4) Selected readings from Horace and Juvenal, with attention to the
origin and development of hexameter satire.
243. Latin Readings. (2,3, or 4) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests.
250. Prose Composition. (2) Exercises in writing of Latin prose, with an introduction to
prose stylistics.
398, 399. The Teaching of Latin. (4,4) A reading course and workshop in problems
of Latin pedagogy and the secondary Latin curriculum, designed to meet the needs and
interests of selected students.
Seminars
The following seminars are offered by members of the faculty on topics and authors of
their choice. A paper is required.
261. Seminar in Poetry of the Republican Period. (3)
262. Seminar in Prose of the Republican Period. (3)
281. Seminar in Augustan and Later Poetry. (3)
282. Seminar in Augustan and Later Prose. (3)
291, 292. Honors in Latin. (2, 2) Directed research for honors paper.
Classics
151. Ethics in Greece and Rome. (2) Reading and discussion of Aristotle's Ethics and
Cicero's On Moral Duties, with attention to our own ethical dilemmas. A knowledge of the
Greek and Latin languages is not required.
220. Greek and Latin in Current Use. (3) A systematic study of Greek and Latin loan
words, roots, prefixes, and suffixes as elements of English and specialized vocabularies
(e.g., scientific and legal). A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.
251. Classical Mythology. (4) A study of the most important myths of the Greeks and
Romans. Many of the myths are studied in their literary context. A knowledge of the Greek
and Latin languages is not required.
si
252. Women in Antiquity. (3,4) The course explores the place of women in Greek and
Roman society, men's views of them, their views of themselves, and their contribution to
society, through primary source readings from the ancient authors. A knowledge of the
Greek and Latin languages is not required.
253. Greek Epic Poetry. (4) Oral epic poetry, with primary emphasis on the Iliad and the
Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre. A knowledge of the Greek
language is not required.
254. Roman Epic Poetry. (4) A study of the Latin treatment and development of the literary
form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Virgil, Ovid, and Lucan. A knowledge of the Latin
language is not required.
263. Tragic Drama. (4) A study of the origins and development of Greek tragedy and its
influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. A
knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.
264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (4) Representative works of Aristophanes, Menander,
Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of comedy. A
knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.
265. A Survey of Greek Literature. (4) A study of selections from Greek literature in
English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required.
270. Greek Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading on those phases of Greek
civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A knowledge of the
Greek language is not required.
271. Roman Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading on the general subject of
Rome's contribution to the modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is
not required.
272. A Survey of Latin Literature. (4) A study of selections from Latin literature in English
translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required.
279. Studies in Roman Biography. (2,3, or 4) A study in depth of a key figure of Roman
history using the evidence of history, literature, numismatics, and epigraphy as well as art
and archeology when appropriate. A know ledge of the Latin language is not required.
280. Topics in Greek History. (4) The course will examine three central events in Greek
history: the Persian War (490-479 B.C.), the Peloponnesian War (431-404 B.C.), and the
career of Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.), through close study of the works of
Herodotus and Thucydides and of the Alexander tradition. Particular attention will be
devoted to literary form and historiographical method. A knowledge of the Greek
language is not required.
285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (4) This seminar is designed
specially to meet the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early
Christian studies, but is not limited to them. It will explore from various points of view the
culture of the Mediterranean world from which Christianity wasborn and grew: literature
82
and art, history and economics, religions and philosophies. Also offered by the Depart-
ment of Religion as Religion 285. Course may be repeated for credit.
288. Individual Study. (2,3, or 4)
291, 292. Honors in Classical Studies. (2,2) Directed research for honors paper.
Cultural Resource Preservation
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Ned Woodall (Anthropology), Coordinator
The Departments of Anthropology, Art, History, and Sociology offer an interdisciplinary
minor in Cultural Resource Preservation (CRP) which will give students preliminary
training in the field of historic preservation and cultural resource management aimed at
the protection and enhancement of archeological, historical, and architectural resources.
The minor requires History 366, Studies in Historic Preservation (4) and four other courses
for a total of twenty credits, distributed among at least three departments. The following
courses may be included in the minor. (See course descriptions under appropriate
listings.)
Anthropology
152. Gerieral Anthropology II: Cultural Anthropology. (4) (May count as a Division
IV requirement.)
300. Museum Practicum. (4)
310. Museum Design and Operation. (4)
370. Old World Prehistory. (4)
374. Prehistory of North America. (4)
378. Conservation Archeology. (4)
381, 382. Archeological Research. (4,4)
Art
233. American Architecture. (4)
275. History of Landscape Architecture. (4)
288. Modern Architecture. (4)
293. Practicum. (4)
History
381, 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (4,4)
398. Individual Study. (1-4)
Sociology
151. Principles of Sociology. (4) (May count as a Division IV requirement.)
205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (4)
Students intending to minor in Cultural Resource Preservation should consult the
adviser appointed from one of the participating departments and listed with the registrar.
Students are strongly urged to consult the adviser during the first semester of their junior
year. Equivalent courses must be approved by the adviser.
83
Early Christian Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Mary Pendergraft (Classics) and
Kenneth G. Hoglund (Religion), Coordinators
The interdisciplinary minor in Early Christian Studies requires twenty-two to twenty-
three credits. The student must take the following core courses:
Greek 231, The Greek New Testament (4);
Religion 112, Introduction to the New Testament (4), or
164, The Formation of the Christian Tradition (4);
Classics 270, Greek Civilization (3), or
271, Roman Civilization (3); and
Classics /Religion 285, Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World (4).
The student must take two additional courses, with no more than one from any one
department, from the following list. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Art
241. Ancient Art. (4)
244. Greek Art. (4)
245. Roman Art. (4)
296. Art History Seminar. (2,4)
a. Ancient Art
b. Medieval Art
Classics
270. Greek Civilization. (3)
271. Roman Civilization. (3)
(whichever is not used to satisfy the requirement for the Early Christian
Studies minor)
History
215, 216. The Ancient World. (4,4)
Philosophy
232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4)
Religion
319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (4)
320. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (4)
322. The General Epistles. (4)
326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (4)
327. Early Christian Theologians: the Fourth Evangelist. (4)
328. The New Testament and Ethics. (4)
363. Hellenistic Religions. (4)
East Asian Languages and Literatures
Patrick Moran, Coordinator
Assistant Professors Janice Bardsley and Patrick Moran
Courses are offered in the Chinese and Japanese languages to meet the basic requirements
in language. In addition, students may study abroad with Wake Forest programs in China
and Japan.
Chinese
Chinese 111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (5,5) Emphasis on the development of listening
and speaking skills in Mandarin. Introduction to the writing system and to basic sentence
patterns. Lab required.
Chinese 151, 152. Intermediate Chinese. (5,5) Further study in grammar, reading,
conversation, and composition. Lab required. P — Chinese 112 or equivalent.
Chinese 199. Individual Study. (1-4) P — Permission of instructor.
Chinese 211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4) Readings in
Chinese in prose and poetry. P — Chinese 152 or permission of instructor. Satisfies a
Division I requirement.
^Humanities 221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (4)
*Humanities 348. Chinese Revolutionary Literature to 1948. (2)
*Humanities 349. Chinese Liberation Literature since 1948. (2)
^Humanities 350. Modern Chinese Literature. (2)
^Philosophy 253. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (4)
Japanese
Japanese 111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (5,5) Emphasis on the development of listening
and speaking skills. Introduction to the writing systems. Basic sentence patterns covered.
Lab required.
Japanese 151, 152. Intermediate Japanese. (5,5) Further study in grammar, reading,
conversation, and composition. Lab required. P — Japanese 112 or equivalent.
Japanese 199. Individual Study. (2-4) P — Permission of instructor.
Japanese 211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern Japanese. (4)
Readings in Japanese in prose and poetry. P — Japanese 152 or permission of instructor.
Satisfies a Division I requirement.
*See the appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English.
85
*Humanities 219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (4)
* Humanities 347. Women Writers in Japanese Society. (4)
East Asian Studies
(Foreign Area Study)
Win-chiat Lee (Philosophy), Coordinator
East Asian Studies requires twenty-four credits, which must be taken from at least three
different departments. One of these must be either Chinese 21 1 or Japanese 211. Although
Asian Studies 381, Independent Research in Asian Studies, may be repeated for credit, only
four of these credits can apply toward East Asian Studies. Appropriate credit in East Asian
Studies may also may be obtained by study in China through the SASASAAS/Wake
Forest program or in Japan through the Wake Forest/Tokai University program, or
through other Wake Forest approved courses of study in Asia. Study abroad is strongly
encouraged but not required. Courses may be chosen from among the following list. (See
course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Anthropology
354. Peoples and Cultures of China. (4)
Asian Studies
381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (2-4)
Chinese Language and Literature
111,112. Elementary Chinese. (5,5)
151, 152. Intermediate Chinese. (5,5)
199. Individual Study. (1-4)
211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4)
History
310. Seminar. (4)
341. Histon/ of Women in Modern Asia. (4)
343. Imperial China. (4)
344. Modern China. (4)
347. Japan Since World War II. (4)
348. Modern Japan. (4)
Humanities
219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (4)
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (4)
347. Women Writers in Japanese Society. (4)
348. Chinese Revohdionary Literature to 1948. (2)
349. Chinese Liberation Literature since 1948. (2)
350. Modern Chinese Literature. (4)
Japanese Language and Literature
111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (5,5)
151, 152. Intermediate Japanese. (5,5)
*See the appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English.
86
199. Individual Study. (2-4)
211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern Japanese. (4)
Philosophy
253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (4) (Also listed as
Religion 380.)
Politics
248. Government and Politics of China. (4)
249. Government and Politics of Japan. (4)
260. East Asian International Relations. (4)
292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4)
Religion
161. World Religions. (2,2)
a. Buddhism
b. Primal Religion (Taoism and Native American)
380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (4) (Also listed as
Philosophy 253.)
Speech Communication
371. Comparative Communication. (2,4)
a. Japan
East European Studies
(Foreign Area Study)
Perry Patterson (Economics), Coordinator
Russian 215 or 216 is required, plus twenty-four credits from the following list. (See course
descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Anthropology
350. European Peasant Communities. (4)
Economics
253. Economies in Transition. (4)
History
331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (4)
332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 - Present. (4)
Humanities
215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (4) (Satisfies a Division I requirement.)
218. Eastern European Literature. (4) (Satisfies a Division I requirement.)
Politics
232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (4)
Russian
Four additional credits at the 200-level.
With the approval of the coordinator, students also may take relevant seminars,
colloquia, or independent studies in any of the above departments.
87
Economics
Claire Holton Hammond, Chair
Reynolds Professor John H. Wood
Professors David G. Brown, Donald E. Frey, J. Daniel Hammond,
John C. Moorhouse
Associate Professors Allin F. Cottrell, Claire Holton Hammond,
Michael S. Lawlor, Perry L. Patterson
Adjunct Associate Professor Gary R. Albrecht
Assistant Professors Paul F. Huck, Robert M. Whaples, Andrew J. Yates
The objectives of the economics program are to help prepare students for effective partici-
pation in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical skills in solving
economic problems, to promote a better understanding of alternative economic systems,
and to provide a balanced curriculum to prepare students for graduate study or positions
in industry and government.
The major in economics consists of thirty-six credits in economics, including Economics
150, 205, 206, 207, and 208. The remaining economics courses are selected by the student
and his or her adviser. A minimum grade of C is required in Economics 150, 205, and 207,
and an overall C average in economics courses. The student also must take and pass
Mathematics 109 and either Mathematics 108 or 111.
The minor in economics consists of twenty-four credits, including Economics 150, 205,
and 207. The mathematics and minimum grade requirements for the minor are the same
as for the major.
Economics majors are encouraged to take complementary courses in mathematics, the
humanities, or other social sciences to sharpen their analytical skills and to acquire a
broader understanding of important issues. The faculty adviser will assist each student in
determining the particular combination of courses that satisfies his or her needs.
Economics majors with a grade average of at least 3.0 and 3.3 in economics may
graduate with "Honors in Economics" by satisfying the research requirement of Econom-
ics 298. It is recommended but not required that Economics 297 be taken first.
The Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science offer a joint major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical
economics. This interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than fifty-six credits,
affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development
of economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following
course requirements: Economics 150, 205, 207, 208, 215, 218; Mathematics 111, 112, 113,
121, 251; and three additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers.
Recommended courses are Economics 206, 212, 223, 231 , 232, 235, 251 , 252, and Mathemat-
ics 253, 311, 312, 348, 352, 353, 357, and 358. Students electing the joint major must receive
permission from both the Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics
and Computer Science. A minimum grade average of C in all courses attempted for the
mathematical economics joint major is required for graduation.
Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program
in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Mathematical
Economics," a student must satisfy the requirements of Economics 298 or Mathematics
381 by successfully completing a senior research project. Consult the program advisers for
additional information.
For the BA in economics the following schedule is typical:
Freshman
Lower Division
requirements
Sophomore
Economics 150
Mathematics 108
or 111
Mathematics 109
Junior*
Economics 205, 206
Economics 207, 208
Senior
Four electives
in economics
*It is expected that economics majors will complete the intermediate theory sequences in their junior year.
For the BS in mathematical economics the following schedule is typical:
Freshman Sophomore Junior Senior
Mathematics 111,112 Economics 150 Economics 205, 207
Lower Division Mathematics 113, Economics 208, 215
requirements 121 Mathematics 251
Economics 218
Three electives in
economics and /or
mathematics
150. Introduction to Economics. (4) A survey of micro and macroeconomic principles.
Introduction to basic concepts, characteristic data and trends, and some analytic tech-
niques. Preference in enrollment will be given to students with sophomore or upperclass
standing.
205. Intermediate Microeconomics I. (4) Development of demand and supply analysis,
neoclassical theory of household and firm behavior, and alternative market structures.
P — Economics 150.
206. Intermediate Microeconomics II. (4) More advanced theory of maximizing
behavior of economic agents with discussion of risk, uncertainty, and economic
dynamics. Theory employed in assessment of policy issues. P — Economics 205.
207. Intermediate Macroeconomics L (4) Development of macroeconomic concepts of
national income, circular flow, income determination, IS-LM analysis, and Phillips
curves. Emphasizes contributions of Keynes and the Keynesian tradition, including some
attention to primary literature. P — Economics 150.
208. Intermediate Macroeconomics II. (4) Considers extensions of Keynesian theory,
such as the post-Keynesians, and alternatives to Keynesian theory, such as monetarism,
traditional classical, and new classical theories. More advanced tools of macroeconomic
analysis may be introduced, for instance large forecasting models or dynamics. P —
Economics 207.
212. Economic Forecasting. (4) A computer-oriented application of modern econometric
and time series methods for forecasting economic variables. P — Economics 150. C —
Economics 207.
215. Introduction to Econometrics. (4) Economic analysis through quantitative methods,
with emphasis on model construction and empirical research. P — Economics 205, 207 and
Mathematics 109 or 121.
218. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (4) Calculus and matrix methods used to
develop basic tools of economic analysis. P — Economics 205, 207 and Mathematics 111,
112.
221. Public Finance. (4) An examination of the economic behavior of government.
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management. P — Eco-
nomics 150. C — Economics 205.
222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (4) An investigation of the nature of monev, the
macroeconomic significance of money, financial markets, and monetary policy. P —
Economics 207.
223. Financial Markets. (4) A study of the functions, structure, and performance of
financial markets. P — Economics 205, 207.
224. Law and Economics. (4) An economic analysis of property, contracts, torts, criminal
behavior, due process, and law enforcement. P — Economics 205.
225. Public Choice. (4) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to explore
such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition formation, the
optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. P — Economics 205.
231. Economics of Industry. (4) Analysis of the link between market structure and market
performance in U.S. industries from theoretical and empirical viewpoints. Examines the
efficiency of different firm practices including mergers and cartels. Case studies include
automobiles, steel, agriculture, computers, sports, and telecommunications. P — Econom-
ics 150. C — Economics 205.
232. Business and Government. (2,4) Analysis of the logic and effectiveness of various
regulatory instruments used by government to affect the structure and performance of
industry. Principal topics include economic regulation of natural monopoly, antitrust
policy, and deregulation in transportation and other industries. P — Economics 150. C —
Economics 205.
235. Labor Economics. (4) A theoretical and empirical survey of labor markets. Topics
include: the demand and supply of labor, compensating wage differentia Is, education and
training, discrimination, unions, public sector employment, earnings inequality, and
unemployment. P — Economics 205, 207.
246. Urban Economics. (4) Theoretical and empirical study of the city as an economic
entity, with attention to land-use patterns and prices, urban decay and redevelopment,
suburbanization, housing, and city finance. P — Economics 105.
90
248. Resource Economics. (4) The economic theory of natural resource allocation and
environmental quality. P — Economics 205.
251. International Trade. (4) Development of the theory of international trade patterns
and prices and the effects of trade restrictions such as tariffs and quotas. P — Economics 205.
252. International Finance. (4) A study of foreign exchange and Eurocurrency markets,
balance of payments, and macroeconomic policy in open economies. P — Economics 205, 207.
253. Economies in Transition. (4) A theoretical and institutional examination of histori-
cally socialist nations and the dilemmas of transition. Special reference to the former Soviet
Union. P — Economics 150.
258. Economic Growth and Development. (4) A study of the problems of economic
growth, with particular attention to the less developed countries of the world. P —
Economics 205, 207.
261. American Economic Development. (4) The application of economic theory to
historical problems and issues in the American economy. P — Economics 150.
262. History of Economic Thought. (4) A historical survey of the main developments in
economic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth century. P— Economics 205, 207.
265. Economic Philosophers. (2,4) An in-depth study of the doctrines and influence of up
to three major figures in economics, such as Smith, Marx, and Keynes. P — Economics 205, 207.
270. Current Economic Issues. (2,4) Examines current economic issues using economic
theory and empirical evidence. Topics may include recent macroeconomics events,
government budget deficits, banking insurance, corporate takeovers, international eco-
nomic rivalries, economic differences by race and gender, health care, welfare, labor
unions, legal reform, global warming and others. P — Economics 150.
271, 272. Selected Areas in Economics. (1,2,4; 1,2,4) A survey of an important area in
economics not included in the regular course offerings. The economics of housing,
education, technology, and health services are examples. Students should consult the
instructor to ascertain topic before enrolling. P — Economics 205, 207.
290. Individual Study. (2,4) Directed readings in a specialized area of economics. P —
Permission of instructor.
297. Preparing for Economic Research. (2) Designed to assist students in selecting a
research topic and beginning the study of the selected topic. P — Permission of instructor.
298. Economic Research. (4) Development and presentation of a senior research project.
Required of candidates for departmental honors. P — Permission of department.
9]
Education
Joseph O. Milner, Chair
Professors John P. Anderson, Patricia M. Cunningham,
Thomas M. Elmore, Samuel T. Gladding, John H. Litcher,
Joseph O. Milner, Linda N. Nielsen, J. Don Reeves, Leonard P. Roberge
Associate Professors Robert H. Evans, Leah P. McCoy
Assistant Professors Mary Lynn B. Redmond, Loraine M. Stewart
Visiting Assistant Professor G. Dianne Mitchell
Lecturer Marianne A. Schubert
Research Associate Shelley L. Olson
Visiting Instructor Marjorie Johnson
Wake Forest University believes that the teaching profession is important to society and
that its welfare is significantly affected by the quality of educational leadership. One of the
important objectives of the University has been and continues to be the preparation of
teachers and other professional school personnel. The University's commitment to quality
in teacher education is demonstrated by selective admission to the program, a wide range
of professional courses, and closely supervised internships appropriate to the profes-
sional development of students.
Prospective elementary, science, and social studies teachers earn certification in those
broad areas and major in education. Prospective secondary teachers earn a professional
minor in education and major in other departments. In addition to the professional
program, the department provides elective courses open to all students.
Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction issues
the Professional Class A Teacher's Certificate to graduates who have completed an
approved program, including the specified courses in their teaching fields and the
prescribed courses in education, who have demonstrated specific competencies, and who
receive recommendations from the designated officials in their teaching areas and from
the chair of the department or deputy.
Students who have graduated from an institution of higher education but have not
completed an approved certification program may seek admission to the department in
order to complete the Class A Certificate.
Admission Requirements. Application for admission to the teacher education program
normally occurs during the sophomore year. Admission involves filing an official
application with the department's certification officer, being interviewed, and being
officially approved by the department. In addition, the North Carolina State Department
of Public Instruction requires teacher education program applicants to successfully
complete the General Knowledge and Communication Skills Sections of the National
Teachers' Examination before being formally admitted.
All students are required to have a 2.50 or better grade-point average before being
formally accepted in the Teacher Education Program. Formal acceptance into the program
should take place during the first week of the semester prior to student teaching.
Elementary education students will need to have a 2.50 GPA at the end of December of
92
their junior year; secondary education students will need to have a 2.50 GPA at the end
of August of their senior year.
Program Area Goals. The goals and objectives for each certification area are available in
the department's certification office.
Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires candidates
to complete successfully a series of professional education courses. The exact sequence of
professional and academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is
determined by the adviser in conference with the candidate. For those seeking secondary
certification, the majority of the professional work is taken during one semester of the
senior year. Candidates for the elementary certificate may begin course work required for
certification as early as the sophomore year.
Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include (1) senior,
graduate, or special student classification; (2) completion of two field experience courses
and the foundations of education course; (3) formal admission to the teacher education
program.
Students are assigned to student teaching opportunities by public school of ficials on the
basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the public school
system. One semester of the senior year is reserved for the student teaching experience and
the block of courses preparatory to that experience in the schools. Students may not take
other courses during this semester without the approval of the department chair.
Exit Requirements. Students must maintain a 2.5 GPA while enrolled in the teacher
education program, and complete the program with a minimum GPA of 2.5. The North
Carolina State Department of Public Instruction requires candidates for professional
certification to successfully complete the Professional Knowledge Section and the area
exam of the NTE.
Teaching Area Requirements
Secondary Certificate
English — Thirty-six credits, including 287, 323, and 390 or its equivalent.
French — Certification in K-12 in French: Thirty-six credits above French 213, including
French 216, 217, 219, 220, 222, 224, or their equivalents; two of the following courses: 221,
223, 229.
Spanish — Certification in K-12 in Spanish: Thirty-six credits above Spanish 213, including
Spanish 217, 218, 219, 220, 222, 223, 224, or their equivalents; plus one additional advanced
course in Spanish literature and one in Spanish- American literature.
German — Certification in K-12 in German: Thirty-seven credits beyond German 112 or
113, including German 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221.
Latin — The requirements are the same as those for the major in Latin.
Mathematics— Forty credits,includingMathematicslll, 112, 113, 121, 221, 331;four credits
from 31 1 , 31 7, or 357; at least two additional 300-level courses. If the student does not elect
357, it is recommended that he/she take 109.
43
Music— Forty-eight credits, including Music 171, 172, 173, 174, 181, 182, 186, 187, 188;
Education 280, 282, 284, 289, and 354.
Science — Certification in the individual fields of science: biology (forty-one credits),
chemistry (thirty-five credits), or physics (thirty-seven credits). All credits must be from
the same courses required for majors in those fields.
Social Studies — Forty credits, including twenty-four credits in history, with course work
in United States, European, and Third World history; sixteen credits with one course in
economics, geography, politics, and anthropology or sociology.
Education courses required for a secondary certificate include Education 201, 202, 203,
311, 314, 354, 364, and 383. (Education 201, 202, 203 are replaced by 361, 362, 363
respectively for students with graduate or unclassified standing.) In addition to these
requirements, students seeking K-12 certification in foreign languages must take Educa-
tion 313 and 390. In addition, they will take either Education 250 or 364.
Elementary Certificate
A major in elementary education requires forty-eight credits in education including
Education 201, 202, 203, 221, 222, 250, 271, 293, 294, 295, 296, 298, 311, 313, and 383 and an
academic concentration in English, mathematics, science, or social studies. Additional
requirements for an Elementary Education Teaching Certificate include eight credits in
language arts; eight credits in social studies; four credits in biology; four credits in physical
science; four credits in mathematics; four credits in music or art; and six credits in health
and sport science (including HSS 223).
Education Minor
A minor in professional education requires Education 201, 202, 203, 311, 314, 354, 364, 383,
and is awarded only to students in the teacher education program.
201. Foundations of Education. (4) Philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations
of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems.
202. Field Experience One. (2) Practical experiences in elementary or secondary class-
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass /fail only. P — Permission of
department.
203. Field Experience Two. (2) Further experiences in elementary or secondary class-
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass/fail only. P — Education
202.
221. Children's Literature and Reading. (4) A survey of the types of literature appropriate
for the elementary grades and an investigation of the basic problems in reading. P —
Permission of instructor.
^4
222. The Arts in the Elementary Grades. (2) The development of skills in music,
movement, and fine arts, appropriate to the elementary grades. P — Permission of
instructor.
223. Health and Physical Education for the Elementary Grades. (4) The development of
physical education skills appropriate for the elementary grade teacher and an under-
standing of the personal and community health needs appropriate for the grade level. P —
Education 201 or permission of instructor.
231. Adolescent Literature. (4) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of
adolescents. Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader
response approach to critical pluralism.
250. Student Teaching: Elementary. (6) Supervised teaching experience in grades K-6.
Pass/fail. P — Permission of instructor.
271. Geography: The Human Environment. (4) A survey of the geography of human
activity as it occurs throughout the world. Emphasis is placed on current problems related
to population, resources, regional development, and urbanization.
272. Geography Study Tour. (4) A guided tour of selected areas to study physical,
economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background references
for reading are suggested prior to the tour. Offered in the summer.
273. Geography: The Natural Environment. (4) A systematic study of the major compo-
nents of physical geography with special emphasis on climate and topography.
274. Environmental Studies. (4) A systematic study of major environmental issues on a
global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions.
280. Orchestration. (4) A study of the orchestra and wind band instruments, how
composers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical scoring
and manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years, spring semester of even years. P — Music 174,
182.
281. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (4) The course will be devoted to topics of abiding
significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic will be
examined through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. The
visiting scholars of the Tocqueville Forum will supplement the class discussion. Politics
and the Arts and Theory and Practice in Public Life are representative topics.
282. Conducting. (4) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques, includ-
ing practical experience with ensembles. Offered spring semester of odd years. P — Music 174
or permission of instructor.
284. Music Literature Seminar. (3 or 4) A survey of repertoire, including an examination
of teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. Course may be repeated. P —
Permission of instructor.
a. instrumental Literature d. Guitar Literature
b. Choral Literature e. Vocal Literature
c. Piano Literature
95
289. Ensemble Methods. (2) A practical study of choral and instrumental techniques.
Discussion of tonal development, administration, bibliography, choral and instrumental
repertoire, marching band, and instrumental problems. Spring. P — Music 101 or 102 or
permission of instructor.
293. Elementary School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. (3) General principles of
curriculum construction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of audiovisual
materials and equipment. P — Permission of instructor.
294. Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts. (3) A survey of the basic
materials, methods, and techniques of teaching language arts in the elementary grades.
P — Permission of instructor.
295. Methods and Materials for Teaching Social Studies. (3) A survey of the basic
materials, methods, and techniques of teaching social studies in the elementary grades.
P — Permission of instructor.
296. Methods and Materials for Teaching Mathematics. (2) A survey of the basic
materials, methods, and techniques of teaching mathematics in the elementary grades.
P — Permission of instructor.
297. Trends and Issues in American Schools. (2) An exploration of contemporary trends
arid issues as they affect course content and teaching methods in the schools. The course
is intended to help those not entering professional education evaluate their schools as
informed citizens and decision-makers.
298. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science. (2) A survey of the basic materials,
methods, and techniques of teaching science in the elementary grades. P — Permission of
instructor.
301. Microcomputer and Audiovisual Literacy. (4) An introduction to microcomputers
for educators and other users, emphasizing familiarity with computers, use and evalua-
tion of software, and elementary programming skills. Experience with audiovisual
materials and techniques is included.
302. Production of Instructional Methods. (4) Methods of producing instructional
materials and other technological techniques. P — Education 301.
303. History of Western Education. (4) Educational theory and practice from ancient
times through the modern period, including American education.
304. Theories of Education. (4) Contemporary proposals for educational theory and
practice studied in the context of social issues.
305. Sociology of Education. (4) A study of contemporary society and education,
including goals and values, institutional culture, and the teaching /learning process.
306. Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. (4) A study of selected historical
eras, influential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Topics announced annually.
311. Educational Psychology. (4) The theories, processes, and conditions of effective
teaching /learning. P — Education 201 or permission of instructor.
%
313. Human Growth and Development. (4) A study of the intellectual, emotional, and
physical components of growth from birth to adolescence, with special concern for the
educational implications of this process.
314. The School and Teaching. (4) Organization of the school system; bases of education;
the curriculum; major problems of education and teaching; the role of the teacher;
psychological aspects of teaching. P — Education 201 and permission of instructor.
341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. (4) Counseling history, philosophy, theory,
procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counseling approaches in
guidance and personnel work in education, business, and community service agencies.
P — Permission of instructor.
351. Adolescent Psychology. (4) An introduction to theories of adolescent psychology as
related to teaching and counseling in various settings. The readings emphasize research-
ers' suggestions for parenting, teaching, and counseling adolescents between the ages of
thirteen and nineteen.
354. Methods and Materials. (4) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching the
various subjects. P — Education 201 and permission of instructor.
361. Foundations of Education. (4) Philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations
of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems.
362. Field Experience One. (2) Practical experiences in elementary or secondaiy class-
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass /fail only.
363. Field Experience Two. (2) Further experiences in elementary or secondary class-
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass/fail only. P — Education
362.
364. Field Experience Three: Secondary/Student Teaching. (6) Supervised teaching
experience in grades 6-12. Pass/fail. P — Permission of instructor.
383. Reading, Writing, and Computers in the Content Areas. (3) An introduction to using
reading, writing, and computers to help students learn content-area information at all
grade levels. Strategies for adjusting instruction and developing literacy for all students
will be emphasized.
387. Tutoring Writing. (2) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric with a special
emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students will analyze their own writing
process and experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring tech-
niques in keeping with these theories. (Strongly recommended for those interested in
working in the Writing Center as peer tutors.) A student may not receive credit for both
Education 387 and English 287.
390. Methods and Materials for Teaching Foreign Languages (K-6). (4) A survey of the
basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching foreign languages in the elementary
and middle grades. Emphasis is placed on issues and problems involved in planning and
implementing effective second language programs in grades K-6.
97
391. Teaching the Gifted. (4) An investigation of theory and practice pertinent to teachers
of the gifted.
392. The Psychology of the Gifted Child. (4) A discussion of giftedness and creativity in
children and the relationship of those characteristics to adult superior performance.
Topics to be covered include a history of the study of precocity, methods and problems
of identification, the relationship of giftedness and creativity, personality characteristics
and social-emotional problems of gifted children, and the social implications of studying
giftedness.
393. Individual Study. (2,4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the
Department of Education. Permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented
by a qualified student.
394. Internship in Education of the Gifted. (4) An intensive period of observation and
instruction of gifted students. Readings and directed reflection upon the classroom
experience will be used to develop a richer understanding of such a special school setting.
396. Education in Business and Industry. (4) Educational concepts applied to programs
in education and training in business /industrial settings.
English
Barry G. Maine, Chair
Professors John A. Carter Jr., Nancy J. Cotton, Andrew V. Ettin,
Doyle R. Fosso, James S. Hans, W. Dillon Johnston,
Robert W. Lovett, Dolly A. McPherson, William M. Moss,
Gillian R. Overing, Robert N. Shorter, Edwin G. Wilson
Associate Professors Anne Boyle, Mary K. DeShazer, Philip Kuberski,
Barry G. Maine, Gale Sigal, Claudia N. Thomas
Assistant Professors Bashir El-Beshti, Scott Klein, Elizabeth Petrino
Visiting Assistant Professors David Adams, Helen Emmitt, LeeAnna Lawrence,
Julie Grossman, Thomas Peyser, Mark Sexton
Lecturer in Journalism Wayne King
Lecturer Patricia A. Johansson
Visiting Lecturer Justin Catanoso
Poet-in-Residence Kate Daniels
Instructor Thomas McGohey
Visiting Instructors Andrea Atkin, Marianne Eismann, Teresa Michals
The major in English requires a minimum of forty credits, at least thirty-two of which must
be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399. These courses must
include Shakespeare, two additional courses in British literature before 1800, one course
in American literature, and a major seminar, which must be taken no later than the spring
semester of the junior year. Majors and their advisers plan individual programs to meet
these requirements and to include work in the major literary genres.
98
A minor in English requires English 160 or 165 and English 170 or 175, plus twenty
credits in advanced language and literature courses. Each minor will be assigned an
adviser in the English department who will plan a program of study with the student.
The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British
and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170, and 175, all of which are offered each
semester. Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by the department as
related subjects but do not count toward an English major; they may be taken as electives
regardless of the field of study in which a student majors.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply in the second semester
of their junior year for admission to the honors program in English. To graduate with
"Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade-point average of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 in all course work and must satisfy the requirements for English 388 during
their senior year. Interested students may consult departmental faculty members for
further information.
Lower Division Courses
11. Composition Review. (0) A tutorial in the essentials of standard usage and the basic
principles of composition.
105. Introduction to Critical Reading and Writing. (4) Training in the fundamentals of
written English and introduction to the activities basic to undergraduate study: critical
reading and writing, interpretation, report, and discussion. Admission by placement
only; does not satisfy the basic composition requirement.
*110. English Composition. (4) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based
upon readings.
*112. English Composition and Literature. (4) Training in expository writing; frequent
essays based on the reading of literature. P — Permission of department.
160. Introduction to British Literature. (4) Eight to ten writers representing different
periods and genres.
165. Studies in British Literature. (4) Three to five writers representing different periods;
primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P — Permission of
department.
170. Introduction to American Literature. (4) Emphasis on a minimum of seven writers
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including both prose and poetry.
175. Studies in American Literature. (4) Three to five writers representing different
periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P —
Permission of department.
210. Advanced Composition. (4) Study of prose models of exposition; frequent papers
and individual conferences. Enrollment limited. P — Satisfaction of basic composition
requirement.
*Either 110 or 112 is a prerequisite for all other courses in English unless the basic requirement is
waived. Either course fulfills the basic requirement.
99
299. Individual Study. (2-4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By
prearrangement.
Journalism Courses
270. Introduction to Journalism. (4) Survey of the fundamental principles of news-
gathering and newswriting; study of news and news values, with some attention to
representative newspapers.
272. Editing. (4) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline- writing, typography, and
make-up; practice on video display terminal. P — English 270.
276. Advanced Journalism. (4) Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in journalism.
P — English 270 or permission of instructor.
278. History of Journalism. (4) A study of the development of American journalism and
its English origins; detailed investigations of representative world newspapers.
280. Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (4) Explores ethical problems confronting journalists,
including such things as the publics right to know, invasion of privacy, censorship,
coverage of politics and elections, objectivity, and race, gender, and bias in news reporting,
against a background of laws pertaining to areas such as libel and national security. P —
English 270 or permission of instructor.
284. The Essay. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with
concentration on writing various types of essays.
298. Internship. (2) A course designed to assist students in gaining practical experience
in news-related enterprises, under faculty supervision.
299. Individual Study. (2-4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By
prearrangement.
Writing Courses
285. Poetry Workshop. (2) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of poetic
techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual
conferences.
286. Short Story Workshop. (2) A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction
writing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. P — Permission of
instructor.
287. Tutoring Writing. (2) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric, with a special
emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students will analyze their own writing
process and experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring tech-
niques in keeping with these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in
working in the Writing Center as peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both
Education 387 and English 287.
100
383, 384. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (4,4) Emphasis on reading and discuss-
ing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles.
Advanced Language and Literature Courses
300. Seminar in the Major. (4) Selected topics in British and American literature. Intensive
practice in critical discourse, including discussion, oral reports, and short essays. Intro-
duction to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a documented paper.
Required for all majors.
301. Individual Authors. (2) Study of selected work from an important American or
British author. May be repeated.
302. Ideas in Literature. (2) Study of a significant literary theme in selected works. May
be repeated.
304. History of the English Language. (4) A survey of the development of English syntax,
morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with attention to vocabu-
lary growth.
305. Old English Language and Literature. (4) An introduction to the Old English
language and a study of the historical and cultural background of Old English literature,
including Anglo-Saxon and Viking art, runes, and Scandinavian mythology. Readings
from Beowulf and selected poems and prose.
310. The Medieval World. (4) Through the reading of primary texts, this course will
examine theological, philosophical, and cultural assumptions of the Middle Ages. Topics
may include Christian providential history, drama, devotional literature, the Franciscan
controversy, domestic life, and Arthurian romance.
311. The Legend of Arthur. (4) The origin and development of the Arthurian legend in
France and England, with emphasis on the works of Chretien de Troyes and Sir Thomas
Malory.
312. Medieval Poetry. (4) The origin and development of poetic genres and lyric forms of
Middle English.
315. Chaucer. (4) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with some
attention to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and philosophical
background.
320. British Drama to 1642. (4) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of
Shakespeare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies,
comedies, and tragicomedies.
323. Shakespeare. (4) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's develop-
ment as a poet and dramatist.
325. Sixteenth-Century British Literature. (4) Concentration on the poetry of Spenser,
Sidney, Shakespeare, Wyatt, and Drayton, with particular attention to sonnets and The
Taerie Queene.
101
327. Milton. (4) The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with emphasis on Paradise
Lost.
328. Seventeenth-Century British Literature. (4) Poetry of Donne, Herbert, Vaughan,
Marvel, Crashaw; prose of Bacon, Burton, Browne, Walton. Consideration of religious,
political, and scientific backgrounds.
330. British Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (4) Representative poetry and prose,
exclusive of the novel, 1700-1800, drawn from Addison, Steele, Defoe, Swift, Pope,
Johnson, and Boswell. Consideration of cultural backgrounds and significant literary
trends.
335. Eighteenth-Century British Fiction. (4) Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson,
Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen.
336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (4) British drama from 1660 to
1780, including representative plays by Dryden, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Gold-
smith, and Sheridan.
337. Studies in Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (4) Selected topics in eighteenth
century literature. Consideration of texts and their cultural background.
340. Studies in Women and Literature. (4) A. The woman writer in society. B. Feminist
critical approaches to literature.
350. British Romantic Poets. (4) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in British
literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley;
collateral reading in the prose of the period.
353. Nineteenth-Century British Fiction. (4) Representative major works by Dickens,
Eliot, Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others.
354. Victorian Poetry. (4) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or
another Victorian poet.
360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (4) Selected topics, such as development of genres,
major authors and texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiogra-
phy, and other prose.
362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (4) Reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake,
Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; study of the plays of Yeats and his contemporaries in the Irish
Renaissance, especially Synge and Lady Gregory.
364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (4) Consideration of certain figures and schools of
thought significant in the history of literary criticism.
365. Twentieth-Century British Fiction. (4) A study of Conrad, La wrence, Joyce, Forster,
Woolf, and later British writers, with attention to their social and intellectual backgrounds.
366. James Joyce. (4) The major works by James Joyce, with an emphasis on Ulysses.
102
367. Twentieth-Century English Poetry. (4) A study of twentieth-century poets of the
English language, exclusive of the U.S. Poets, will be read in relation to the literary and
social history of the period.
368. Studies in Irish Literature. (4) Critical readings of the works of major Irish writers
within the context of the political, social, and literary history of Ireland.
369. Modern Drama. (4) Main currents in modern drama from nineteenth-century realism
and naturalism through symbolism and expressionism. After an introduction to Euro-
pean precursors, the course focuses on representative plays by Wilde, Shaw, Synge, Yeats,
O'Neill, Eliot, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Hansberry, and Miller.
370. American Literature to 1820. (4) Origins and development of American literature and
thought in representative writings of the Colonial, Revolutionary, and Federal periods.
372. American Romanticism. (4) Writers of the mid-nineteenth century, including
Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville.
375. American Drama. (4) A historical overview of drama in America, covering such
playwrights as Boucicault, O'Neill, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Inge, Miller, Hansberry,
Albee, Shepard, Norman, Mamet, and Wilson.
376. American Poetry before 1900. (4) Readings and critical analysis of American poetry
from its beginnings to the end of the nineteenth century, including Bradstreet, Emerson,
Longfellow, Melville, and Poe, with particular emphasis on Whitman and Dickinson.
377. American Jewish Literature. (4) A survey of writings on Jewish topics or experiences
by American Jewish writers. The course explores cultural and generational conflicts,
responses to social change, the impact of the Shoah (Holocaust) on American Jews, and
the challenges of language and form posed by Jewish and non-Jewish artistic traditions.
378. Literature of the American South. (4) A study of Southern literature from its
beginnings to the present, with emphasis upon such major writers as Tate, Warren,
Faulkner, O'Connor, Welty, and Styron.
379. Literary Forms of the American Personal Narrative. (4) Reading and critical analysis
of autobiographical texts in which the ideas, style, and point of view of the writer are
examined to demonstrate how these works contribute to an understanding of pluralism
in American culture. Representative authors may include Hurston, Wright, Kingston,
Angelou, Wideman, Sarton, Chuang Hua, Crews, and Dillard.
380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (4) Such writers as Twain, James, Howells,
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather.
381. Studies in Black American Literature. (4) Reading and critical analysis of selected
fiction, poetry, drama, and other writing by representative black Americans.
382. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to 1965. (4) To include such writers as Stein, Lewis,
Anderson, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Dos Passos, Wolfe, Wright, Ellison, Agee,
Flannery O'Connor, and Pynchon.
103
385. Twentieth-Century American Poetry. (4) Readings of modern American poetry in
relation to the literary and social history of the period.
386. Directed Reading. (2-4) A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by the
department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified
student.
388. Honors in English. (4) A conference course centering upon a special reading
requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to graduate with
"Honors in English."
390. The Structure of English. (4) An introduction to the principles and techniques of
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English.
394. Contemporary Drama. (4) The course will consider experiments in form and
substance in plays from Godot to the present. Readings will cover such playwrights as
Beckett, Osborne, Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Mamet,
Wilson, Soyinka, and Fugard.
395. Contemporary American Literature. (4) A study of post- World War II American
poetry and fiction by such writers as Bellow, Gass, Barth, Pynchon, Lowell, Ashbery,
Ammons, Bishop, and Rich.
Associate Professor of English Gale Sigal with students in class.
104
German and Russian
Timothy F. Sellner, Chair
Professors Timothy F. Sellner, Larry E. West
Associate Professor William S. Hamilton
Assistant Professors Rebecca Duplantier, Kurt C. Shaw
Lecturers Christa G. Carollo, Perry L. Patterson, Stefanie H. Tanis
A major in German requires thirty-seven credits beyond German 112 or 113. These must
include German 217; at least one course from among the sequence 249, 281, 285; and the
seminar for majors. A minor in German requires five courses beyond German 153,
including German 217 and at least one course from among the sequence 249, 281, 285.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in German,"
they must complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive examination. For
additional information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.
Students of German are invited to apply for the exchange scholarship at the Free
University of Berlin, the W. D. Sanders Scholarships and program of study at Freiburg,
Berlin, and Vienna, administered by the Institute of European Studies. Majors and minors
are strongly encouraged to live at least one semester in the German House.
Ill, 112. Elementary German. (4, 4) This course covers the principles of grammar and
pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Lab — one hour.
113. Intensive Elementary German. (5) A one-semester course covering the material of
German 111 and 112. For students whose preparation for German 153 is inadequate or
who have demonstrated proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have
had German 111 or 112.
153. Intermediate German. (5) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of
selected prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — German 112 or 113.
153x. Intermediate German. (4) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of
selected prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — Three years of high school German.
160. German Language and Customs. (4) Students spend one month in four different
regions of Germany and Austria in a program designed to provide constant exposure to
the language, customs, geography, and art of these countries. Students attend daily
language classes as well as lectures and cultural events. They are required to keep a journal
in German. Pass /fail. Offered in summer. P — German 112 or 113.
215, 216. Introduction to German Literature. (4,4) The object of this course is to acquaint
students with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading and reports. P —
German 153 or equivalent.
217. Composition and Grammar Review. (4) A review of the fundamentals of German
grammar with intensive practice in translation and composition. Required for majors. P —
German 153 or equivalent.
105
218. Basic Conversation. (4) Practice in speaking German, stressing correctness of
structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. P —
German 153 or equivalent.
219. Advanced Conversation. (4) Practice in speaking German at a more advanced level,
stressing discussion of various topics of current importance in the German-speaking
countries. Considerable attention is devoted to achieving fluency. P — German 218 or
permission of instructor.
220. German Civilization I. (4) Survey of German culture and civilization from prehis-
toric times to 1918. Conducted in German. P — 153 or equivalent.
221. German Civilization II. (4) Survey of German culture and civilization from the
Weimar Republic to the present, with particular emphasis on contemporary Germany.
Conducted in German. P — 153 or equivalent.
229. German for Business and Economics. (4) Introduction to the spoken and written
language of the German business world. Emphasis on business correspondence and oral
proficiency skills for banking, import/export and commercial transactions. P — German
217 and 218 or permission of instructor.
231. Weimar Germany. (4) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-33,
in historical context. (Also listed as History 318.)
240. Masterworks in Translation. (2) Examination and interpretation of selected texts in
English translation. Literary periods, genres, and authors will vary according to instruc-
tor. Does not count toward a major or minor in German.
249. German Literature before 1700. (4) A survey of German literature of the Middle Ages,
Reformation, and Baroque eras; emphasizes the chivalric period, medieval drama, Martin
Luther, and the Baroque period. P — German 215, 216, or equivalent.
270. Individual Study. (1-4) Readings on selected topics in literature or current events not
ordinarily covered in other courses. P — German 215, 216, and permission of instructor.
281. German Literature from the Enlightenment through Romanticism. (4) Selected
works from the Enlightenment, the Storm and Stress period, the poetry and major dramas
of Goethe and Schiller, and German Romanticism. P — German 215, 216, or equivalent.
285. German Literature from Poetic Realism to the Modern Age. (4) Intensive study of
representative works of major German writers from 1848 to the present, including
literature of the post-war era. P — German 215, 216, or equivalent.
287, 288. Honors in German. (3,3) A conference course in German literature. A major
research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental honors.
300. Seminar in the Major. (4) Selected genre topics in German literature. Intensive
practice in critical discourse, including discussion and an oral presentation
(referat). Introduction to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a
documented paper. Required for all majors. P — German 249, 281, 285, or equivalent. May
be repeated.
106
Russian
A major requires thirty-two credits beyond 153 and must include Russian 215, 216, 221,
and either 217 or 218. A minor in Russian requires twenty credits beyond 153, four of
which must be earned in Russian 221. Students of Russian are invited to apply for study
at Moscow State University and for programs of study in Moscow and Kiev, administered
by the Institute of European Studies. Majors and minors are strongly encouraged to live
at least one semester in the Russian House.
Ill, 112. Elementary Russian. (4,4) The essentials of Russian grammar, conversation drill,
and reading of elementary texts. Lab required.
153. Intermediate Russian. (5) Principles of Russian grammar are reviewed and ex-
panded upon; reading of short prose pieces and materials from the Soviet press. Lab
required. P — Russian 112 or equivalent.
215. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the nineteenth
century. P — Russian 153 or equivalent.
216. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the twentieth
century. P — Russian 153 or equivalent.
217. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. (4) A study of the foremost
writers, with reading of representative works. P — Russian 153 or equivalent.
218. Seminar in Twentieth Century Russian Literature. (4) A study of the foremost
writers, with reading of representative works. P — Russian 153 or equivalent.
221. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (4) Study of grammar at the advanced
level. Intensive practice in composition and conversation based on contemporary Soviet
materials.
230. The Structure of Russian. (4) The linguistic tools of phonetics, phonemics, and
morphophonemics are explained and applied to modern Russian. Emphasis is given to
the study of roots and word formation. P — Permission of instructor required.
232. The History of the Russian Language. (4) The evolution of Russian from Common
Slavic to the modern language; theory of linguistic reconstruction and the Indo-European
family; readings from selected Old East Slavic texts. P — Russian 221 and permission of
instructor.
240. Seminar in Translation. (4) Advanced work in English-to-Russian and Russian-to-
English translation. P — Russian 221 and permission of instructor.
242. Research on Language and Culture in Russia. (2) An investigation designed by the
student is carried out in Russia during spring break. An evaluative paper follows the class
trip. Credit given for the minor when the project is done in Russian. P — Russian 111 and
permission of instructor. Limited enrollment.
107
250. Russian Culture and Civilization. (4) Survey of Russian contributions to art,
architecture, music, and religious thought from Russia's beginnings to the present.
Taught in Russian. P — Russian 215 or 216.
252. Russian Poetry. (4) Survey of Russian poetry from Slovo o polku Igoreve to the
present, with particular emphasis on the works of major nineteenth and twentieth
century poets. P — Russian 215 or 216.
270. Individual Study. (2-4) Study in language or literature beyond the 215-216 level. P —
Russian 215 or higher.
German Studies
(Foreign Area Study)
Timothy F. Sellner (German/Russian), Coordinator
Twelve or thirteen credits from German 153, 215, 216, 217, 220, or 221 are required. In
addition, the student should take four courses from the following three groups, at least one
from each group. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Assistant Professor of Education Mary Lynn Redmond teaches a class on Methods and Materials for
Teaching Foreign Languages.
108
Group 1
History 318/German 231. Weirnar Germany. (4)
History 320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (4)
Group 2
Politics 233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (4)
Politics 273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. (4)
Group 3
Philosophy 341. Kant. (4)
Philosophy 352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (4)
Appropriate credit in the above areas may be obtained by study in Germany.
Health and Sport Science
Paul M. Ribisl, Chair
Professors William L. Hottinger, Stephen P. Messier,
W. Jack Rejeski, Paul M. Ribisl
Associate Professors Michael J. Berry, Leo Ellison
Assistant Professor Barbee Myers Oakes
Instructors Donald Bergey, Bobbi Goodnough, David Stroupe
The purpose of the Department of Health and Sport Science is to organize, administer, and
supervise (1) a health and sport science curriculum and (2) a required/elective health and sport
science program consisting of conditioning activities and lifetime sport activities.
Health and Sport Science Requirement
All students must complete Health and Sport Science 100 and 101 . This requirement must
be met before enrollment in additional health and sport science elective courses, and in
any case by the end of the second year.
Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Health and Sport Science
All the courses listed below are offered for one credit each.
100. Lifestyle and Health. A lecture course that deals with the effect of lifestyle behaviors
on various health outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and sexually-
transmitted diseases.
101. Exercise for Health. A laboratory course on physical fitness that covers weight control,
cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, and flexibility.
112. Sports Proficiency (May be taken only one time.)
113. Adaptive Physical Activity (May be repeated one time for credit.)
114. W 'eight Control
115. Physical Conditioning
109
116. Weight Training
119. Aerobic Dancing
140. Beginning Swimming
141. Intermediate I Advanced Swimming
146. Water Safety Instructor's Course (P — Current emergency water safety or lifeguard
training certification)
150. BeginningTennis
151. Intermediate Tennis
152. Advanced Tennis (P — Health and Sport Science 151 or equivalent)
156. Racquetball
160. Beginning Golf
161 Intermediate Golf
163. Bowling
170. Volleyball
179. Beginning Horseback Riding (P/F grade only)
180. Intermediate/ Advanced Horseback Riding (P/F grade only. Maybe repeated once for
credit.)
181. SnoivSkiing (P/F grade only)
182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating
183 Intermediate/Advanced Ice Figure Skating
190. Karate
Courses for the Major
The department offers a program leading to the BS degree in health and sport science. A
major requires forty credits and must include Health and Sport Science 209, 230, 262, 312,
350, 351, 352, 353, 355, and 370. Majors are not allowed to apply any Health and Sport
Science 100-level courses toward the forty hours required for graduation. A minimum
grade-point average of 2.0 is required for graduation in courses that comprise a major in
the department.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in health and sport science by the second semester of the junior year. To
be graduated with the designation "Honors in Health and Sport Science, " a student must
have a minimum grade-point average of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 in all course work and
complete an honors research project which includes a written and an oral report. For
additional information, students should consult the departmental chair.
Any student interested in majoring in health and sport science should consult the chair
of the department as soon as possible after entering the University.
201. Health Issues on College Campuses - 1. (2) Introduction to concepts and methods of
peer health education; development of teaching and group facilitation skills. (P/F grade
only.) P — Permission of instructor.
202. Health Issues on College Campuses - II. (2) Development and delivery of educa-
tional programs on a variety of health issues relevant to college students. (P/F grade only . )
P — Health and Sport Science 201 .
110
205. Basic Skin and Scuba Diving and Open Water Certification. (2) A course in skin and
SCUBA diving that offers international certification by the Professional Association of
Diving Instructors (PADI).
206. Lifeguard Training. (2) This course is designed to provide students with skills in first
aid, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and lifeguard training that will qualify them to serve
as nonsurf lifeguards.
209. Introduction to Health and Sport Science. (2) A survey course which reviews the
development of health and sport science and the subdisciplines of biomechanics, exercise
physiology, health psychology, and nutrition. Specialized computer and library research
skills for use in departmental courses are emphasized.
223. Health and Physical Education for the Elementary Grades. (4) The development of
physical education skills appropriate for the elementary grade teacher and an under-
standing of the personal and community health needs appropriate for the grade level. P —
Education 201 or permission of instructor.
230. Advanced First Aid. (2) A course in advanced first aid and cardiopulmonary
resuscitation. Red Cross Advanced First Aid and Community CPR certification offered.
262. Statistics in the Health Sciences. (4) Basic statistics with an emphasis on application
to research in the health sciences. Students are introduced to graphics and statistical
software for the Macintosh computer. (A student receiving credit for this course may not
also receive credit for Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 201, or Sociology 380.)
310. Applied Field Study. (2) A course involving application of theory and methods of
solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate career goals.
(P/F grade only, open only to majors.) P — Permission of instructor.
312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (4) A survey of the psychological antecedents of
exercise and selected topics in health psychology with particular attention to wellness,
stress, the biobehavioral basis of coronary heart disease, and the psychodynamics of
rehabilitative medicine. P — Health and Sport Science 209 and 262 or permission of
instructor.
350. Human Physiology. (4) A lecture course which presents the basic principles and
concepts of the function of selected systems of the human body, with emphasis on the
muscular, cardiovascular, pulmonary, and nervous systems. P — Biology 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 14, or
permission of instructor.
351. Nutrition and Weight Control. (4) A lecture /laboratory course which presents the
principles of proper nutrition including an understanding of the basic foodstuffs and
nutrients as well as the influence of genetics, eating behavior, and activity patterns on
energy balance and weight control. Laboratory experiences examine intervention in
obesity and coronary heart disease through diet analysis, methods of diet prescription,
and behavior modification. P — Health and Sport Science 353 or permission of instructor.
352. Human Gross Anatomy. (4) A lecture / laboratory course in which the structure and
function of the human body are studied . Laboratories are devoted to the dissection and
Ill
study of the human musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, and vascular systems. P — Health
and Sport Science 209 or permission of instructor.
353. Physiology of Exercise. (4) A lecture course which presents the concepts and
applications of the physiological response of the human body to physical activity. The
acute and chronic responses of the muscular and cardiorespiratory systems to exercise are
examined. Other topics include exercise and coronary disease, nutrition and perfor-
mance, strength and endurance training, somatotype and body composition, sex-related
differences, and environmental influences. P — Health and Sport Science 209, 350, or
permission of instructor.
355. Clinical Exercise Programming. (4) A lecture / laboratory course which presents the
scientific principles of safe and effective assessment and prescription of fitness programs.
This course will prepare the student for the ACSM Health Fitness Instructor Certification.
P — Health and Sport Science 353 or permission of instructor.
365. Development and Management of Health Promotion and Fitness Programs. (4)
This course surveys the principles involved in the development and management of
various health promotion and fitness programs. Special attention is given to facility
planning, staffing, marketing, budgeting, and client motivation.
370. Biomechanics of Human Movement. (4) Study of the mechanical principles which
influence human movement, sport technique, and equipment design. P — Health and
Sport Science 352 or permission of instructor.
375. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. (4) A lecture course which provides an in-depth
examination of the physiological mechanisms responsible for both the acute and chronic
changes which occur with exercise. Included are cellular changes in response to exercise,
the ventilatory response to exercise and metabolic consequences of exercise. P — Health
and Sport Science 353 or permission of instructor.
382. Individual Study. (1-4) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. The student
must consult the adviser before registering for this course. P — Majors only and permission
of instructor.
386. Honors Research. (4) Directed study and research in preparation for a major paper
on a subject of mutual interest to the student and faculty honors adviser. Taken only by
candidates for departmental honors. P — Permission of instructor and approval of depart-
mental honors committee.
Sports Medicine
201. Basic Athletic Training. (3) A study of the basic knowledge and skills in the
prevention, treatment, and care of common athletic injuries.
302. Advanced Athletic Training. (4) An in-depth analysis of preventive measures,
therapeutic modalities, and rehabilitative procedures employed in sports medicine. P —
Health and Sport Science 352.
112
History
J. Howell Smith, Chair
Reynolds Professor Paul D. Escott
Professors James P. Barefield, Richard C. Barnett, David W. Hadley,
J. Edwin Hendricks, Thomas E. Mullen, Michael L. Sinclair,
J. Howell Smith, Alan J. Williams, Richard L. Zuber
Associate Professors Michael L. Hughes, Sarah L. Watts,
William K. Meyers, Anthony S. Parent Jr.
Assistant Professors Simone M. Caron, Kevin M. Doak, Susan Z. Rupp
Lecturer Negley Boyd Harte (London)
The major in history consists of a minimum of thirty-six credits and must include History
288 or 310; seven to eight credits in European history; seven to eight credits chosen from
among courses in Latin- American, Asian, or African history; and seven to eight credits in
United States history.
Majors may include within the required thirty-six credits up to eight credits of advanced
placement or comparable work and up to four credits of any combination of independent
study and directed reading other than the credits earned in History 397.
A minor in history requires twenty-four credits. Courses that the student elects to take
pass /fail do not meet the requirements for the major or minor.
Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in history.
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in History," the student must complete
History 287, present an honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in
an oral examination, and earn an overall grade-point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3
on work in history. For additional information, students should consult members of the
department.
Students contemplating graduate study should acquire a reading knowledge of one
modern foreign language for the MA degree and two for the PhD degree.
101. Western Civilization to 1700. (4) A survey of ancient, medieval, and early modern
history to 1 700. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 and
103, or 102 and 104.)
102. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (4) A survey of modern Europe from 1 700
to the present. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 and
103. or 102 and 104.)
103. World Civilizations to 1500. (4) A survey of the ancient, classical and medieval
civilizations of Eurasia with a brief look at American and sub-Saharan societies. Focus
varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104.)
104. World Civilizations since 1500. (4) A survey of the major civilizations of the world
in the modern and contemporary periods. Focus varies with instructor. (Credit cannot be
received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104.)
113
131. European Historical Biography. (2) Study of biographies of men and women who
have influenced the history and civilization of Europe.
151, 152. The United States. (4,4) Political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. 151 :
Before 1865; 152: After 1865. Students who take History 153 may not take either of these
courses for credit.
153. The United States. (4) A topical survey combining 151 and 152. Not open to students
who take either 151 or 152.
160. Freud. (4) An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time.
162. History of Wake Forest University (2) A survey of the history of Wake Forest from
its beginning, including its written and oral traditions. The course may include a visit to
the town of Wake Forest.
211. Colloquium. (1-4)
215, 216. The Ancient World. (4,4) Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and Romans in
the spring.
2260. History of London. (2,4) Topographical, social, economic, and political history of
London from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum visits and
lectures, and on-site inspections. Offered in London.
2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (2) Burgundian society, culture, and government in
the reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good, and Charles the Rash,
1384-1477. Offered in Dijon.
llb'i. Venetian Society and Culture. (4) An examination of Venetian society, including
the role within Venetian life of music, theater, the church, and civic ritual. Offered in Venice.
2280. Georgian and Victorian Society and Culture. (4) Social and economic transforma-
tion of England in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, with particular attention to the
rise of professionalism and developments in the arts. Offered in London.
232. European Historical Novels. (2) The role of the historical past in selected works of
fiction.
237, 2370. Churchill. (2,4) The life and times of Britain's World War II leader (1874-1965).
HST 2370 offered in London.
287, 288. Honors in History. (4,4) 287: Seminar on problems of historical synthesis and
interpretation; 288: Writing of a major paper and examination on a special field.
301. The Beginnings of the Modern World-View. (4) A study of the transition from
ancient views of the world to the perspective of modern science, with focus on the works
of the Presocratic philosophers, Plato, and Aristotle. (Also listed as Natural Sciences 301
and Philosophy 231.)
302. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (4) An examination of the philosophical and
scientific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and
114
human beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to
this issue of modern scientific ideas. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 252, Natural
Sciences 302, and Philosophy 242.)
303. Revolutions in Modern Science. (4) An analysis of the ways in which radically new
ideas are introduced and accepted in science. Cases studied are space and time in relativity
theory, the nature of reality in quantum mechanics, evolution of species, and continental
drift. P — At least one course in one of the relevant areas of science or permission of
instructor. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 253 and Natural Sciences 303.)
305. Modern Science and Human Values. (4) Four revolutionary developments in
science and technology are studied with a focus on their potential to affect human values:
biotechnology, cognitive science, recent primate research, and the search for extraterres-
trial life. (Also listed as Natural Sciences 352.)
306. The Early Middle Ages. (4) European history from the end of the Ancient World to
the mid-twelfth century, stressing social and cultural developments.
307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (4) European history from the
mid-twelfth through the early sixteenth centuries, stressing social and cultural develop-
ments.
310. Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their choice. A paper is
required.
313, 314. European Economic and Social History, 1300-1990. (4,4) Changes in Europe's
economic structures and how they affected Europeans' lives. Emphasizes how economic
forces interacted with social and institutional factors. 313: 1300-1750; 314: 1750-1990.
317. The French Revolution and Napoleonic Empire. (4) The revolution and wars that
constitute one of the pivotal points in modern history.
318. Weimar Germany. (4) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933,
in historical context. German or history credit determined at registration.
319. Germany to 1871. (4) Social, economic, and political forces leading to the creation of
a single German nation-state out of over 1,700 sovereign and semi-sovereign German
states.
320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (4) The Germans' search for
stability and unity in a society riven by conflict and on a continent riven by nationalism.
321. France. (4) A history of France to the Revolution of 1 789 .
322. France. (4) A history of France from 1789 to present.
323, 324. England. (4,4) A political and social survey, with some attention to Continental
movements. 323: To 1603; 324: 1603 to present.
325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. (4) A constitutional and social study of England
from 1485 to 1641.
115
3260. The Industrial Revolution in England. (4) A study of the social, economic, and
political causes and effects of the Industrial Revolution in England. Offered in London.
328. History of the English Common Law. (4) A study of the origins and development of
the English common law and its legacy to modern legal processes and principles.
331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (4) A survey of the political, social, and economic history of
Russia, from its origins to the period of the Great Reforms under Alexander II.
332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (4) A survey of patterns of
socioeconomic change from the late imperial period to the present, the emergence of the
revolutionary movement, and the development of Soviet rule from its establishment to its
collapse.
333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (4) The diplomacy of the great powers, with some
attention given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics include the unifica-
tion of Italy and of Germany, the Bismarckian system, and the coming of World War I.
335, 336. Italy. (4,4) Cultural, social and political history of Italy. 335: Medieval and
Renaissance Italy; 336: Nineteenth and twentieth-century Italy.
340. African American History. (4) The role of African Americans in the development of
the United States, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, Ameri-
canization, and influence.
341. History of Women in Modern Asia. (4) A survey of the political, economic, and
cultural experiences of women in China, Taiwan, Japan, Vietnam, India, Pakistan, and
Bangladesh from the mid-nineteenth century to the present.
342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) Major subjects
covered are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and Persians under
Ottoman hegemony, the rise of Arab nationalism, and the emergence of the modern Arab
states and their roles in the post-World War II era.
343. Imperial China. (4) A study of traditional China to 1850, with emphasis on social,
cultural, and political institutions.
344. Modern China. (4) A study of China from 1644 to the present.
3461. Foreign Encounters with Japan. (4) A colloquium on intercultural relations between
Japan and the West. Focuses on the writings of Westerners residing in Japan in the late
nineteenth century. Offered in Hiratsuka, Japan (Tokai University).
346. Traditional Japan. (4) A survey of Japanese history from early origins to the fall of the
Tokugawa shogunate in the mid-nineteenth century. Covers the rise of the Yamato state,
the age of the Court, shoguns and samurai, and the Pax Tokugawa. Emphasis is on Japan
in its Asian context.
347. Japan since World War II. (4) A survey of Japanese history since the outbreak of the
Pacific War, with emphasis on social and cultural developments. Topics may include
116
occupation and recovery of independence, the "1955 System," high-growth economics,
and the problems of prosperity in recent years.
348. Modern Japan. (4) Tokugawa era; Meiji Restoration; industrialization and urbaniza-
tion; relations with the West; World War II; occupation; Japan in the contemporary world.
350. Global Economic History. (4) An overview of the growth and development of the
world economy from precapitalist organizations to the present system of developed and
underdeveloped states.
351. United States Social History to 1850. (4) A survey of American social history from
colonial settlement to 1850. Topics include immigration, migration, ethnicity, gender,
race, sexuality, labor, reform, poverty, religion, and urban growth.
352. United States Social History since 1850. (4) A survey of American social history from
1850 to 1990. Topics include immigration, ethnicity, gender, race, sexuality, labor, reform,
poverty, and urban growth.
353. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (4) Determinative episodes, figures, alle-
giances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered.
354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1815. (4) The American Revolu-
tion, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation.
355. The Westward Movement. (4) The role of the frontier in United States history, 1 763-
1890.
356. Jacksonian America, 1815-1850. (4) The United States in the age of Jackson, Clay,
Calhoun, and Webster. A biographical approach.
357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (4) The political and military events of the war
and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed.
358. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (2,4) National progress and
problems during an era of rapid industrialization. The course may be divided into halves
for two credits each: (a) the Gilded Age; (b) the Progressive Era.
359. The United States from Versailles through World War II. (4) The transition of
America from World War I to 1 945, with special emphasis on the significance of the New
Deal and World War II.
360. The United States since World War II. (4) Trends and changes in the nation from
World War II to the present.
361. Economic History of the United States. (4) The economic development of the United
States from colonial beginnings to the present.
362. American Constitutional History. (4) Origins of the Constitution, the controversies
involving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new
American industrialism.
363. 364. The South. (4,4) Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and
selected events.
117
365. Women in American History. (4) A survey of the role of women in America from the
colonial period to the present. Possible topics include moral reform, the frontier, political
and social activism, the labor movement, health reform, and peace movements.
366. Studies in Historic Preservation. (4) An analysis of history museums and agencies
and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, restora-
tions, and reconstructions. P — Permission of instructor.
367, 368. North Carolina. (4,4) Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from
the colonial period to the present. 367: To 1850; 368: Since 1850.
369. The American Military Experience. (4) A survey of the military ideas and activities
of the American people and their armed forces, with emphasis on the relationship
between war and society.
370. Topics in North Carolina History. (4) A general chronological survey of North
Carolina with emphasis on selected topics.
371. Winston-Salem/Forsyth County. (4) A history of the Winston-Salem / Forsyth County
area utilizing the techniques of local history including local archives, museums, and oral
history projects. Lectures, readings, and class projects.
372. Introduction to African History. (4) An introduction to African history from the
perspective of the continent as a whole. The historical unity of the African continent and
its relation to other continents will be stressed .
373. History of Mexico. (4) An examination of the history of Mexico from the colonial
period to the present.
374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (4) A study of the history of protest
movements and rebellions in Latin America from primitive and agrarian revolts to mass
working class and socialist organizations.
375. Modern Latin America. (4) A survey of Latin- American history since Independence,
with emphasis on the twentieth century. The course will concentrate chiefly on economics,
politics, and race.
376. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (4) A social and religious history
of the African- American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II
to the present. (Also listed as Religion 341 .)
3760. Anglo-American Relations since 1940. (4) A study of the relations between the
United States and Britain from 1940 to the present. Offered in London.
377. American Diplomatic History. (4) An introduction to the history of American
diplomacy since 1 776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies.
378. Struggles for Freedom in Southern Africa and the United States. (4) Comparison of
the libera tory movements in Southern Africa and the United States during the twentieth
century. (Also listed as Religion 348.)
379. Origins of The Americas. (4) A unified, comparative history of North, Central, and
South America from ancient times to the present.
118
381, 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (4,4) Training in the techniques and skills of
historical preservation. Emphasis will vary according to the specific site(s) involved. P —
Permission of instructor.
393, 394. American Foundations I, II. (4,4) Interdisciplinary study of American art,
history, literature, and music. Using its collection of American art as the basis for study,
Reynolda House Museum of American Art, in cooperation with Wake Forest University,
invites twenty students to study with five professors from various disciplines through
lectures, discussions, and concerts, including a study tour to New York City. (Taught in
summer; students enroll for both courses.)
397. Historical Writing Tutorial. (2) Individual supervision of historical writing to
improve a project initiated in History 288 or History 310. P — Permission of instructor.
(Does not count toward major or minor requirements.)
398. Individual Study. (1-4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the
department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified
student.
399. Directed Reading. (1-4) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise
available. P — Permission of instructor.
Humanities
Robert N. Shorter, Coordinator
Reynolds Professor of American Studies Maya Angelou
Kenan Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum
Associate Professor Robert L. Utley Jr.
Humanities courses 213-222 are designed to introduce students to works of literature
which would not be included in their normal course of study. Each course includes a
reading in translation of ten to twelve representative authors.
213. Studies in European Literature. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Dante,
Montaigne, Cervantes, Goethe, Dostoevsky, and Camus. Satisfies a Division I require-
ment.
214. Contemporary Fiction. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Mann, Sartre,
Unamuno, Fuentes, Moravia, and Voinovich. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Hoffmann,
Kafka, Dostoevsky, Dinesen, Ibsen, Pushkin, and Chekhov . Satisfies a Division I require-
ment.
216. Romance Literature. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Boccaccio, Calderon,
Flaubert, Machado de Assis, Gide, and Lampedusa. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
119
217. European Drama. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Moliere, Garcia Lorca,
Pirandello, Schiller, Brecht, Ibsen, and Beckett. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
218. Eastern European Literature. (4) Texts studied are by such authors as Tolstoy,
Solzhenitsyn, Gogol, Andric, Milosz, and Szabo. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (4) Major works of poetry, drama and fiction
from the classical and modern periods. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (4) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama
and poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
222. African and Caribbean Literature. (4) An examination of the negritude movement
and the negro- African novel. Texts studied are by such authors as Aime Cesaire, Leopold
Senghor, Ousmane Sembene, and Manama Ba. Satisfies a Division I requirement.
230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (4) Readings and discussions of texts by
women writers in post-fascist Italy that reflect the feminine perspective on issues in
contemporary Italian society and society at large. Authors include Naraini, Morante,
Fallaci, Ginzburg, deCespedes, and Ortese. (Qualifies, with modifications, for the minor
in Italian.)
242. Research on Culture in Russia. (2) An investigation designed by the student is
carried out in Russia during spring break. An evaluative term paper follows the class trip.
Students who have studied any Russian should enroll under Russian 242. Limited
enrollment. P — Permission of instructor.
245. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Critical Thinking. (2) An investigation of cross-
disciplinary issues. Designed to encourage experimental, interdisciplinary thinking and
writing.
260. Problems of Structure. (2-4) An investigation into structures arising in the natural
world and into structures created by human effort.
274. Environmental Studies. (4) A systematic study of major environmental issues on a
global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions. P — Permission of
instructor. (Also listed as Education 274. )
280. Reason and Revelation. (4) An investigation of the intellectual roots of Western
civilization as they are found in the emergence of philosophical universalism and Biblical
monotheism. These distinctive approaches will be considered through a reading of such
authors as Plato, Hesiod, Aristophanes, and St. Thomas Aquinas, and of selections from
the Bible.
282. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (4) The course will be devoted to topics of abiding
public significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic
will be examined through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition.
The visiting scholars of the Tocqueville Forum will supplement the class discussion.
"Politics and the Arts" and "Theory and Practice in Public Life" are representative topics.
120
283. Nature and History in Modern Moral and Social Life. (4) The subject as viewed
through such representative writers as Spinoza, Flaubert, Pascal, Eckermann, Nietzsche,
and Conrad, each of whom in a different way participated in the rejection of the teachings
of both the Socratic tradition and the Christian church.
320. Women in the Middle Ages. (4) A team-taught interdisciplinary course using a
variety of literary, historical, and theoretical materials. The course aims to develop a new
framework in which to evaluate and understand the lives of medieval women.
339. King. (4) An in-depth investigation into the power of charismatic leadership as it
affected the Civil Rights Movement, as well as a dramatic evaluation of the impact of
music on the spirit of the Civil Rights Movement.
340. Race in the Southern Experience before Emancipation: Four Voices, (1,2) Selected
writings of David Walker, William Lloyd Garrison, Frederick Douglass, and Harriet
Beecher Stowe. Pass/fail only. (Credit not given for Humanities 340 if the student has
completed Humanities 341 .)
341. Race, Politics, and Literature: Aspects of American Life from 1830 to 1930. (4) An
examination of the evolution of significant ideas in American civilization. A careful
reading of Frederick Douglass, Harriet Beecher Stowe, W. E. DuBois, Mark Twain, and
others.
343. The Philosophy of Liberation in Literature. (4) The concept of freedom as found in
the works of such writers as Frederick Douglass, Kobo Abe, Wole Soyinka, Germaine
Greer, Paule Marshall, Franz Fanon, Garcia Lorca, and James Baldwin.
344. African Culture and Its Impact on the US. ( 1 -2) A condensed version of Humanities
345. offered as a minicourse in the spring. Pass / fail only. (Credit not given for Humanities
344 if the student has completed Humanities 345.)
345. African Culture and Its Impact on the US. (4) The influence of African culture on
American life will be studied in such areas as dance, music, political approaches,
grammatical patterns, literature, and culinary preferences. The course will include an
evaluation of American mores.
347. Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (4) Critical analysis of classical, modern, and
contemporary writings by Japanese women, with an exploration of the cultural setting in
which they occurred.
348. Chinese Revolutionary Literature to 1948. (2) The dark side of traditional society that
sparked revolution and civil war; forces that led to dissent and student movements.
349. Chinese Liberation Literature since 1948. (2) The literary background of the
democracy movement and the Tiananmen Square incident.
350. Modern Chinese Literature. (4) A study of representative prose and poetry of
mainland China from the May 4, 1 9 19 movement to the present, in their cultural , historical,
and political context. The course will concentrate upon major writers (e.g., Lu Xun, Shen
Congwen, Ding Ling, Mao Dun, Ba Jin, Ai Qing, Wang Meng, Wang Anyi, Bei Dao, Shu
Ting) with some attention to significant lesser writers.
121
353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (4) Critical analysis of fiction by female
authors whose works concern women in Africa and its Caribbean diaspora.
355. Forms and Expressions of Love. (4) Philosophical, religious, and psychological
delineations of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love
in selected works of art. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 249.)
356. Humanism, "Secular" and Religious. (4) Exploration of the nature of humanism
through examination of similarities and differences among various forms. Types to be
considered are: Classical (Platonic, Aristotelian, Stoic, and Epicurean); Christian; modern
naturalistic; and Confucian.
357. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (4,3) A multi-disciplinary presentation and
discussion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts:
philosophical and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts;
historical development of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary
culture. (Also listed as Honors 257.)
358. Studies in Contemporary Leadership. (4) An examination of contemporary leader-
ship theory and its various applications in society. Students will engage in practical
leadership exercises, read on a variety of leadership topics, and develop their own
personal philosophy of leadership. A twenty-five contact-hour internship is required.
360. The Promise and Perils of the Nuclear Age. (4) Scientific, moral, religious, and
political perspectives on issues associated with nuclear power and nuclear weaponry.
(Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 254.)
361. Dante I. (2) A study of the Vita Nnova as apprenticeship to the Divina Commedia, and
of the first half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and poetry,
relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth of modern
languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West.
362. Dante II. (2) A study of the second half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy,
autobiography, and poetry, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European
present (the birth of modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and
Dante's own afterlife in the West. P — Humanities 361 or permission of instructor.
365. Humanity and Nature. (4,3) A multi-disciplinary exploration of relations of human
beings to nature, and of scientif ic, economic, and political factors in current environmental
concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical tests; works of visual art; selected
discussions of ecology and human responsibility. (Also listed as Honors 265.)
380. Literature, Film, and Society. (4) A study of major selected works of literature, mainly
American; of the films which have been based upon them; and of the social and political
context in which they were read and seen. Texts will include novels, stories, and plays by
such writers as Dreiser, Lewis, Warren, Steinbeck, Hellman, Harper Lee, Wright, and
Walker. P — Junior standing.
381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (2-4) Supervised independent research
project on a topic related to Asia. Requires the approval of both the instructor and the
122
coordinator of Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit, but no more than four credits
may count toward East Asian Studies or a minor in Asian Studies.
382. Italian Cinema and Society. (4) A survey of some of Italy's greatest postwar films
with special attention to issues and problems in Italian society as treated by major directors
such as Fellini, De Sica, Rossellini, Antonioni, and Olmi.
383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (4) An exploration of theories of fascism, with
an emphasis on Italy between 1919 and 1944 as understood through novels and films.
384. Latin American Cinema. (4) Examination of major Latin American films as cinemato-
graphic art and as expressions of social and political issues. Directors include Luis Bunuel,
Tomas Gutierrez Alea, and Ruy Guerra.
385. Legends of Troy. (4) An interdisciplinary investigation of translations and transfor-
mations of the Trojan legend from the Greeks through the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance to the present. Texts, studied in English translation, are by such authors as
Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Chaucer, Racine, and Giraudoux.
390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (4) A study of aging in an interdisciplinary
context, including the biological, psychological, neurobiological, cognitive, health status,
and social structural and demographic aspects of aging. P — Permission of instructor.
396. Individual Study. (2-4) Individual projects in the humanities which continue study
begun in regular courses. By prearrangement.
Interdisciplinary Honors
James P. Baref ield, Coordinator
A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature is open to qualified undergradu-
ates. Students interested in admission to any one of these seminars, supervised by the
Committee on Honors, should consult the coordinator or a member of the committee.
Students who choose to participate in as many as four interdisciplinary seminars and
who have a superior record may elect Honors 281, directed study culminating in an
honors paper and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior in this course
and who have achieved an overall grade-point average of at least 3.0 in all college work
maybe graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and Sciences. " Students who
choose to be candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors
in the Arts and Sciences."
Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors program
rather than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students elect to
participate in only one or two interdisciplinary seminars in which they are particularly
interested. The faculty participants for these seminars represent diverse academic disci-
plines.
123
131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (4,4) An inquiry into the nature and
interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of
three such minds as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Klee, Lorenz, Confucius, Dostoevsky,
Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary and
secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term
paper required. Offered in alternate years.
133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (4,4) A parallel course to Honors 131, 132,
concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Einstein, Galileo, Keynes,
Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Stravinsky, Sophocles, and Bach. Offered in alternate years.
*233. Darwinism and the Modern World. (4) A study of the Darwinian theory of
evolution and the impact of evolution and evolutionary thought on fields such as
economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other arts, and philosophy.
"■235. The Ideal Society. (4) Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state,
or society; principles of political and social organization; changing goals and values.
*236. The Force of Impressionism. (4) Impressionism and its impact on modern painting
and literature, with attention to origins and theories of style. Painters to include Manet,
Monet, Renoir, Degas, and Cezanne. Writers to include Baudelaire, Flaubert, Mallarme,
James, Pound, Joyce, and Woolf .
*237. The Scientific Outlook. (4) An exploration of the origins and development of the
scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social
sciences and the humanities. (Also listed as Natural Sciences 351 .)
*238. Romanticism. (4) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as
a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature, music, and
painting.
*239. Man and the Irrational. (4) The phenomenon of the irrational, with emphasis on its
twentieth century manifestations but with attention also to its presence in other centuries
and cultures. Philosophy, religion, literature, psychology, politics, and the arts are
explored.
*240. Adventures in Self-Understanding. (4) Examination and discussion of significant
accounts of the quest for understanding of the self, in differing historical periods, cultural
contexts, and genres. Among figures who may be discussed are Augustine, Dante,
Gandhi, Montaigne, Descartes, Pascal, and selected modern writers.
"■241. The Tragic View. (4) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the
expression of the tragic in literature, art, music, theater, and film.
*242. The Comic View. (4) The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the
expression of the comic in literature, art, music, theater, and film.
*244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (4) An investigation of various conceptions
of the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarily limited to the
*One or more offered each year at the discretion of the Committee on Honors
124
cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include
theories such as the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist.
*246. Man and the Environment. (4) An interdisciplinary examination of man and society
in relation to the environment.
* 247. The Mythic View. (4) The nature of my th through creation and hero myths; the uses
to which myths have been put in different historical periods; various modern explanations
of myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic, social, and historical).
*248. The Ironic View. (4) An investigation of the ironic view of life in literature, art,
history, theater, and film.
*249. Forms and Expressions of Love. (4) Philosophical, religious, and psychological
delineations of the forms of love; literary, drama tic, musical, and visual portrayals of love
in selected works of art. (Also listed as Humanities 355.)
*250. Ethical Dilemmas in the Arts and Sciences. (4) An exploration of contemporary
issues and controversies in the sciences and art, particularly those involved with ethical
questions resulting from new concepts and discoveries.
*252. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (4) An examination of the philosophical and
scientific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and
human beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to
this issue of modern scientific ideas. (Also listed as History 302, Natural Sciences 302, and
Philosophy 242.)
* 253. Revolutions in Modern Science. (4) An analysis of the ways in which radically new
ideas are introduced and accepted in science. Cases studied are space and time in relativity
theory, the nature of reality in quantum mechanics, evolution of species, and continental
drift. P — At least one course in one of the relevant areas of science or permission of
instructor. (Also listed as History 303 and Natural Sciences 303.)
*254. The Promise and Perils of the Nuclear Age. (4) Scientific, moral, religious, and
political perspectives on issues associated with nuclear power and nuclear weaponry.
(Also listed as Humanities 360.)
*256. Modern Science and Human Values. (4) Four revolutionary developments in
science and technology are studied with a focus on their potential to affect human values:
biotechnology, cognitive science, recent primate research, and the search for extraterres-
trial life. (Also listed as Natural Sciences 352.)
257. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (4) A multi-disciplinary presentation and
discussion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts:
philosophical and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts;
historical development of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary
culture. (Also listed as Humanities 357.)
265. Humanity and Nature. (4) A multi-disciplinary exploration of relations of human
beings to nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmental
*One or more offered each year at the discretion of the Committee on Honors
125
concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; selected
discussions of ecology and human responsibility. (Also listed as Humanities 365.)
281. Directed Study. (4) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Commit-
tee on Honors; presentation of a major research or interpretive paper based on these
readings, under the direction of a faculty member; an oral examination on the topic,
administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students
who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors
by the end of the junior year. Not open to candidates for departmental honors.
International Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Richard Sears (Politics), Coordinator
The minor in International Studies consists of a total of twenty credits. Candidates for the
minor are required to take Politics 116, International Politics (4), and one of the following
courses. (See course description under appropriate listings.)
Economics
251 . International Trade. (4)
252. International Finance. (4)
253. Economics of Communism. (4)
Politics
253. The Politics of International Economic Relations. (4)
In addition, students must take twelve other credits in International Studies from an
approved list on file in the Office of International Studies. No more than eight of the
twenty credits for the minor may be taken in a single department. Study of a foreign
language beyond the basic requirement is strongly recommended. Formal advising of
minors is not required, but the director of International Studies is responsible for certifying
the successful completion of requirements for the minor. For more information, contact
the Office of International Studies.
Italian Studies
(Foreign Area Study)
Antonio Vitti (Romance Languages), Coordinator
A semester in Venice or another approved course of study in Italy is required. Students
must take Italian through the 215 (Introduction to Italian Eiterature I) level, plus three
courses from the following groups, at least one each from Groups 2 and 3. (See course
descriptions under appropriate listings.)
126
Group 1 : Literature
Classics 251. Classical Mythology. (4)
Classics 272. A Survey of Latin Literature. (4)
Italian 216 .Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4) (or any Italian course above 215)
Religion 277. Christian Literary Classics. (4)
Group 2: Fine Arts
Art245. Roman Art. (4)
Art 267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (4)
Art268. Italian High Renaissance and Mannerist Art . (4)
Art 296. Art History Seminar. (2,4)
c. Renaissance Art
Art 2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (4) (taught in Venice)
Humanities 361. Dante I. (2)
Humanities 362. Dante II. (2)
Humanities 382. Italian Cinema and Society. (4)
Humanities 383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (4)
Music 181. Music History I. (3)
Music 206. Survey of Opera. (4)
Music 220. Seminar in Medieval and Renaissance Music. (3,4)
Music 221. Seminar in Baroque Music. (3,4)
Group 3: History and the Social Sciences
Classics 271 . Roman Civilization. (3)
History 335. Italy : Medieval and Renaissance. (4)
History 336. Italy: Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century. (4)
History 398. Individual Study. (1-4)
Students also may take appropriate courses in anthropology, economics, politics,
psychology, religion, and sociology taught in the Venice program, and individual study
courses taught in these departments, with appropriate topics.
Latin American Studies
(Foreign Area Studies)
Mary Friedman (Romance Languages), Coordinator
It is recommended that students take Spanish 263, 264, 265, or 266 to fulfill the foreign
literature requirement in Division I. Students are required to take History 375, Modern
Latin America (4); Politics 236, Government and Politics in Latin America (4); Spanish 218,
Masterpieces of Spanish American Literature (4); and Spanish 233, Eighteenth and Nineteenth
Century Spanish Literature (4), plus twelve credits from the following list. (See course
descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Economics
251. International Finance. (4)
127
History
373. History of Mexico. (4)
374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (4)
Humanities
384. Latin American Cinema. (4)
Politics
242. Problems in Comparative Politics. (4)
292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4) (if the topic pertains to Latin America)
Spanish
219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4)
262. Spanish-American Poetry. (4)
263. Contemporary Spanish-American Theater. (4)
264. Spanish-American Short Story. (4)
265. Spanish-American Novel. (4)
266. Seminar in Spanish-American Novel. (2-4)
Linguistics
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Stan Whitley (Romance Languages), Coordinator
The interdisciplinary minor in linguistics requires Linguistics 150, Introduction to Linguis-
tics, and sixteen additional credits (excluding Linguistics 111). Students minoring in
linguistics are strongly encouraged to study foreign languages, achieving proficiency in
at least one, and social and behavioral sciences. The minor may be usefully combined with
a major in a foreign language, English, anthropology (or other social science), philosophy,
or speech communication.
The sixteen credits in addition to Linguistics 150 may be chosen from the following
three groups: linguistics courses, historical linguistics, and related topics. It is strongly
recommended that at least one course be from historical linguistics.
Linguistics Courses
111. Fundamentals of Language Study. (4) Introduction to fundamental notions of
language and the study of foreign languages. Review of grammatical terminology and
useful strategies for language learning. Comparison of English and selected foreign
languages.
150. Introduction to Linguistics. (4) The social phenomenon of language: how it origi-
nated and developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of
behavior; types of language (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of
linguistic data; social issues of language use.
301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (4) A study of how meaning is created
by sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act
theory, and pragmatics. (Also listed as Speech Communication 301 .)
128
310. Sociolinguistics and Dialectology. (4) Study of variation in language: effects of
regional background, social class, ethnic group, gender, and setting; social attitudes
toward language; outcomes of linguistic conflicts in the community; evolution of research
methods for investigating language differences and the diffusion of change. P — Linguis-
tics 150 or permission of instructor.
330. Introduction to Psycholinguistics and Language Acquisition. (4) A psychological
and linguistic study of the mental processes underlying the acquisition and use of
language; how children acquire the structure of language and how adults make use of
linguistic systems.
340. Topics in Linguistics. (4) An interdisciplinary study of selected topics, such as
morphology, phonology /phonetics, syntax, historical linguistics, history of linguistic
theory, semiotics, and ethnolinguistics, issues in Asian linguistics, language and gender.
P — Linguistics 150 or permission of instructor.
375. Philosophy of Language. (4) A study of such philosophical issues about language as
truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense,
the semantic paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign
systems. P — Permission of instructor. (Also listed as Philosophy 375.)
398, 399. (1-4,1-4) A reading and research course designed to meet the needs of selected
students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member in the linguistics
minor program. P — Linguistics 150 and permission of instructor.
Historical Linguistics
(See course descriptions under appropriate department listings.)
English 304. History of the English Language. (4)
French 221. History and Structure of the Language. (4)
Russian 232. The History of the Russian Language. (4)
Spanish 221 . History and Structure of the Spanish Language. (4)
Related Topics
(See course descriptions under appropriate department listings. )
Language and Culture. (4)
Greek and Latin in Current Use. (3)
The Structure of English. (4)
French Phonetics. (2)
The Structure of Russian. (4)
Spanish Phonology. (4)
Students intending to minor in linguistics should consult the coordinator of linguistics
in the Department of Romance Languages, preferably during their sophomore year.
Anthro.
355.
Classics
220.
English
390.
French
222.
Russian
230.
Spanish
222.
129
Mathematics and Computer Science
Richard D. Carmichael, Chair
Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons
Prof essors John V. Baxley, Richard D. Carmichael, Elmer K. Hayashi,
FredricT. Howard, Ellen E. Kirkman, James Kuzmanovich, J. Gaylord May,
W. Graham May, Wesley E. Snyder, Marcellus E. Waddill
Associate Professors Daniel Cartas, David J. John, Stan J. Thomas
Assistant Professors Edward E. Allen, James L. Norris III,
Stephen B. Robinson, Todd C. Torgersen
Visiting Assistant Prof essor Jennifer J. Burg
Lecturer Gene T. Lucas
Instructors Eva M. Allen, Jule M. Connolly, David C. Wilson
A major in mathematics requires a minimum of forty credits. A student must include
courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, one of the courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least two
additional 300-level courses of at least four credits each. Lower division students are urged
to consult a member of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses other than
those satisfying Division II requirements.
A major in computer science requires forty credits in computer science and four courses
in mathematics. The courses in computer science must include 112,211,212, 235, 236, and
277. The required courses in mathematics are 111, 112, 11 7, and 121. Students considering
graduate work in computer science should consult a major adviser in the department for
assistance in planning an appropriate course of study.
A minor in computer science requires four courses, at least sixteen credits, in computer
science numbered higher than 111, Mathematics 117, and an additional four credits in
mathematics other than Mathematics 1 05 .
A minor in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, either 113 or 121, and three
other courses of at least four credits each numbered higher than Mathematics 108, two of
which must be numbered above 200. Neither Mathematics 301 , 302, 303, or 304 can count
as a course for this minor, but any pair may be so counted. Credit is not allowed for both
Mathematics 121 and Mathematics 302 or for both Mathematics 303 and Mathematics 317.
A minimum GP A of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor in the department
is required for graduation with any major or minor which the department offers.
A regularly scheduled activity in mathematics is an informal seminar of students and
faculty on topics not discussed in regular courses (for example, finite differences, game
theory, Monte Carlo method, divergent series).
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science and the Department of
Economics offer a joint major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical
economics. This interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than fifty-six credits,
offers the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of
economic theory, models, and quanti tative analysis. The major has the following course
reqiiirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121,251;Economics 150,205,207,208,215,218;
and three additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Recom-
130
mended courses are Mathematics 253, 311,312, 348, 353, 357, 358 and Economics 206, 212,
223, 231 , 232, 235, 251 , 252. Students selecting the joint major must receive permission from
both the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science and the Department of
Economics.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in mathematics, computer science, or the joint major. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in Mathematics," "Honors in Computer Science," or
"Honors in Mathematical Economics," they must complete satisfactorily a senior research
paper. To graduate with "Honors in Mathematics" or "Honors in Computer Science,"
majors must have a minimum grade-point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college
course work. For additional information, members of the departmental faculty should be
consulted.
Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in mathematics and /
or computer science at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements.
Computer Science
111. Introduction to Computer Science. (4) A rigorous introduction to the process of
algorithmic problem-solving; an introduction to the organization of computers on which
resulting programs run; and an overview of the societal and ethical context in which
computer science exists. A scheduled laboratory experience is used for both the computer
programming and computer organization aspects of the course. Lab — two hours .
112. Fundamentals of Computer Science. (4) Lecture and laboratory. Problem-solving
and program construction are emphasized using reusable modules, data abstraction and
parallel computation. Linear data structures, fundamental software engineering tools,
and problem-solving paradigms are introduced for the beginning computer science
student. Lab — two hours. P — Computer Science 1 11 or permission of instructor.
211. Computer Software Organization and Architecture. (4) Lecture and laboratory.
Hierarchical software organization, representation and manipulation of data, instruction
sets, addressing and structure of memory. The laboratory focuses on the understanding
of an assembly language. P — Computer Science 112 and Mathematics 117.
212. Computer Hardware Organization. (4) Lecture and laboratory. Basic von Neumann
computer architectures. Study and design of combinational logic circuits, arithmetic
units, and memory devices. P — Computer Science 21 1 .
235. Data Structures and Algorithms I. (4) Lecture and laboratory. Study, analysis and
implementation of abstract data structures such as list, stack, queue and tree. Complexity
analysis of algorithms which operate upon these data structures. P— Computer Science
112 and Mathematics 117.
236. Data Structures and Algorithms II. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A continuation of the
study, analysis and implementation of abstract data structures. The complexity of
algorithms is studied more rigorously than in Computer Science 235 and complexity
classes are introduced . P — Computer Science 235 and Mathematics 111.
131
277. Programming Languages. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of the properties of
programming languages including syntax, semantics, control structures, and run-time
representations. P — Computer Science 1 12 and Mathematics 117.
301. Software Engineering. (4) The principles and methods for the specification, design,
and validation of large software systems. Topics may include formal specification
techniques, design techniques, programming methodology, program testing, proofs of
program correctness, software reliability, and software management. P — Computer
Science 235.
302. Operating Systems. (4) Lecture and laboratory. The study of algorithms for sequenc-
ing, controlling, scheduling, and allocating computer resources. P — Computer Science
21 1 and Computer Science 235.
310. Design of Central Processing Units. (4) Use of register-transfer notation, hardware
programming languages, control sequencing, and microprogramming. P — Computer
Science 212.
319. Digital Systems Architecture. (4) The unification of hardware, firmware, and
software. Architectural descriptions, storage systems, paging and associative memories,
I/O systems, stack machines, and parallelism. P — Computer Science 21 1 .
323. Computer Graphics. (4) A study of software and hardware techniques in computer
graphics. Topics include line and polygon drawing, hidden line and surface techniques,
transformations, and ray tracing. P — Computer Science 235 and Mathematics 121 .
330. Computer Communications. (4) A study of the operation, design, and analytic
modeling of computer communication and networking systems. P — Computer Science
211.
355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (4) Numerical computations on modern
computer architectures; floating point arithmetic and round-off error. Prograrruning in a
scientific /engineering language (C or FORTRAN). Algorithms and computer techniques
for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integration,
systems of linear equations and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both
Mathematics 355 and Computer Science 355. P — Mathematics 112, Mathematics 121, and
Computer Science 111.
361. Selected Topics. (2,3, or 4) Topics in computer science which are not studied in
regular courses or which further examine topics begun in regular courses. P — Permission
of instructor.
372. Compilers. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of techniques for compiling computer
languages including scanning, parsing, translating, and generating code. P — Computer
Science 21 1 and Computer Science 235.
374. Database Management Systems. (4) Lecture and laboratory. An introduction to
large-scale database management systems. Topics include data independence, data base
models, query languages, security, integrity, and concurrency. P — Computer Science 235.
132
379. Artificial Intelligence. (4) An introduction to problems in artificial intelligence.
Techniques of representation and heuristic search in areas such as problem solving,
pattern recognition, theorem proving, and information processing. P — Computer Science
236.
381. Individual Study. (2,3, or 4) A course of independent study directed by a faculty
adviser. By prearrangement. Not to be counted toward the minor in computer science.
Mathematics
105. Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry. (2,3, or 4) A review of the essentials of
algebra and trigonometry. Admission by permission only (generally, a student must have
taken fewer than three years of high school mathematics to be eligible for admission). Not
to be counted toward the major or minor in mathematics.
108. Essential Calculus. (5 or 4) A one-semester course in differential and integral calculus
with application to business and the social sciences. No student allowed credit for both 1 08
and 1 1 1 . A student who might take additional calculus should not take Mathematics 108. .
Lab — two hours .
109. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (5 or 4) Probability and distribution functions,
means and variances, and sampling distributions. Lab — two hours.
Ill, 112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II. (5 or 4; 5 or 4) Calculus of functions of
one variable; infinite series. Computer lab using BASIC. No student allowed credit for
both 108 and 111.
113. Multivariable Calculus. (4) Vector and space curves. Differentiable functions;
surfaces and max-min problems. Multiple integrals and Green's theorem. P — Mathemat-
ics 112.
117. Discrete Mathematics. (4) An introduction to various topics in discrete mathematics
applicable to computer science including sets, relations, Boolean algebra, propositional
logic, functions, computability, proof techniques, graph theory, and elementary combina-
torics.
121. Linear Algebra I. (4) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices,
determinants, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 302.
165. Problem Solving Seminar. (1 or 2) A weekly seminar designed for students who wish
to participate in mathematical competition such as the annual Putnam examination. Not
to be counted toward any major or minor offered by the department. May be repeated for
credit.
221. Modern Algebra I. (4) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the study
of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. P — Mathematics 121 .
251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (4) Linear equations with constant coefficients,
linear equations with variable coefficients, and existence and uniqueness theorems for
first order equations. P — Mathematics 112.
133
253. Operations Research. (4) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. Stud-
ies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analysis. P — Mathematics
111.
256. Statistical Methods. (4) A study of statistical methods that have proved useful in
many different disciplines. These methods include tests of model assumptions, regres-
sion, general linear models, nonparametric alternatives, and analysis of data collected
over time. Knowledge of matrix algebra is desirable but not necessary.
301. Vector Analysis. (2) Vector functions, partial derivatives, line and multiple integrals,
Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, divergence theorem. Not to be counted toward any
major offered by the department. P — Mathematics 112.
302. Matrix Algebra. (2) Matrices, determinants, solutions of linear equations, special
matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. Not to be counted toward any major
offered by the department. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 302.
303. Complex Variables. (2) Topics in analytic function theory, Cauchy 's theorem, Taylor
and Laurent series, residues. Not to be counted toward any major offered by the
department. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — Mathematics 1 12.
304. Applied Partial Differential Equations. (2) The separation of variables technique for
the solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations with the
related study of special functions and Fourier series. Not to be counted toward any major
offered by the department. P — Mathematics 251.
311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II. (4,4) Limits and continuity in metric spaces, differen-
tiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series, uniform convergence,
power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and functions of n real variables,
implicit and inverse function theorems. P — Mathematics 113.
317. Complex Analysis 1.(4) Analytic functions, Cauchy 's theorem and its consequences,
power series, and residue calculus. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P —
Mathematics 113.
322. Modern Algebra II. (4) A continuation of modern abstract algebra through the study
of additional properties of groups, rings, and fields. P — Mathematics 221 .
324. Linear Algebra II. (4) A thorough treatment of vector spaces and linear transforma-
tions over an arbitrary field, canonical forms, inner product spaces, and linear groups. P —
Mathematics 121 and Mathematics 221.
326. Numerical Linear Algebra. (4) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related
problems in science and engineering. Topics will include systems of linear equations, least
squares methods, and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel
matrix computations. Beginning knowledge of a programming language, such as Pascal,
FORTRAN, or C, is required. P — Mathematics 112 and Mathematics 121 .
331. Geometry. (4) An introduction to axiomatic geometry including a comparison of
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries.
134
334. Differential Geometry'. (4) Introduction to the theory of curves and surfaces in two
and three dimensional space, including such topics as curvature, geodesies, and minimal
surfaces. P — Mathematics 113.
345,346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (4,4) Properties of integers, congruences,
arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic squares, applications to
elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic theory of continued fractions.
348, 349. Combinatorial Analysis I, II. (4,4) Enumeration techniques, generating func-
tions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, Polya theory, graph
theory, combinatorial algorithms, partially ordered sets, designs, Ramsey theory, sym-
metric functions, and Schur functions.
352. Partial Differential Equations. (4) A detailed study of partial differential equations,
including the heat, wave, and Laplace equations, using methods such as separation of
variables, characteristics, Green's functions, and the maximum principle. P — Mathemat-
ics 1 13 and Mathematics 251 .
353. Mathematical Models. (4) Development and application of probabilistic and deter-
ministic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent systems in the
social, behavioral, and management sciences.
355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (4) Numerical computations on modern
computer architectures; floating point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a
scientific /engineering language (C or FORTRAN). Algorithms and computer techniques
for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integration,
systems of linear equations and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both
Mathematics 355 and Computer Science 355. P — Mathematics 112, Mathematics 121 , and
Computer Science 111.
357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (4,4) Probability distributions, mathematical
expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression,
correlation, and analysis of variance. C — Mathematics 1 1 3, or P — Permission of instruc-
tor.
361. Selected Topics. (2,3, or 4) Topics in mathematics which are not considered in regular
courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies.
381. Individual Study. (2,3, or 4) A course of independent study directed by a faculty
adviser. By prearrangement.
Medieval Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Gillian Overing and Gale Sigal (English), Coordinators
The interdisciplinary minor in medieval studies requires twenty-four credits, chosen from
at least three different departments. Courses from the student's major may count in the
135
minor. Students are encouraged, but not required, to attend the six-week Summer
Medieval Program at Oxford University in England, for which they receive six credits
(two courses) which count toward the minor. (For details about application to the Oxford
program, and possible financial aid, consult Gale Sigal in the English department.)
Courses may be chosen from the following list. (See course descriptions under appropri-
ate listings.)
Art
252. Romanesque Art. (4)
253. The Gothic Cathedral. (4)
254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (4)
267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (4)
296. Art History Seminar : b. Medieval Art. (2,4)
English
305. Old English Language and Literature. (4)
310. The Medieval World. (4)
311. The Legend of Arthur. (4)
312. Medieval Poetry. (4)
315. Chaucer. (4)
320. British Drama to 1 642. (4)
French
231. Medieval French Literature. (2-4)
German
249. German Literature before 1 700. (4)
History
306. The Early Middle Ages. (4)
307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (4)
335. Italy. Medieval and Renaissance. (4)
Humanities
361. Dante I. (2)
362. Dante II. (2)
Music
220. Seminar in Medieval and Renaissance Music. (3,4)
Philosophy
232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4)
Religion
367. The Mystics of the Church. (4)
372. History of Ghristian Thought: b. Medieval and Reformation Thought. (2,4)
Spanish
231. Medieval and Pre-Renaissance Spanish Literature. (4)
Theater
260. History of Western Theater I (Beginnings to 1642). (4)
Students intending to minor in Medieval Studies should consult one of the coordina-
tors, preferably during the sophomore year.
136
Military Science
Lieutenant Colonel Kenneth M. Walker, Professor
Assistant Professors: Major William M. Pedersen, Major Frank M. Williamson,
Captain Ruf us S. Gatlin Jr., Captain Jeffrey A. Marquez
Instructors: Major Stephen J. Huebner, Sergeant Major Gregory A. Duhon,
Master Sergeant George T. Loebe Jr.
Completion of Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AROTC) requirements and
recommendation for appointment by the professor of military science may result in
commissioning as a second lieutenant in the active or reserve forces components of the
Army of the United States, as determined by the Secretary of the Army. The AROTC
program is composed of the Basic Course and the Advanced Course. The Basic Course is
composed of four core courses (121, 122, 123, and 124), sometimes with either 1 17 or 1 18
taken each semester as a co-requisite. No military obligation is incurred by enrollment in
the Basic Course, except by Army ROTC Scholarship cadets, and then only when
beginning their sophomore year. The Basic Course may be completed, partially or fully,
by various alternative methods (i.e., through credit for specific types of Junior ROTC or
other military training, as determined by the professor of military science, or through
completion of a six-week summer Basic Camp). The Advanced Course is composed of
four core courses (225, 226, 227, and 228), with either 1 1 7 or 1 18 taken each semester as a
co-requisite, and a six-week Advanced Camp, usually attended during the summer
between the junior and senior years. Army ROTC scholarships are available to qualified
applicants (both those already enrolled in the AROTC program and those not yet enrolled)
through annual competition.
112. Operations in Special Environments. (2) Planning and preparation for military
operations in mountain, desert, jungle, and arctic environments; fundamentals of sur-
vival; mountaineering techniques.
114. Leadership. (2) An examination of the fundamentals contributing to the develop-
ment of a personal style of leadership with emphasis on the dimensions of junior executive
management.
116. Orienteering. (2) A study of navigational aids, linear time / distance relationships,
and mapping techniques. Includes navigating in unfamiliar terrain.
117, 118. Leadership Laboratory. (0,0) Basic military skills instruction designed to
technically and tactically qualify the student for assumption of an officer leadership
position at the small-unit level. Either 117 (fall) or 1 1 8 (spring) is required each semester
for contracted AROTC cadets (including those conditionally contracted), advance desig-
nee scholarship winners, and non-contracted AROTC cadets taking their third and fourth
military science core courses. Pass /fail only. C — Any other military science core course.
P — Permission of the professor of military science, except when required as explained
above.
137
121. Introduction to Army ROTC and the US Army. (2) An introduction to the Army
Reserve Officers' Training Corps and to the United States Army, exploring roles, organi-
zation, customs and traditions. C — Military Science 1 17 or 1 18, as appropriate.
122. Introduction to Military Leadership. (2) Introduction to military leadership, plan-
ning, organizing, communication skills and problem analysis. Techniques of motivation
and management of subordinates. Examination of moral issues, requirements and
dilemma of the military profession. P — Military Science 121 or permission of the professor
of military science. C — Military Science 1 1 7 or 1 18, as appropriate.
123. Land Navigation and Terrain Analysis. (2) A study of the methods of land
navigation and terrain analysis for military operations. P — Military Science 121 and 122,
or permission of the professor of military science. C — Military Science 117 or 118, as
appropriate.
124. Tactics and Leadership in the US Army. (2) An introduction to planning, organizing,
and conducting military ground operations, with a consideration of the principles of war.
Focuses on current leadership doctrine within the Army. P — Military Science 1 21 , 1 22, and
123, or permission of the professor of military science. C — Military Science 1 17 or 1 18, as
appropriate.
225. Military Operations. (2) An in-depth study of the principles of combined arms
operations. P — Military Science 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as determined by
the professor of military science). C — Military Science 117.
226. Advanced Military Operations. (2) A continuation of Military Science 225 with an
emphasis on the leadership aspect of combined arms operations. Specific preparation for
the AROTC Advanced Camp. P — Military Science 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit
as determined by the professor of military science) and Military Science 225. C — Military
Science 118.
227. Leadership and Management in the US Army I. (2) The theory and practice of
military leadership. Emphasis on the Uniform Code of Military Justice, the Manual for
Courts-Martial, the Law of Land Warfare and the Army's personnel, training, and
logistical management systems. P — Military Science 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit
as determined by the professor of military science) and Military Science 225 and 226. C —
Military Science 117.
228. Leadership and Management in the US Army II. (2) A continuation of Military
Science 227 with emphasis on the transition from cadet to officer. P — Military Science 121
through 1 24 (or equivalent credit as determined by the professor of military science) and
Military Science 225 through 227. C — Military Science 118.
229. American Military History. (4) The American military experience with emphasis on
the ideas and activities contributing to the development of the United States' unique
military establishment. Particular emphasis on civilian control of the military. P —
Permission of the professor of military science. Credit not allowed for this course if credit
has been earned for History 369.
138
Music
Susan Harden Borwick, Chair
Professors Susan Harden Borwick, Louis Goldstein
Associate Professors Stewart Carter, Peter Kairof f,
David B. Levy, Dan Locklair, Teresa Radomski
Part-time Assistant Professor Pamela Howland
Director of Instrumental Ensembles George W. Trautwein
Assistant Director of Instrumental Ensembles Martin Province
Director of Choral Ensembles Brian Gorelick
Part-time Instructors Patricia Dixon, Kathryn Levy
A major in music requires forty-eight credits. This includes a basic curriculum of thirty-
six credits (Music Theory 1 71 , 1 72, 1 73, and 1 74, sixteen credits; Music History 1 81 , 1 82, six
credits; ten credits of individual instruction; and four credits of ensemble, taken in four
semesters) plus six semesters of Music Recitals 1 00 and twelve credits of elective courses
in music, excluding ensembles and Music 165-169, 175-179. In addition to the course work,
music majors are required to present a senior recital, lecture-recital, or project.
Students anticipating a major in music are urged to begin their studies during the
freshman year and are required to audition during the second semester of their sopho-
more year before officially being admitted to the program.
Highly qualified majors may be invited by the music faculty to apply for admission to
the honors program in music. To be graduated with the designadon "Honors in Music,"
a candidate must have a 3.0 overall GP A and a 3.5 GP A in courses in the major. In addition,
the candidate must be nominated for this honor by a music faculty member and must
complete one of the following requirements: (1 ) an honors-level research paper, (2) an
analysis project, (3) an original composition, (4) a lecture-recital, (5) a solo recital, (6) a
chamber-music recital, (7) a solo concert with ensemble, or (8) a conducting project. More
complete information is available from the Department of Music.
A minor in music requires twenty-four credits: Music 1 71 , 1 72; 1 8 1 , 1 82; two credits of
ensemble, taken in two semesters; two semesters of individual instruction (performance
level must be equal to the level expected of majors at the time of the sophomore audition);
six credits of music electives (excluding ensemble); and four semesters of Music Recitals
100. Each minor will be assigned an adviser in the music department and is encouraged
to begin individual lessons, Music 1 71, and Music 100 as early as possible.
Regarding ensemble requirements for the major or minor in music, students who, upon
the advice of their private instructor, take the sophomore audition in voice must fulfill the
ensemble requirement by singing in Music 114,115, and / or 1 1 6 . Students who, upon the
advice of their private instructor, take the sophomore audition on a band or orchestral
instrument must fulfill the ensemble requirement by performing on that instrument in
Music 113, 117, 119, and/or 121. In the caseof majors who concentrate in music education,
Music 1 1 7 may fulfill up to two, but no more than two, semesters of the four-semester
ensemble requirement.
Any student interested in majoring or minoring in music should consult the chair of the
department as soon as possible after entering the University.
139
General Music
100. Recitals. (0) Recitals, concerts, and guest lectures sponsored by the Department of
Music and the Secrest Artists Series. (Specific attendance requirements will be established
at the beginning of each semester.) Six semesters are required of music majors; four
semesters are required of music minors. (P/F only)
101. Introduction to the Language of Music. (3,4) Basic theoretical concepts and musical
terminology. Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from the Middle
Ages through the twentieth century. Satisfies the Division I requirement. For students not
majoring in music.
102. Language of Music I. (3,4) Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works
from the Middle Ages through the twentieth century. For students who can read music.
Not open to music majors. Satisfies the Division I requirement. P — Permission of
instructor.
202. Language of Music 11.(2) An in-depth study of selected major works. Not open to
music majors. P — Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
Music Theory
104. Basic Music Reading and Skills. (2) A study of the fundamentals of music theory
including key signatures, scales, intervals, chords, and basic sight-singing and ear-
training skills. Designed for students wishing to participate in University ensembles and
those wishing to pursue vocal, instrumental, and compositional instruction. May not
count toward the music major or minor.
105. Music Theory for Non-Majors. (4) A study and application of music fundamentals
and music theory for the non-music major; analytical and compositional techniques. P —
Music 104 or permission of instructor.
171. Music Theory I. (4) Music fundamentals: key signatures, scales, modes, intervals,
triads, elements of music. Ear training, sight-singing, and rhythm skills. Fall.
172. Music Theory II. (4) Seventh chords, beginning part- writing, basic counterpoint, ear
training, sight-singing, rhythm skills, keyboard harmony. Spring. P — Music 1 71 .
173. Music Theory III. (4) Altered chords, continuation of part-writing, eighteenth and
nineteenth century forms, ear training, sight-singing, rhythm skills, keyboard harmony.
Fall.P— Music 172.
174. Music Theory IV. (4) Expanded harmonic system of Impressionism and the twenti-
eth century. New concepts of style and form. Ear training, sight-singing, rhythm skills,
keyboard harmony. Spring. P — Music 173.
270. Sixteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of sixteenth century contrapuntal
music, in particular that of Palestrina. Examination of Renaissance writings on counter-
point. Composition of canon and motet. P — Music 174.
140
271. Eighteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of eighteenth century contrapuntal
styles, with concentration on the Well-Tempered Clavier and Art ofthe Fugue of J.S. Bach.
Composition of invention, canon, and fugue. P — Music 174.
272. Analysis Seminar. (2) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers and
the development of practical skills as they can be used in research and performance
preparation. P — Music 174.
273. Composition. ( 1 or 2) Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. May
be repeated for credit. P — Permission of instructor.
276. Current Practices. (2) A survey of twentieth century compositional techniques,
notation, and performance problems involving the study of music and theoretical
writings associated with major trends from 1900 to the present. P — Music 174.
280. Orchestration. (4) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how
composers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical scoring
and manuscript skills. (Also offered by the Department of Education as Education 280.)
Spring. P — Music 174, 182, or permission of instructor.
Music History
181. Music History I. (3) History of music from the Greeks to 1750. Satisfies the Division
I requirement. P — Permission of instructor.
182. Music History II. (3) History of music from 1750 to the present. Satisfies the Division
I requirement. P — Permission of instructor.
203. History of Jazz. (4) A survey of American jazz from its origin to the present. Open to
majors and non-majors. P — Music 1 01 or 1 02 or permission of instructor.
204. Survey of Choral Music. (4) A historical overview of important genera (i.e., anthem,
cantata, motet, mass, oratorio) with an emphasis on church music and liturgical function.
Open to majors and non-majors. P — Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
205. Survey of Orchestral Music. (4) A historical overview of important orchestral
repertoire (i.e., symphony, concerto, overture, symphonic poem). Open to majors and
non-majors. P — Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
206. Survey of Opera. (4) A study of the development of opera from 1 600 to the present.
Selected operas by European and American composers will be examined in class via
record, score, and film. Class will attend opera performances when possible. Open to
majors and non-majors. P — Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
207. Music in America. (4) A study of the music and musical trends in America from 1650
to the present. The course will survey sacred and secular music from the Pilgrims to the
current trends of American composers. P — Music 101orl02or permission of instructor.
208. Women and Music. (4) A historical overview of women musicians in society. P —
Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
141
212. Music in the Church. (4) Function of church musicians and the relationship of their
work to the church program. Offered/all semester of odd years. P — Permission of instructor.
213. Beethoven. (4) Compositional process, analysis, criticism, and performance practices
in selected works by Lud wig van Beethoven. P — Music 101 or permission of instructor.
215. Philosophy of Music. (2) A survey of philosophical writings about music. Musical
aesthetics; social, religious, and political concerns. P — Music 1 74, 182, or permission of
instructor.
220. Seminar in Medieval and Renaissance Music. (3,4) A study of music before 1 600, its
theory, notation, and performance practices. P — Music 174, 182, or permission of instructor.
221. Seminar in Baroque Music. (3,4) Musical activity from about 1600 to Bach and
Handel. Special emphasis on the development of national styles and their resolutions
toward the end of the era . P — Music 1 74, 182, or permission of instructor.
222. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Music. (3,4) Musical developments from the sons of
Bach through the Viennese Classicism of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. P — Music 174,
182, or permission of instructor.
223. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Music. (3,4) Music from the latter part of Beethoven's
career through Wagner and Brahms. Special emphasis on the post- Beethoven schism and
its ramifications. P — Music 1 74, 1 82, or permission of instructor.
224. Seminar in Twentieth Century Music. (3,4) A study of the major musical styles,
techniques, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. P — Music
174, 182, or permission of instructor.
284. Music Literature Seminar. (3,4) A survey of repertoire, including an examination of
teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. Also offered by the Department
of Education as Education 284. P — Permission of instructor.
a. Instrumental Literature d. Guitar Literature
b. Choral Literature e. Vocal Literature
c. Piano Literature
Music Education
Music 280, 282, 284, 289, and 354 also appear as Education 280, 282, 284, 289, and 354. These
courses may be taken as Music or Education but not both.
186. String Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all instruments of the
string family. Offered spring semester of odd years.
187. Woodwind Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all principal
instruments of the woodwind family. Offered fall semester of even years.
188. Brass and Percussion Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass
and percussion. Offered spring semester of even years.
142
280. Orchestration. (4) See page 140 for a course description.
282. Conducting. (4) See page 145 for a course description.
284. Music Literature Seminar. (3,4) See page 141 for a course description.
289. Ensemble Methods. (2) A practical study of choral and instrumental training
techniques. Discussion of tonal development, administration, bibliography, and choral
and instrumental problems. Also offered by the Department of Education as Education
289. Fall. P — Music 101 or 102 or permission of instructor.
354. Methods and Materials of Teaching Music. (4) Methods, materials, and techniques
used in the teaching and supervision of choral and instrumental music in the public
schools, all grades. Also offered by the Department of Education as Education 354. Spring.
P— Music 174, 182.
Honors and Individual Study
297. Senior Project. (1,2,3, or 4) A major project varying in format according to the
student's area of concentration. By pre-arrangement.
298. Individual Study. (1,2,3, or 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available
in the department. By pre-arrangement.
299. Honors in Music. (1,2,3, or 4) Individual study for honors candidates who have
fulfilled the specific requirements.
Ensemble
Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is earned on the basis of one credit
per semester of participation in each ensemble.
111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and contemporary
operatic works. P — Permission of instructor.
112. Collegium Musicum. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and the
performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras.
113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and
contemporary repertoire. P — Audition.
114. Madrigal Singers. A vocal chamber ensemble which specializes in the performance
of secular repertoire. P — Audition.
115. Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a variety
of choral literature from all periods. Regular performances on and off campus, including
an annual tour. P — Audition.
116. Choral Union. A large oratorio chorus which concentrates on the performance of
major choral works. P — Audition.
143
117. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most football games. Meets twice weekly.
Regular performances on and off campus. Fall. P — Permission of instructor.
118. Chamber Winds. (1 ) Study and performance of music for mixed chamber ensembles
of winds, brass, and percussion. Fall. P — Permission of instructor.
119. Symphonic Band. Study and performance of music for symphonic band. Regular
performances on and off campus. Spring. P — Permission of instructor.
120. Small Chamber Ensemble. Study and performance of music composed specifically
for small ensemble. Performers are strongly urged to participate in a larger ensemble as
well. P — Permission of instructor.
a. percussion c. string
b. wind/brass d. mixed
121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a twenty-
member ensemble. P — Audition.
Individual Instruction
Courses in individual instruction are open to all students with the permission of the
instructor. Credit is earned on the basis of lesson duration and weekly preparation. One
credit per semester implies a half-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum of one hour
of daily practice. Two credits per semester imply an hour of instruction weekly and a
minimum of two hours daily practice. With the permission of the music faculty and with
a proportional increase in practice, a student may earn three or four credits per semester.
Students in individual instruction who do not have basic knowledge of notation and
rhythm are advised to enroll in Music 101 or 104 either prior to or in conjunction with
individual instruction. An applied music fee is charged for all individual instruction. (See
page 21 of this bulletin for specific information regarding the fee. )
161. Individual Instruction. (1) May be repeated for credit. Technical studies and
repertoire of progressive difficulty selected to meet the needs and abilities of the student.
a. violin
g. clarinet
m. baritone
v. voice
b. viola
h. bassoon
n. tuba
zv. recorder
c. cello
i. saxophone
o. organ
x. viola da gamba
d. bass
j. trumpet
p. piano
y. harpsichord
e. flute
k. French horn
q. percussion
f. oboe
I. trombone
r. guitar
261. Individual Instruction. (2,3, or 4) May be repeated for credit. P — Permission of
instructor.
165j. Class Brass. (1) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing brass instruments.
Designed for students with musical experience as well as beginners with no prior musical
training. Spring. P — Permission of instructor.
144
165p. Class Piano. (1) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with
emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for the
beginning piano student.
165q. Class Percussion. (1) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing percussion
instruments. Includes an introduction to reading music as well as basic techniques on
instruments of the percussion family. P — Permission of instructor.
165r. Class Guitar I. (1) Introduction to guitar techniques: strumming, plucking, arpeg-
gios, and damping. Reading and playing from musical notation and guitar tablature. For
beginning students.
166r. Class Guitar II. (1) Continuation of guitar techniques. Emphasis on chordal
progressions, scales, accompanying patterns, and sight-reading. P — Music 1 65r .
165v. Class Voice 1.(1) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing, concepts of
breath control, tone, and resonance. Fall.
166v. Class Voice II. (1 ) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P — Music 1 65 v
or permission of instructor.
165w. Class Recorder. (1 ) Introduction to recorder techniques: breath control, articula-
tion, F and C fingering systems. Emphasis on ensemble playing. Designed for beginning
and intermediate recorder players. This course is intended to prepare students for Music
112, but is not a prerequisite.
167v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice. (1) Basic techniques of singing, breath control,
phonation, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study and perfor-
mance of musical theater repertoire. (One hour per week.) Fall.
168v. Theatrical Singing II: Class Voice. (1 ) Continuation of theatrical singing techniques
with increased study and performance of musical theater repertoire. P — Music 167v or
permission of instructor. (One hour per week. )
169. Musical Theater Practicum. ( 1 ) Musical stage experiences for vocalists or instrumen-
talists who participate in a departmentally sponsored theatrical production. May not be
counted toward a major or minor in music. Credit may be earned in a given semester for
either Music 1 69 or Theater 283, but not both. Course may be repea ted for no more than
4 credits. Pass /fail only. P — Permission of instructor.
175v. Advanced Voice Class I. (1) Development of advanced vocal technique and
repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week.) P — Music 1 66v or permission
of instructor.
176v. Advanced Voice Class 11.(1) Further development of advanced vocal technique and
repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week; may be repeated.) P — Music
1 75v or permission of ins tructor .
177v. Advanced Theatrical Singing 1.(1) Development of advanced theatrical singing
technique and performance of musical theater repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two
hours per week.) P — Music 168v or permission of instructor.
145
178v. Advanced Theatrical Singing 11.(1) Further development of advanced theatrical
singing technique and performance of musical theater repertoire. Limited to eight
students. (Two hours per week; may be repeated.) P — Music 177v or permission of
instructor.
190. Diction for Singers. (2) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on modifica-
tion of English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Development of articula-
tory and aural skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet. Individual perfor-
mance and coaching in class. (Two hours per week.)
282. Conducting. (4) A study of conducting techniques; practical experience with en-
sembles. Offered spring semester of odd years. (Also offered by the Department of Education
as Education 282. ) P — Music 1 74 or permission of instructor.
Natural Sciences
Dudley Shapere, Reynolds Professor of
Philosophy and History of Science
301. The Beginnings of the Modern World-View. (4) A study of the transition from
ancient views of the world to the perspective of modern science, with focus on the works
of the pre-Socratic philosophers, Plato, and Aristotle. (Also listed as History 301 and
Philosophy 231.)
302. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (4) An examination of the philosophical and
scientific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and
human beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to
this issue of modern scientific ideas. (Also listed as History 302, Interdisciplinary Honors
252, and Philosophy 242 . )
303. Revolutions in Modern Science. (4) An analysis of the ways in which radically new
ideas are introduced and accepted in science. Cases studied are space and time in relativity
theory, the nature of reality in quantum mechanics, evolution of species, and continental
drift. P — At least one course in one of the relevant areas of science or permission of
instructor. (Also listed as History 303 and Interdisciplinary Honors 253. )
320. The Universe of Modern Science. (4) A survey of the contemporary scientific picture
of the universe and its evolution, and of the major evidence for that picture.
351. The Scientific Outlook. (4) An exploration of the origins and development of the
scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social
sciences and the humanities. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 237.)
352. Modern Science and Human Values. (4) Four revolutionary developments in
science and technology are studied with a focus on their potential to affect human values:
biotechnology, cognitive science, recent primate research, and the search for extraterres-
trial life. (Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 256.)
146
396. Individual Study. (1-4) Individual projects in the philosophy and history of science.
By invitation only.
Philosophy
Win-chiat Lee, Chair
Gregory D. Pritchard, Acting Chair
Worrell Professor Robert M. Helm
Professors Thomas K. Hearn Jr., Marcus B. Hester,
Charles M. Lewis, Gregory D. Pritchard
Associate Professors Ralph C. Kennedy III, Win-chiat Lee
Instructor Charles J. Kinlaw
Visiting Instructor Andrew Cross
Lecturer Hanna M. Hardgrave
The objective of the program in philosophy is to lead the student to an understanding of
philosophical thinking — past and present — about such fundamental questions as what it
is to exist, to know, to be good, right, true, beautiful, or sacred. In examining such matters,
philosophy may be said to investigate the presuppositions that inform all human action
and inquiry and thus to be an essentially interdisciplinary kind of subject. The study of
philosophy can, therefore, play a useful role in preparing the student for a career in almost
any field, including law, politics, religion, medicine, business, the arts, and the natural and
social sciences.
The thirty-six credits in philosophy required for graduation with a major in the subject
must include a general introduction to philosophy (Philosophy 111), one course in logic
(selected from Group II), three courses in the history of philosophy (one from each of
Groups III, IV and V) and two 200-level or higher topics courses (Group VI), the total to
include at least three courses at the 300-level.
A minor in philosophy requires 20 credits in philosophy, which must include at least
two 200-level or higher courses and one 300-level course. Philosophy being an intrinsically
interdisciplinary subject, a minor in philosophy can be designed to complement any major
subject. Students interested in minoring in philosophy should consult with the depart-
ment about choosing an appropriate sequence of courses.
Highly qualified majors are invited to apply in the spring semester of their junior year
to the honors program in philosophy. Candidates must have an overall grade-point
average of at least 3.0 and a grade-point average in philosophy courses of at least 3.3.
Graduation with honors in philosophy requires successful completion of Honors I and II
in the fall and spring semesters, respectively, of their senior year. The credits earned in
these two courses do not count toward the thirty-six credits required of all majors.
Group I — Introduction to Philosophy
111. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (4) An examination of the basic concepts of several
representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, per-
sons, God, mind, and matter.
147
Group II — Logic
121 . Logic. (4) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies,
and logical analysis.
221. Symbolic Logic. (4) Basic concepts and techniques of first-order logic; applications
of first-order logic to arguments expressed in English; some discussion of such topics as
the unsolvability of the decision problem for first-order logic, the completeness of first-
order logic, and Godel's incompleteness theorem.
Group III — Classical Ancient Philosophy
231. Beginnings of the Modern World- View. (4) A study of the transition from ancient
views of the world to the perspective of modern science, with focus on the works of the
Presocratic philosophers, Plato, and Aristotle. (Also offered as History 301 and Natural
Sciences 301.)
232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4) A study of philosophical problems such as the
nature of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle, Augustine,
Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P — Philosophy 111.
331. Plato. (4) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most important
contributions to moral and political philosophy, theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and
theology. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
332. Aristotle. (4) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, and
theory of knowledge. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
Group IV — Classical Modern Philosophy
241. Modern Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to
Nietzsche. P — Philosophy 111.
242. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (4) An examination of the philosophical and
scientific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and
human beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to
this issue of modern scientific ideas. (Also offered as History 302, Interdisciplinary Honors
252, and Natural Sciences 302.)
341. Kant. (4) A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important
contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, religion, and aesthetics. P —
One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
Group V — Other History
251. American Philosophy. (4) A study exploring the philosophies of Jonathan Edwards,
Ralph Waldo Emerson, C .S. Peirce, William James, John Dewey, and others, examining
148
their views on logic, experience, science, reality, nature, art, education, and God. P —
Philosophy 111.
252, Contemporary Philosophy. (4) A study of the principal works of several represen-
tative twentieth-century philosophers . P — Philosophy 111.
253. Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (4) An introduction to the most
important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daoism (Tao-
ism), and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism . ( Also offered as Religion
380.)
351. Early German Idealism. (4) An examination of the development of post-Kantian
idealism through the works of Fichte, Schelling, and Schleiermacher, with particular
emphasis on their efforts to address the challenge of critical philosophy . P — One 200-level
course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (4) An examination of selected sources embody-
ing the basic concep ts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche, especially as they relate to
each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. P — One 200-level course
in philosophy or permission of instructor.
353. Heidegger. (4) An examination of the structure and development of Heidegger's
philosophy from the ontological analysis in Being and Time to his later work in the
philosophy of language and poetry. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission
of instructor.
354. Wittgenstein. (4) The work of Ludwig Wittgenstein on several central philosophical
problems studied and compared with that of Frege, James, and Russell. Topics include the
picture theory of meaning, truth, skepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the
mystical, and the ethical. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of
instructor.
Group VI — Topics in Philosophy
161. Medical Ethics. (4) A study of moral problems in the practice of medicine, including
informed consent, experimentation on human subjects, truthtelling, confidentiality,
abortion, and the allocation of scarce medical resources.
162. Applied Ethics. (4) A critical analysis of contemporary moral issues, including capital
punishment, minority rights and their protection, civil disobedience, euthanasia, family
relationships, and sexual conduct.
261. Ethics. (4) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in ethical
theory. P — Philosophy 111.
262. Philosophy of Law. (4) A philosophical inquiry into the nature of law and its relation
to morality. Classroom discussions of readings from the works of classical and modern
authors focus on issues of contemporary concern involving questions of legal principle,
personal liberty, human rights, responsibility, justice, and punishment. P — Philosophy 111.
149
361. Topics in Ethics. (4) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of
instructor.
362. Social and Political Philosophy. (4) A systematic examination of selected social and
political philosophers of different traditions, with concentration on Plato, Marx, Ra wis,
and Nozick. Topics include rights, justice, equality, private property, the state, the
common good, and the relation of individuals to society. P — One 200-level course in
philosophy or permission of instructor.
171. Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (4) Are space and time fundamentally different?
Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they finite or infinite in
extension and duration? Other questions cover problems and paradoxes in the concept of
space and in the concept of time travel.
371. Philosophy of Art. (4) A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with
emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P — One 200-
level course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
372. Philosophy of Religion. (4) An analysis of the logic of religious language and belief,
including an examination of religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments
for the nature and existence of God . P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission
of instructor.
373. Philosophy of Science. (4) A systematic and critical examination of major views
concerning the methods of scientif ic inquiry, and the bases, goals, and implications of the
scientific conclusions which result from such inquiry. P — One 200-level course in philoso-
phy or permission of instructor.
374. Philosophy of Mind. (4) A selection from the following topics: the mind-body
problem; personal identity; the unity of consciousness; minds and machines; the nature
of experience; action, intention, and the will. Readings from classical and contemporary
sources. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
375. Philosophy of Language. (4) A study of such philosophical issues about language as
truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense,
the semantical paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign-
systems. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of instructor. (Also listed
as Linguistics 375.)
381. Topics in Epistemology. (4) The sources, scope and structure of human knowledge.
Topics include: skepticism; perception, memory, and reason; the definition of knowledge;
the nature of justification; theories of truth. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or
permission of instructor.
382. Topics in Metaphysics. (4) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or permission of
instructor.
Group VII — Honors and Independent Study
391. Honors I. (2) Directed study and research in preparation for writing a major paper.
Must be taken in the fall semester of the senior year. P — Admission to the honors program
ill philosophy.
150
392. Honors II. (2) Completion of the project begun in Philosophy 391 . Requires defense
of the paper in an oral examination conducted byatleasttwo members of the department.
Taken in the spring semester of the senior year. P — Philosophy 39 1 .
395. Independent Study. (2-4)
Physics
Howard W. Shields, Chair
Reynolds Professor Richard T. Williams
Professors Robert W. Brehme, George M. Holzwarth, William C. Kerr,
George Eric Matthews, Howard W. Shields, George P. Williams Jr.
Associate Professors Keith D. Bonin, Natalie A. W. Holzwarth
Assistant Professor Paul R. Anderson
Adjunct Professor George B.Cvijanovich
Adjunct Associate Professor C. Anne Wallen
Adjunct Assistant Professor Peter Santago
The program for each student majoring in physics is developed through consul tation with
the student's major adviser and may lead to either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science
degree. The BA degree requires a minimum of basic physics courses and allows a wide
selection of electives related to the student's interests in other disciplines, such as
medicine, law, and business. The BS degree is designed for students planning careers in
physics.
The BA degree in physics requires thirty-two credits in physics and must include the
following courses: 1 13, 1 14, 141, 162, 1 65, 166, and 230. The remaining eight credits may
be satisfied with any other 300-level courses in the department. Mathematics 251 also is
required. Depending on what other physics courses the student takes, additional math-
ematics courses may be required; e.g., Mathematics 301 is a prerequisite for Physics 339.
The bachelor of science degree in physics requires forty-seven credits in physics and must
include the following courses: 1 13, 1 14, 141 , 1 62, 1 65-6, 230, 301-2, 343-4, 345, 337, 339, 340,
and 351 . The remaining credits may be satisfied with any other 300-level course in the
department. In addition, Mathematics 251, 301, 302, and 304 are required; Mathematics
303 is strongly recommended.
A typical schedule for the first two years:
Freshman Sophomore
Basic and divisional requirements Basic and divisional requirements
Physics 113, 114 Physics 141, 162, 165, 166
Mathematics 111,112 Mathematics 25 1 , 302, 304
Foreign language
151
If this sequence is followed, the physics major may be completed with considerable
flexibility in exercising various options, such as the five year BA/MS program. This saves
time, and the outstanding student may qualify for a tuition scholarship in the senior year
of the five-year program. A candidate for the 3-2 engineering program would also
complete three years of the BS physics major program prior to transfer. (Consult the chair
of the department for additional information on these five-year programs.)
A minor in physics requires twenty-two credits, which must include the courses 113,
114, 141, and 162. A minor in astrophysics requires twenty-two credits and consists of the
courses 113, 114, 141,310, and 312. Students interested in either minor should so advise
the faculty member responsible for advising physics majors (inquire in Olin Physical
Laboratory Room 100).
If physics is not taken in the freshman year, the degree requirements in physics may still
be completed by the end of the senior year if a beginning course is taken in the sophomore
year. No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in physics with a grade less
than C in General Physics without special permission of the department.
Physics courses satisfying Division II requirements must be taken at Wake Forest.
Satisfactory completion of the laboratory work is required for a passing grade in all
courses with a laboratory.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in physics through the major adviser. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Physics," students must pass Physics 381, write a paper on the
results of the research in that course, pass an oral exam on the research and related topics
given by a committee of three physics faculty members, and obtain a GPA of 3.5 in physics
and 3.0 overall.
105. Descriptive Astronomy. (4) An introductory study of the universe, from the solar
system to the galaxies. No lab. Does not satisfy Division II requirements.
109. Astronomy. (5) An introductory study of the universe consisting of descriptive
astronomy, the historical development of astronomical theories, and astrophysics. Knowl-
edge of basic algebra and trigonometry is required. Lab — two hours.
110. Introductory Physics. (5) A conceptual, non-calculus one-semester survey of the
essentials of physics, including mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, electricity, magne-
tism, optics, and modern physics. Not recommended for premedical, mathematics or
science students. Credit not allowed for both 110 and 113. Lab — two hours.
113, 114. General Physics. (5,5) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound,
electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics treated with some use of calculus.
Recommended for science, mathematics, and premedical students. C — Mathematics 111
or equivalent. P — 113 is prerequisite for 114. Lab — two hours.
141. Elementary Modern Physics. (4) The development of twentieth century physics and
an introduction to quantum ideas. P — Physics 114 and Mathematics 111. C — Physics 165.
162. Mechanics. (4) A study of the equations of motion describing several kinds of
physical systems: velocity-dependent forces; damped and forced simple harmonic mo-
152
tion; orbital motion; inertial and non-inertial reference frames; and relativistic mechanics.
The course includes extensive use of computers. P — Physics 1 13 and Mathematics 1 1 1 or
equivalent.
165, 166. Intermediate Laboratory. (1,1) Experiments on mechanics, modern physics,
electronics, and computer simulations. C — Physics 141 (for Physics 165); Physics 162 (for
Physics 166). P — Physics 165 (for Physics 166).
230. Electronics. (4) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and electronic
circuits. Lab — three hours. P — Physics 165 or equivalent. Non-physics major wishing to
take Physics 230 should audit the relevent portions of Physics 165.
301, 302. Physics Seminar. (0,0) Discussion of contemporary research, usually with
visiting scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors.
303, 304. Physics of Medicine and Biology. (4,4) Analysis and application of the physics
involved both in physiological function (e.g., diffusion in cells, fluid flow in blood vessels,
electrical conduction in nerves) and in modern medical technology (e.g., magnetic
resonance imaging, X-ray and positron emission tomography, ultrasound). Both macro-
scopic and molecular descriptions will be included. P — Physics 141, 162.
310. Extragalactic Astronomy and Cosmology. (4) Topics covered include galactic
structure, models for galaxies and galaxy formation, the large scale structure of the
universe, the big bang model of the universe, physical processes such as nucleosynthesis
in the early universe, and observational cosmology. P — Physics 114, 141 .
312. Introduction to Stellar Astronomy. (4) The physics of stellar atmospheres and
interiors. Topics covered will include radiation transfer, absorption and emission of
radiation, formation of spectra, models for stellar interiors, nuclear fusion reactions, and
stellar evolution. Methods of measuring distances to stars and interpretation of stellar
spectra also will be included. P — Physics 114, 141, Mathematics 301 .
320. The Physics of Macromolecules. (4) The physics of polymers, especially proteins and
nucleic acids, including the molecular basis for their secondary and tertiary structure. P —
Physics 351 or Chemistry 341 or Biology 371 .
330. Data Acquisition and Analysis. (4) Advanced treatment of computer interfacing,
signal processing methods, non-ideal integrated circuit behavior, and data reduction and
fitting procedures. P — Physics 130,230.
337. Analytical Mechanics. (2) The Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of me-
chanics with applications. This course is taught in the first half of the fall semester. P —
Physics 162, Mathematics 251 .
339, 340, 342. Electricity and Magnetism. (2,2,2) Electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielectric
and magnetic materials, Maxwell's equations and applications to radiation, relativistic
formulation. The first half course is taught in the second half of the fall semester, following
Physics 337. The other two are taught in the first and second halves of the spring semester.
These should be taken in sequence. P — Physics 114, Mathematics 251 and 301 .
153
343, 344. Quantum Physics. (4,4) Application of the elementary principles of quantum
mechanics to atomic, molecular, solid state, and nuclear physics. P — Physics 141 and
Mathematics 251 .
346. Advanced Physics Laboratory. (1) Lab — three hours. P — Physics 166 and Physics
343.
351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (4) Introduction to classical and
statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions.
352. Physical Optics and Optical Design. (5) Interaction of light with materials; diffrac-
tion and coherent optics; ray trace methods of optical design. Lab — three hours.
354. Introduction to Solid State Physics. (4) A survey of the structure, composition,
physical properties, and technological applications of condensed matter. P — Physics 343.
381, 382. Research. (2-4, 2-4) Library, conference, computation and laboratory work
performed on an individual basis.
154
Politics
Jack D. Fleer, Chair
Professors David B. Broyles, Jack D. Fleer, Richard D. Sears
Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor Katy J. Harriger
Associate Professors Charles H. Kennedy, Wei-chin Lee, Kathleen B. Smith
Assistant Professors Brian F. Crisp, David P. Weinstein, Helga A. Welsh
Visiting Prof essor Jerry Pubantz
Instructors Joe Cole, Xiaobo Hu
In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to understand the way in which
policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand the moral standards by
which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described alternatively as
the study of power, of government, of the state, or of human relations in their political
context. For teaching purposes, the study of politics has been divided by the department
into the following fields: (1) American politics, (2) comparative politics, (3) political
philosophy, and (4) international politics. Introductory courses in these fields provide
broad and flexible approaches to studying political life.
The major in politics consists of thirty-six credits, at least half of which must be
completed at Wake Forest University. The courses must include the following: (a) a first
course selected from Politics 1 13, 1 14, 1 15, or 1 16; (b) any non-seminar course in each of
the four fields of the discipline except Politics 284, 285, 287, 288, 289; (c) one seminar in
politics (usually a student takes no more than one seminar in each field and no more than
three seminars overall) . No more than four credits for any one or any combination of the
following courses may be counted toward the thirty-six credits required for the major:
Politics 287, 288, and 289. A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in
politics is required for graduation. Majors should consult with their advisers concerning
additional regulations.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in politics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Politics,"
one must successfully complete Politics 284 and 285. Politics 284 and 285 must be taken
as additional courses beyond the thirty-six credits ordinarily required. For additional
information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.
The minor in politics consists of twenty credits, including Politics 1 13 but excluding
individual study and seminar courses. No more than eight credits may be from among the
following courses: Politics 113, 114, 115, or 116. Sixteen of the credits must be taken at Wake
Forest and any transfer courses must be approved by the chair. None of the courses may
be taken pass/fail.
A student who selects politics to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of the
following courses :Politicsll3,114,115,orll6. Students who are not majors in politics may
take upper level courses as electives without having had lower-level courses, unless a
prerequisite is specified.
155
American Politics
113. American Government and Politics. (4) The nature of politics, political principles,
and political institutions, with emphasis on their application to the United States.
210. Major Topics in Public Policy. (2,3, or 4) A study of major policies on the current
public agenda in the United States, including consideration of alternative policy responses
and the politics which surround them. Possible topics include the politics of poverty and
welfare, medical care, education, crime, and energy. Credit varies with the number of
topics studied.
211. Political Parties and Voting Behavior. (4) An examination of party competition,
party organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the responsibili-
ties of parties for governing.
213. Public Administration. (4) Introduction to the study of public administration
emphasizing policymaking in government agencies.
215. Democracy and Public Policymaking. (4) An examination of the role and responsi-
bilities of citizens in democratic policymaking. Includes discussion of democratic theory,
emphasis on a policy issue of national importance (i.e. poverty, crime, environment), and
involvement of students in projects that examine the dimension of the issue in their
community. P — Permission of instructor.
217. Politics and the Mass Media. (4) Exploration of the relationship between the political
system and the mass media. Two broad concerns will be the regulation of the mass media
and the impact of media on political processes and events.
218. Congress and Policymaking. (4) An examination of the composition, authority
structures, external influences, and procedures of Congress with emphasis on their
implications for policymaking in the United States.
219. Fundamentals of Public Policy Analysis. (4) Fundamentals of public policy analysis
with emphasis on techniques of decision-making such as cost benefit analysis and utility
analysis. Each student will participate in a major collective research project centered on a
local issue.
220. The American Presidency. (4) Emphasis on the office and the role; contributions by
contemporary presidents considered in perspective.
222. Urban Politics. (4) Political structures and processes in American cities and suburbs
as they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis.
223. Blacks in American Politics. (4) A survey of selected topics, including black political
participation, political organizations, political leadership, and political issues. It will also
show the relationship of these phenomena to American political institutions and pro-
cesses as a whole.
225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System. (4) An
analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national govern-
ment and federal /state relations. Not open to freshmen.
156
226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (4) Judicial interpretations of First
Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused . Not open
to freshmen.
227. Politics, Law, and Courts. (4) Analysis of the nature and role of law in American
society and the structure and procedure of American courts. Questions of judicial
organization, personnel, and decision-making, as well as the impact of law and court
decisions on the social order, are explored at local, state, and national levels.
229. Women and Politics. (4) The course will examine classical and contemporary
arguments regarding the participation of women in politics as well as current policy issues
and changes in women's political participation.
Comparative Politics
114. Comparative Government and Politics. (4) A survey of political processes and
principles as applied to traditional, developing, and mature states.
231. Western European Politics. (4) Analysis of the political systems of Great Britain,
France, and Italy, focusing primarily on the problems of stable democracy.
232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (4) Analysis of the political, economic, and
social patterns of the region emphasizing the internal dynamics of the political and
economic transition processes currently underway.
233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (4) A study of the historical legacy, the political
behavior, and governmental institutions of contemporary Germany (newly unified
Germany).
236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (4) Comparative analysis of the
institutions and processes of politics in the Latin American region.
237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (4) An inves-
tigation of the public policy choices involving such matters as health, education, and
income maintenance plans in selected Western European countries. The origins, develop-
ment, and trends of the "welfare state" will be examined in Great Britain, Germany, and
Sweden.
238. Comparative Economic Developmen t and Political Change. (4) An overview of the
relationship between economic development, socio-structural change, and politics since
the creation of the international capitalist system in the sixteenth century. The course is
organized around case studies of what we now recognize as industrialized democracies,
evolving Communist systems and command economies, and "Third World" countries.
242. Problems in Comparative Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more major
problems in contemporary comparative politics.
244. Politics and Literature. (2,3, or 4) An examination of how literature can extend our
knowledge of politics and political systems. The course considers the insights of selected
novelists, such as Alexander Solzhenitsyn, Heinrich Boll, Robert Perm Warren, George
Orwell, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez.
157
245. Politics of Ethnicity. (4) This course is concerned with the role of ethnicity in world
politics. It focuses on both theoretical and substantive issues relating to: (a) the nature of
ethnicity and ethnic group identity; (b) the sources of ethnic conflict; (c) the politics of
ethnic conflict; (d) the policy management of ethnic conflict; and (e) international
intervention in ethnic conflict.
246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (4) A survey of major issues relevant to politics
and policy in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka.
247. Islam and Politics. (4) The course explores the interrelationship of Islam and politics
in the contemporary world. The course has two main foci. The first deals with Islam as a
political ideology which shapes the structure of political institutions and behavior. The
second looks at Islam in practice by examining the interaction between Islam and the
political systems of Iran, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and others.
248. Government and Politics of China. (4) A survey of the political institutions and
processes in China (People's Republic of China and Republic of China). Emphasis on
group conflict, elites, ideology, as well as current policy changes in the process of
modernization.
249. Government and Politics of Japan. (4) A survey of the political institutions and
processes in Japan. Attention also is given to the relationship between politics and
economics.
International Politics
116. International Politics. (4) A survey of the forces which shape relations among states
and some of the major problems of contemporary international politics.
250. Global Crises. (4) An introductory survey of the major current issues in international
affairs. Students learn how to effectively read and criticize materials and present critiques
in oral and written fashion.
251. The Foreign Policy of Decline: Britain since 1945. (4) The course will study the efforts
of Great Britain to maintain its status as a world power after 1945 and then, when it
recognized that this was not possible, to find, or adjust to, a new role in the international
system. Both theories of international politics and historical analysis will be employed in
seeking to understand the policies which were adopted and rejected. Offered in London,
Spring 1993.
252. Problems in International Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more major
problems of contemporary international politics.
253. The Politics of International Economic Relations. (4) A study of the emergence of
international economic transactions, including trade, monetary affairs, investment, and
multinational corporations, as a central aspect of world politics.
158
254. American Foreign Policy: Contemporary Problems. (4) A critical examination of
different methods of studying American foreign policy and of selected policies followed
by the United States since the early 1960s.
256. Nuclear Weapons and National Security. (2 or 4) An analysis of the strategic,
political, and moral implications of nuclear weapons as instruments of national policy.
Both American and Soviet perspectives will be considered and special attention will be
given to contemporary debates over the possession and control of nuclear weapons.
258. U.S. National Security Policymaking. (4) A critical analysis of how U.S. national
security policy is made with particular emphasis on the period 1960 to present.
259. The Arab-Israeli Confrontation. (4) An analysis of factors influencing the relation-
ship between Israel and its neighbors relative to fundamental aspects of United States,
Israeli, Palestinian, and Arab states policies.
260. East Asian International Relations. (4) An analytical survey of the bilateral and
multilateral political relations of the East Asian states, with particular emphasis on the
security relations and economic interactions.
267. America in Vietnam : Myth and Reality. (4) An analysis of American policy towards
Vietnam with special emphasis on the period of 1954-75. The focus will be on the
relationship between American policies and the problems posed by Vietnamese and
American cultures.
Political Philosophy
115. Political Philosophy. (4) A survey of major systematic statements of the rules and
principles of political life. Representative writers are Tocqueville, Dahl, and Aristotle.
270. Topics in Political Theory. (4) An intensive study of one or more major topics in
political theory.
271. Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of the nature
and goals of the classical position, with attention to its origins in ancient Athens and its
diffusion through Rome. Representative writers are Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero.
273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. (4) Anarchist, socialist, and communist
criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies, with special attention to such
problems as utopianism and alienation. Representative writers are Marx and Nietzsche.
274. Noble Greeks and Romans. (4) The good man and the good citizen as comprehended
in classical political philosophy. Representative writers are Aristotle, Plutarch, Aquinas,
Shakespeare.
275. American Political Philosophy. (4) Critical examination of the nature of the Ameri-
can polity as expressed by its founders and leading statesmen. Representative writers are
the Federalists, Lincoln, modern political scientists, and radical critics.
159
278. Modern Political Philosophy. (4) Political thought in the period from Machiavelli to
the present, including such topics as democracy, equality, liberty, radical theories, and/
or the rise of "scientific" political theory. Representative writers include Hobbes, Locke,
Rousseau, Kant, Marx and Heidegger.
279. Contemporary Political Theory. (4) An examination of representative twentieth
century political thinkers such as Arendt, Dewey, Foucault, Rawls, and Weber.
Honors and Individual Study
284. Honors Study. (3) Directed study and research in preparation for a major paper on
a subject of special interest to the student. Taken in the fall semester of the senior year by
all candidates for departmental honors.
285. Honors Study. (2) Directed study toward completion of the project begun in Politics
284 and to the writing and defense of an honors paper. Taken in the spring semester of the
senior year by all candidates for departmental honors. P — Politics 284.
287. Individual Study. (2,3, or 4) Intensive research leading to the completion of an
analytical paper conducted under the direction of a faculty member. Students are
responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate
instructor. P — Permission of instructor.
288. Directed Reading. (1-4) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise
available. Students are responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission
of an appropriate instructor. P — Permission of instructor.
289. Internship in Politics. (2,3, or 4) Field work in a public or private setting with related
readings and an analytical paper under the direction of a faculty member. Students are
responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate
instructor. Normally one course in an appropriate sub field will have been taken prior to
the internship . P — Permission of instructor.
Seminars
291. Seminar in American Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on
selected topics. P — Permission of instructor.
292. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on
selected topics. P — Permission of instructor.
293. Seminar in International Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on
selected topics. P — Permission of instructor.
294. Seminar in Political Philosophy. (4) Readings, research, and independent study on
selected topics. P — Permission of instructor.
160
Psychology
John E. Williams, Chair and Wake Forest Professor
Professors Robert C. Beck, Deborah L. Best, David W. Catron,
Robert H. Duf ort, Mark R. Leary, Charles L. Richman
Associate Professors Terry D. Blumenthal, Dale Dagenbach,
Philippe R. Falkenberg, David Allen Hills, Cecilia H. Solano
Assistant Professors Christy M. Buchanan, Catherine E. Seta
Adjunct Professor W. Jack Rejeski Jr.
Adjunct Associate Professors C. Drew Edwards, Jay R. Kaplan, Frank B. Wood
Adjunct Assistant Professors Phillip G. Batten, Marianne A. Schubert,
William W.Sloan Jr.
Psychology 1 5 1 is prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses numbered below
151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the major in psychology.
Psychology 21 1 , or special permission of the instructor, is prerequisite for all 300-level
courses except 313, 335, 344, 357, 358, and 367.
It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take
Psychology 151 in their freshman year and Psychology 21 1 no later than the fall of their
junior year. An average of C or higher in psychology courses is required at the time the
major is elected. The major in psychology requires the completion of a minimum of forty
credits in psychology, including 151,211,212, and 313. In addition, the major student must
complete at least one course from each of the following groups: 320, 326, 329, 331 , and 333;
341, 351, 355, and 362. No more than forty-eight psychology credits may be counted
toward the graduation requirements of 144 credits.
The minor in psychology requires twenty credits in psychology including: 151; 210 or
21 1 ; at least two of the following courses, at least one of which must be at the 300-level —
241, 245, 255, 260, 268, 320, 323, 326, 329, 331, 333, and 362.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the honors
program in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Psychology,"
the student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses (381 , 383) and pass
an oral or written examination. In addition, the honors student normally has a non-credit
research apprenticeship with a faculty member. For more detailed information, members
of the departmental faculty should be consulted.
100. Learning to Learn. (2,3, or 4) A workshop designed primarily for first and second-
year students who wish to improve their academic skills through the applica don of basic
principles of learning, memory, organization, etc. Third- and fourth-year students by
permission of the instructor only. No prerequisites. Pass/fail only.
1 02. Exploration of Career Planning. (2,3, or 4) Examination of educational/ voca-
tional planning as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world.
No prerequisite.
161
151. Introductory Psychology. (4) A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific
study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number.
210. Methods in Psychological Research. (4) An introduction to statistics and research
design for students minoring in psychology. P — Psychology 151 and permission of
instructor.
211, 212. Research Methods in Psychology. (5, 5) Introduction to the design and statistical
analysis of psychological research. Lab — twice weekly. P — Psychology 151 and permis-
sion of instructor.
239. Altered States of Consciousness. (4) Examination of altered states of consciousness
with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and drugs. P —
Psychology 151.
241. Developmental Psychology. (4) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and social
development in humans from conception to death. P — Psychology 151 .
245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. (4) Study of problem behaviors such as depression,
alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic personality pat-
terns, with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of these disorders to
normal lifestyles. P — Psychology 151 .
250. Psychology Abroad. (4) The study of psychology in foreign countries. Content and
travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and students.
Usually offered in summer. P — Psychology 151.
255. Personality. (4) Survey of theory and research on the structure and function of human
personality, with attention to the relationship to cognition, emotion, motivation, and
behavior. P — Psychology 151.
260. Social Psychology. (4) A survey of the field, including theories of social behavior,
interpersonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group behavior. P— Psychol-
ogy 151.
262. Prejudice, Discrimination, and Racism. (4) A comparison of cross-cultural similari-
ties and differences in the initiation, maintenance, and treatment of prejudice, discrimina-
tion, and racism, with an emphasis on past and current trends in the United States. P —
Psychology 151.
265. Human Sexuality. (4) An exploration of the psychological and physiological aspects
of human sexuality, with attention to sexual mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction,
and sex-related roles. P — Psychology 151 .
268. Psychology of Business and Industry. (4) Psychological principles and methods
applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. P — Psychology
151.
162
270. Topics in Psychology. (1,2, or 3) The student selects from among a group of short one-
credit courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequentially, not
concurrently, and options are offered in each portion of the semester. P — Psychology 151 .
270 A Child Development and 270S Primate Cognition
Social Policy 270X1 The Self and Social Behavior
270E Emotion 270W Problem Solving and Decision
27 OH Intelligence Making
270} Memory 27 OX Psychobiology
270N Liking and Loving Relationships 270Y Women, Health, and Culture
270P Animal Flying Behavior 270Z Primate Models of Human Disorder
270R TheHuman Factor: Designing
Your Own World
280. Directed Study. (1-4) Student research performed under faculty supervision. P —
Psychology 151 and approval of faculty member prior to registration.
313. History and Systems of Psychology. (4) The development of psychological thought
and research from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on intensive examina-
tion of original sources. P — Two psychology courses beyond 151 or permission of
instructor.
320. Physiological Psychology. (4) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical explana-
tions of behavior. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 or permission of instructor.
322. Psychopharmacology . (4) A survey of the influences of a wide range of psychoactive
drugs, both legal and illegal, on human physiology, cognition, and behavior. P —
Psychology 151.
323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior.
This course may count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be made at
registration. P — Psychology or biology major or permission of instructor.
326. Learning Theory and Research. (4) Survey of concepts and research in learning, with
particular emphasis on recent developments. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
329. Perception. (4) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory systems
(vision, hearing, touch, taste). P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
331. Cognition. (4) Current theory and research in cognitive processes. Emphasis on
memory, attention, visual and auditory information processing, concept identification/
formation, and language. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
333. Motivation of Behavior. (4) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related
evidence. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (4) Description and analysis of some funda-
mental motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; includes
reward and punishment, conflict anxiety, affection, needs for achievement and power,
aggression, creativity, and curiosity. P — Psychology 151 .
163
341. Research in Child Development. (4) Methodological issues and selected research in
child development. Research projects required. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
344. Abnormal Psychology. (4) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal
behavior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major modes
of therapy. Offered in the summer. P — Psychology 151.
346. Psychological Disorders of Childhood. (4) Survey of problems including conduct
disorders, attention deficits disorders, depression, and autism. Emphasis on causes,
prevention, treatment, and the relationships of disorders to normal child development
and family life. P — Psychology 245 or 344 or permission of instructor.
351. Personality Research. (4) The application of a variety of research procedures to the
study of human personality. Research projects required. P — Psychology 210 or 211.
355. Research in Social Psychology. (4) Methodological issues and selected research in
the study of the human as a social animal . Research projects required . P — Psychology 210
or 211.
357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (4) An examination of differences in psychological
processes (e.g., attitudes, perception, mental health, organizational behavior) associated
with cultural variation. P — Psychology 151.
358. Psychology of Woman. (4) Intensive study of the behavior of women and its personal
application, including consideration of biological, social, and motivational factors. P —
Psychology 151.
362. Psychological Tests and Measurements. (4) Theory and application of psychological
assessment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude, vocational interest, and
personality. P — Psychology 210 or 21 1 .
363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (4) An overview of the field of clinical psychology.
P — Psychology 245 and senior standing or permission of instructor.
367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (4) A survey of popular approaches to
child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent/child interaction and
actual training in parental skills. P — Psychology 151 .
381. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended prima-
rily for students in the departmental honors program. P — Psychology 211 and permission
of instructor.
383. Honors Research. (3) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by
independent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the departmental
faculty. P — Psychology 211 and permission of instructor.
392. Contemporary Problems in Psychology. (4) Seminar treatment of current theory and
research in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior majors planning
to attend graduate school. P — Psychology 211 and senior standing.
164
Religion
Fred L. Horton Jr., Chair and Albritton Professor of the Bible
John Easley Professor of Religion Ralph C. Wood Jr.
University Professor James A. Martin
Wake Forest Professor Charles H. Talbert
Professor John E. Collins
Associate Professors Stephen B. Boyd, Alton B. Pollard III
Adjunct Associate Professor Mark Jensen
Assistant Professors Kenneth G. Hoglund, Simeon Ilesanmi, Ulrike Wiethaus
Visiting Assistant Professor Stephen C. Goranson
Visiting Lecturer Thomas P. Liebschutz
The department offers courses designed to give every student an opportunity to acquire
at least an introduction to the field of religion.
A course in religion is required for all degrees. Any four credits at the 100-level offered
by the department is accepted to meet the Division III requirement.
A major in religion requires a rrunimum of thirty- two credits, at least half of which must
be in courses above the 100-level.
A minor in religion requires twenty credits, eight of which must be above the 1 00-le vel.
The required courses may include one pass / fail course if the course is offered on the pass /
fail basis only. The department will provide advisers for students electing the minor in
religion.
Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program of study, in addition to
courses in religion, courses in psychology, history, public speaking, and at least two
languages (Hebrew, Greek, Latin, German, or French).
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in religion. To graduate with the designation, "Honors in Religion," a
student must apply to the department chair for admission to the honors program,
normally by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all the requirements, the
candidate may graduate with "Honors in Religion. " For additional information, consult
any member of the departmental faculty.
101. Introduction to Religion. (4) A study of meaning and value as expressed in religious
experience, thought, and practice.
111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (4) A survey of the Old Testament designed to
introduce the student to the history, literature, and religion of the ancient Hebrews.
112. Introduction to the New Testament. (4) A survey of the literature of the New
Testament in the context of early Christian history.
120. Introduction to the Bible. (4) A consideration of prominent themes found in the Old
and New Testaments.
131. Basic Christian Ethics. (4) A study of prominent themes, figures, and issues in
Christian ethics, with attention to selected contemporary problems.
165
151. Religion and Society. (4) A study of religion as a social phenomenon and its
relationship to the structures of society — political, economic, and others, with special
focus on the contemporary United States. (Same as Sociology 301 .)
161. World Religions. (2,2,2,2) An introductory study of major religious traditions with
an emphasis on the fundamental teachings of selected sacred texts.
161(a) Buddhism
161 (b) Primal Religion (Taoism and Native American)
161(c) Hinduism
161(d) Islam
164. The Formation of the Christian Tradition. (4) A survey of the history of the Christian
church from its origins to the Reformation.
165. History of Christianity in Modern Times. (4) A survey of the history of the Christian
church from the Reformation to the present.
166. American Religious Life. (4) A study of the history, organization, worship and beliefs
of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural factors.
171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4,4) A critical survey of religion and
philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times. Either Religion 171 or
172 satisfies the philosophy or religion requirement; both 171 and 172 satisfy both the
philosophy and religion requirements; choice made at registration.
173. Basic Christian Beliefs. (4) An introduction to the language of Christian faith, its
central images and doctrines, its root narratives and practices, and its essential terms and
truths.
177. Faith and Imagination. (4) A study of modern writers, including C.S. Lewis and J.R.R.
Tolkien, who seek to retell the Christian story in imaginative terms.
209. The Pre-exilic Prophets. (2) A study of the background, personal characteristics,
function, message, and permanent contribution of the prophets from Samuel through
Jeremiah.
210. The Post-exilic Prophets. (2) A study of the background, personal characteristics,
function, message, and permanent contribution of the prophets from Ezekiel to the end
of the Old Testament era.
212. The Wisdom Literature. (2) An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the Old
Testament, with special attention to Proverbs.
217. Old Testament Apocrypha. (2) Reading of the books of the Apocrypha, with special
attention to their origin and significance, and with a consideration of the ambivalence of
Judaism and Christianity toward this literature.
218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (4) Travel and study in such countries as
Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel.
166
235. Passion, Mind, and Power. (4) An examination of the relation between emotion,
reason, and will in Christian ethical theory, ancient to modern, including feminist.
261. Judaism in the First Three Centuries of the Common Era. (4) A study of the
development of Rabbinic Judaism out of the sects and movements of first century
Judaism.
262. Contemporary Judaism. (2) A survey of Judaism today, including a study of some
major religious, political, and literary figures.
263. Contemporary Catholicism. (2) An introduction to recent thought and practice in the
Roman Catholic Church.
266. Religious Sects and Cults. (4) An examination of certain religious sects in America,
including such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, and contemporary
movements.
267. The Baptists. (2) A survey of Baptist history, thought, and polity, including an
examination of various Baptist groups and a study of important controversies.
270. Theology and Modern Literature. (4) An introduction to such modern theologians
as Karl Barth and Reinhold Niebuhr, and to literary figures who share their concerns,
including Flannery O'Connor and Walker Percy.
273. Studies in Ecumenical Theology. (4) A study of various images and models of the
church, their interrelationships and implication for ecumeni sm .
277. Christian Literary Classics. (4) A study of Christian texts which are masterpieces of
literature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Buny an, Milton,
and Newman.
282. Honors in Religion. (4) A conference course including directed reading and the
writing of a research project.
286, 287. Directed Reading. ( 1 -4, 1 -4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available
in the department. P — Permission of instructor.
292. Teaching Religion. (4) A study of the teaching of religion in church, school, and
community.
300. Meaning of Religion. (4) A phenomenological study of different ways of defining
religion, including the views of representative philosophers, psychologists, sociologists,
anthropologists, theologians, and historians of religion.
301 . Myth. (4) A study of the approaches to the interpretation of myth, with a focus on the
meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture.
302. Mysticism. (4) A study of mysticism from a multi-religious perspective, with
emphasis on the psychological and sociological aspects of the phenomenon.
167
303. Religion and Science. (4) An examination of the ways in which religion and science
have conflicted with, criticized, and complemented one another in the history of Western
thought from Galileo to the present.
310. The Prophetic Literature. (4) An examination of the development and theological
contents of the literary products of Israel's prophetic movement.
311. Poetic Literature of the Hebrew Bible. (2,4) A study of Hebrew poetry in English
translation with special attention to its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and
its importance for our understanding of the religion and culture of ancient Israel. (The first
half of the course may be taken for two credits and is a prerequisite for the second half.)
312. The Critical Study of the Pentateuch. (4) A study of the five traditional books of
Moses (the Torah) and the various lines of analysis that modern Biblical critics have used
to interpret their composition and role in the development of Israelite theological thought.
313. Near Eastern Archeology. (4) A survey of twentieth century archeology in the Near
East with attention to its importance for Biblical studies.
314. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors. (2) A study of ancient Near Eastern archeology
with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples.
315, 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (4,4) A study of the religion and culture
of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an ancient site.
319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (4) Reading and study of
Daniel. Revelation and certain non-Biblical apocalyptic texts.
320. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (4) A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity in
light of modern critical research on the Gospels.
321. The Quest for the Historical Jesus. (4) An investigation of the possibility and
relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the seminal
"Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century.
322. The General Epistles. (4) An exegetical study of two or more of the general Epistles,
with emphasis on the setting of the Epistles in the life of the Early Church.
326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (4) An introduction to the Pauline interpretation
of Christianity and its place in the life of the Early Church.
327. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. (4) An examination of the
Johannine interpretation of Jesus and the Christian faith.
328. The New Testament and Ethics. (4) A study of selected ethical issues in the New
Testament within the context of Mediterranean culture.
332. Christian Ethics and Leadership. (2) A study of the moral practice of leadership from
Christian and secular perspectives, with particular attention to the use of power and
authority.
168
333. Christian Ethics and the Professions. (2) A study of the nature of the professions in
contemporary society, their foundational ethical suppositions, and the significance of
being Christian for professional conduct.
334. Christian Approaches to Bio-Medical Ethics. (4) An examination of Catholic and
Protestant understandings of life and death, with analysis of ethical issues in the context
of the U.S. health-care system.
336. Roman Catholic and Protestant Ethics. (4) A study and comparison of Catholic
natural law ethics and Protestant responsibility ethics.
338. Ethics in Feminist Perspective. (4) A study of the implications of feminist theologies,
social theories, and views of human nature for ethical theory and practice.
341. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (4) A social and religious history
of the African- American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II
to the present. (Same as History 376.)
342. Religion, Culture, and Modernity. (4) An inquiry into the origins and development
of modernity as idea and ideology, with special emphasis on its significance for non-
Western social and religious movements.
343. The City as Symbol. (4) A study of the city, past and present, as a unique repository
and symbol of human values and aspirations.
345. The African-American Religious Experience. (4) An exploration of the religious
dimensions of African- American life from its African antecedents to contemporary
figures and movements.
346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (4) A study of theological meth-
odology, theories of learning, and philosophies of education in terms of their implications
for religious education.
347. The Emerging Church in the Two-Thirds World. (4) An investigation of contempo-
rary Christian communities in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean, and Latin America with special
attention to theological, political, and economic activities.
348. Struggles for Freedom in Southern Africa and the United States. (4) Comparison of
the libera tory movements in Southern Africa and the United States during the twentieth
century. (Also listed as History 378.)
350. Psychology of Religion. (4) An examination of the psychological elements in the
origin, development, and expression of religious experience.
354. Religious Development of the Individual. (4) A study of growth and development
through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on the role of the home
and the church in religious education.
355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (4) A study of the relationship between
theology and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care.
169
360. Hinduism. (4) An advanced study of the Hindu tradition. Permission of instructor.
361. Buddhism. (4) An advanced study of the Buddhist tradition and its impact on the
culture of Asia. Permission of instructor required.
362. Zen Buddhism. (4) The history and teaching of Zen.
363. Hellenistic Religions. (4) Consideration of available source materials, questions of
method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the mysteries, Hellenis-
tic Judaism, and Gnosticism.
364. Islam. (4) An advanced study of Islamic thought and the historical context of its
development. Both ancient and contemporary impact of the teachings of Islam consid-
ered. Permission of instructor required.
365. History of Religions in America. (4) A study of American religions from colonial
times until the present.
366. Gender and Religion. (4) An examination of the historical and contemporary
interaction between religion and sex roles, sexism, and sexuality.
367. The Mystics of the Church. (4) A historical study of the lives and thought of selected
Christian mystics with special attention to their religious experience.
368. The Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (4) A study of the origin and develop-
ment of Reformation theology and ecclesiology .
369. Radical Christian Movements. (4) A study of selected radical movements in the
Christian tradition and their relation to contemporary issues.
372. History of Christian Thought. (2,4) A study of the history of Christian thought,
beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development
to modern times. The course may be divided into halves for two credits each.
372(a) PatristicThought
372 (b) Medieval and Reformation Thought
374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (4) An examination of the major issues and
personalities in modern theology.
375. Major Themes in Catholic Theology. (4) A detailed examination of the central
themes of Christian theology through the study of major Roman Catholic theologians.
376. The Origins of Existentialism. (4) A study of the principal nineteenth century figures
who form the background for twentieth century existentialism: Goethe, Kierkegaard,
Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy.
377. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (4) A comparative analysis of the
source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare.
378. Aesthetics and Religion. (4) An examination of aesthetic and religious theories of
selected thinkers, noting what the arts and religion have in common as modes of
perception and expression.
170
380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (4) An introduction to the
most important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daoism
(Taoism), and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. (Same as Philosophy
226.)
Near Eastern Languages and Literature
111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. (4,4) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of the
Bible, with emphasis on the principles of Hebrew grammar and the reading of Biblical
texts. Both semesters must be completed.
153. Intermediate Hebrew. (4) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax based
upon the readings of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-Biblical Hebrew. P —
Hebrew 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, or the equivalent.
211. Hebrew Literature. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew
texts. P — Hebrew 153.
212. Hebrew Literature II. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical and post-
Biblical texts. Offered on demand. P — Hebrew 153.
301. Introduction to Semitic Languages. (4) A study of the history and structure of four
languages from the Hamito-Semitic family.
Guy M. Arcuri, Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages (foreground) coaches two students
in Advanced Spanish Conversation class.
171
302. Akkadian I. (4) An analysis of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of the East
Semitic languages of the ancient Near East as they relate to the larger family of Semitic
languages. On demand.
303. Akkadian II. (4) A continuation of Akkadian 302 with further emphasis on building
expertise in vocabulary and syntax through the reading of texts from the Middle
Babylonian period. On demand.
Romance Languages
Byron R.Wells, Chair
Wake Forest Professor Kathleen M. Glenn
Professors Milorad Margitic , Candelas M. Newton, Byron R. Wells
Visiting Prof essor Giovanni Cecchetti
Associate Professors Jane W. Albrecht, Sarah E. Barbour, Mary L. Friedman,
Judy K. Kem, Antonio C. Vitti, Kari Weil, M. Stanley Whitley
Assistant Professors Debra Boyd-Buggs, Constance L. Dickey, Ramiro Fernandez,
Soledad Miguel-Prendes, Stephen Murphy, Juan Orbe
Visiting Assistant Professor Guy M. Arcuri
Lecturer Eva Marie Rodtwitt
Instructors David Glass, Linda Howe, Sabine Loucif, Pilar McMichael,
Bill B. Raines, Catherine Rodgers, Jennifer Sault,
Anna- Vera Sullam (Venice)
The major in French literature requires a minimum of thirty-six credits above French 213.
French 216, 217, 219, and 220 or their equivalents are required, as are four additional
literature courses. The major in French language and culture requires a minimum of
thirty-six credits above French 213. French 216, 217, 219, 220, 222, and 224 or their
equivalents are required, as are two of the following courses: 221 , 223, 229. History 321 and
322 are recommended. An average of at least C must be earned in all courses taken in the
major.
The minor in French language and culture requires twenty credits in French above
French 213. It includes French 219, 220, 224, or their equivalents. The minor in French
literature requires twenty credits in French literature above French 213.
The major in Spanish requires a minimum of thirty-six credits above Spanish 213.
Spanish 217, 218, 219, 220, 223, 224, or their equivalents, plus one additional advanced
course in Spanish literature and one in Spanish- American literature are required. Spanish
181, 1829, and 187may not count toward the major. An average of at least C must be earned
in all courses taken in the major.
The minor in Spanish language and culture requires twenty credits in Spanish above
Spanish 213. It includes 217 or 218, plus 219, 220, 223, and 224. The minor in Hispanic
literature requires twenty credits in Spanish above Spanish 21 3. It includes 217 and 218,
plus three additional advanced courses in Spanish and Spanish- American literature. For
both Spanish minors, with departmental approval, equivalent courses may be selected
from the programs in Salamanca or Bogota, and certain other substitutions may be made.
172
The minor in Italian language and culture requires twenty credits in Italian above Italian
153. It includes Italian 215, 216, 219, 220, and 224 or their equivalents. An average of at least
C must be earned in all courses taken in the minor.
All majors are strongly urged to take advantage of the department's study abroad
programs. (French majors are urged to live for at least a semester at the French House, a
foreign language theme house for students of French.)
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in French or Spanish. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Romance Languages," a candidate must complete French or Spanish 280 and 281 and pass
a comprehensive written and oral examination. The oral examination may be conducted,
at least in part, in the major language. For additional information, members of the
departmental faculty should be consulted.
French
111, 112. Elementary French. (4,4) A course for beginners, covering the principles of
French grammar and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts.
Lab required.
113. Intensive Elementary French. (5) A one-semester course covering the elements of
grammar and skills presented in French 111,112. Intended for students whose prepara-
tion for French 153 is inadequate. Not open to students who have received credit for
French 1 12. Lab required.
153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in
conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab required. P — French 1 12, 1 13, or two years
of high school French and placement.
153x. Intermediate French. (4) Open to students by placement or permission. Lab
required.
164. A Classic in Comedy. (2 or 4) Participants plan and present a production of a French
comedy. The play is rehearsed and performed in French; students are involved in all
aspects of production. For four credits, students also read and discuss other dramatic
works. Course may be repeated for credit, but only four credits may be counted toward
the major. P — Permission of instructor.
181. Swiss French Civilization. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the student with the
Swiss people and their civilization by living for a few weeks with families. Visits are made
to points of cultural, historical, literary, and artistic interest. A journal and a paper
describing in detail some aspect of Swiss French civilization, both in French, are required.
Usually offered in the summer.
185. Paris, Cultural Center of France. (4) A study of Paris monuments on location to
explore the development of the city as capital and cultural center of France. No prerequi-
sites. Usually off ered in the summer.
199. French Individual Study. (2-4) P — Permission of the department.
173
213. Introduction to French Literature. (4) Reading of selected texts in French. Particular
periods, genres, and authors may vary from section to section. Parallel reading and
reports. Does not count toward the major or the minor. P — -French 153 or equivalent.
216. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth
Century. (4) Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements.
P — French 153 or permission of instructor.
217. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (4) Study
of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements. P — French 153 or
permission of instructor.
219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4) A systematic review of the fundamental
principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic French.
Required for major. P — French 153 or equivalent.
220. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing French,
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vo-
cabulary for everyday situations. Required for major. Lab required. P — French 153 or
equivalent.
221. History and Structure of the Language. (4) Study of the historical development of
French in a cultural and linguistic context from its earliest stages to the present and
analysis of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of modern French. P— French 219 and
220.
222. French Phonetics. (4) A study of the principles of standard French pronunciation,
with emphasis on their practical application as well as on their theoretical basis.
223. Contemporary France. (4) A study of present-day France, including aspects of
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life
today. P — French 220 or permission of instructor.
224. French Civilization. (4) An introduction to French culture and its historical develop-
ment. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life of France. P —
French 220 or permission of instructor.
229. Business French. (4) A study of French used in business procedures, emphasizing
specialized vocabulary pertaining to business correspondence, corporate organization,
banking, and governmental relations, with practice in translation and interpretations, oral
and written. P — French 219 and 220 or permission of instructor.
231. Medieval French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages
with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original form and
modern transcription. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (4) The literature and thought of the Renais-
sance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais, Montaigne, and the
major poets of the age. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
174
241. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of the outstanding writers of the
Classical Age. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
242. Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of selected topics of
the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of
instructor.
251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the
eighteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P — French 216 or 217 or
permission of instructor.
252. Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) Study of selected topics of
the period. Topics vary from year to year. P — French 21 6 or 21 7 or permission of instructor.
261. Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of French literature of the
nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P — French 216 or 217 or
permission of instructor.
262. Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics of the
period. Topics vary from year to year. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
263. Trends in French Poetry. (4) A study of the development of the poetic genre with
analysis and interpretation of works from each period . P — French 21 6 or 21 7 or permission
of instructor.
264. French Novel. (4) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of several
masterpieces in the field. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
265. French Drama. (4) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with reading and
discussion of representative plays. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
271. Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) A study of general trends and representa-
tive works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists, and poets. P — French 216 or 217 or
permission of instructor.
272. Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics of the
period. Topics vary from year to year. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
274. African and Caribbean Literatures in French. (4) An introduction to the literature
and culture of the French-speaking countries of Africa and the Caribbean. Emphasis will
be placed upon the contemporary negro- African novel along with highlights of culture
and civilization. P — French 216 or 217 or permission of instructor.
275. Special Topics in French Literature. (2,4) Selected themes or approaches to French
literature that transcend boundaries of time and genre. P — French 216 or 217 or permis-
sion of instructor.
280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in French.
281. Directed Study. (3,4) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual needs.
Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department.
175
Semester in France
The department sponsors a semester in France in Dijon, the site of a well-established
French university. Students go as a group in the fall semester, accompanied by a
departmental faculty member.
No particular major is required for eligibility. However, a student (1 ) should be of junior
standing and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 220 or its equivalent or at least
one French course beyond the intermediate level. At least one semester's residence in the
French House is strongly recommended.
Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in French, as
ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The
resident director supervises academic, residential, and extracurricular affairs and has
general oversight of independent study projects.
2192. Advanced Oral and Written French. (4) Study of grammar, composition, pronun-
ciation, and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French.
2232. Contemporary France. (4) A study of present-day France, including aspects of
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life
today.
2242. French Civilization. (4) An introduction to French culture and its historical
development. Field trips to museums and to points of historical and cultural significance
in Paris and the French provinces.
2402. Independent Study. (2-4) One of several fields; scholar's journal and research paper.
Supervision by the director of the semester in France. Work may be supplemented by
lectures on the subject given at the Universite de Bourgogne Faculte des Letties et Sciences
Humaines.
2742. Special Topics in French Literature. (2) Selected topics in French literature; topics
vary from year to year.
2752. French Literature. (2) Topics in the novel, theater, and poetry of France, largely of
the period since 1850.
Art 2712. Studies in French Art. (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture,
and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.
Spanish
111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (4,4) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials
and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab required.
113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (5) A one-semester course covering the elements of
grammar and skills presented in Spanish 111, 112. Intended for students whose prepara-
tion for Spanish 153 is inadequate or who have demonstrated proficiency in another
language. Not open to students who have received credit for Spanish 112. Lab required.
176
153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice in
conversation. Reading of selected texts. P — Spanish 112 or 113 or two years of high school
Spanish and placement. Lab required.
153x. Intermediate Spanish. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required.
199. Individual Study. (2-4) P — Permission of the department.
213. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (4) Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish
American literature. Does not count toward the major or the minor. P — Spanish 153 or
equivalent.
217. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature. (4) Study of selected texts, trends, and move-
ments. Intended for students interested in continuing Spanish beyond the basic require-
ment. P — Spanish 213 or permission of instructor.
218. Masterpieces of Spanish American Literature. (4) Study of selected texts, trends, and
movements. Intended for students interested in continuing Spanish beyond the basic
requirement. P — Spanish 213 or permission of instructor.
219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) A systematic study of Spanish morphol-
ogy, sentence structure, and expository usage applied to various kinds of composition:
description, narration, argumentation, etc. P — Spanish 213 or equivalent.
220. Advanced Conversation. (4) Practice with oral Spanish, stressing fluency, listening
comprehension, vocabulary growth, and proficiency in handling everyday situations,
with additional work on support writing skills. Lab required. P — Spanish 213 or equiva-
lent.
221. History and Structure of the Spanish Language. (4) Study of the historical develop-
ment of Spanish in a cultural and linguistic context from its earliest stages to the present.
Analysis of its current and internal changes. P — Spanish 219 and 220 or permission of
instructor.
222. Spanish Phonology. (4) Description of, and practice with, the sound system of
Spanish. Systematic analysis of the phonemes, allophones, and stress and intonation
patterns of the language, and discussion of dialectal and stylistic variation. Lab required.
P — Spanish 219 and 220 or permission of instructor.
223. Latin American Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; empha-
sis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P — Spanish 217 or 218.
224. Spanish Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; emphasis on
intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P — Spanish 217 or 218.
228. Spanish for the Professions. (2) Spanish usage of a selected professional area.
Emphasis on communication in typical situations and interactions, specialized vocabu-
lary, cultural differences, and related technical readings in the subject matter. Topics
offered from following list: a. Health Occupations; b. Social Work; c. Law and Law
Enforcement; d. Other (on demand). P — Spanish 219, 220, and permission of instructor.
177
229. Commercial, Official, and Social Correspondence. (4) Instruction in the special
vocabularies, formats, and styles required in written communications, with an emphasis
on business Spanish. Students write in Spanish communications appropriate to each type
of correspondence. P — Spanish 219 and 220 or permission of instructor.
230. Spanish American Literature. (4) Extensive reading and study of works from the
colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the late nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
231. Medieval and Pre-Renaissance Spanish Literature. (4) Study of the major literary
works of the Middle Ages and pre-Renaissance. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of
instructor.
232. Sixteenth and Seventeenth Century Spanish Literature. (4) Study of the major
literary works of the Golden Age. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
233. Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature. (4) Study of a representa-
tive selection of poetry, drama, essays, and novels of these two centuries. P — Spanish 217
or 218 or permission of instructor.
241. Golden Age Drama. (4) A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega,
Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P — Spanish 217 or 218
or permission of instructor.
243. Cervantes. (4) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special
attention on the Quixote and the novelas ejemplares. P — -Spanish 217 or 218 or permission
of instructor.
252. Spanish Poetry. (2-4) A study of selected topics, such as gongorismo, the Romancero,
and the Generation of 1927. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
262. Spanish-American Poetry. (4) Intensive study and textual analysis of Spanish-
American poetry with special emphasis on representative poets and major trends:
Culteranismo, epic poetry, gaucho poetry, Modernismo, avant garde poetry, and anti-
poetry. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
263. Contemporary Spanish-American Theater. (4) A study of the Spanish- American
dramatic production from the end of the nineteenth century to the present. The course
focuses on the development of some of the main dramatic movements of the twentieth
century: realism, absurdism, avant garde, and collective theater. P — Spanish 21 7 or 21 8 or
permission of instructor.
264. Spanish- American Short Story. (4) Intensive study of the twentieth century Spanish-
American short story with emphasis on major trends and representative authors, such as
Quiroga, Rulfo, Borges, Cortazar, Donoso, Garcia Marquez. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or
permission of instructor.
265. Spanish-American Novel. (4) A study of the novel in Spanish- America from its
beginning through the contemporary period. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of
instructor.
178
266. Seminar in Spanish-American Novel. (2-4) A study of one or more categories of
Spanish-American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social
protest. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
273. Modern Spanish Novel. (4) A study of representative Spanish novels from the
Generation of 1898 through the contemporary period. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permis-
sion of instructor.
274. Modern Spanish Literature. (2 or 4) An analysis of selected contemporary works
representative of the novel, poetry, theater, and essay. P — Spanish 217 or 218 or permis-
sion of instructor.
275. Special Topics. (2-4) Selected special topics in Spanish literature. P — Spanish 217 or
permission of instructor.
280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in Spanish.
281. Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and /or research, to meet individual needs.
Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department.
287. Special Topics. (2-4) Selected special topics in Spanish-American literature. P —
Spanish 217 or 218 or permission of instructor.
Semester in Spain
The department offers a semester in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a well-established
Spanish university. Students go as a group in the spring semester, accompanied by a
professor from the College.
No particular major is required for eligibility. However, students (1) should be of junior
standing, (2) should have completed Spanish 220, and (3) should be approved by both
their major department and the Department of Romance Languages.
1829. Introduction to Spain. (2-4) Familiarization with the Spanish people, Spanish
culture, and daily life in Spain. Classes in conversational and idiomatic Spanish, excur-
sions to points of historical and artistic interest, and lectures on selected topics.
2019. Intensive Spanish. (2) Intensive study and practice of the oral and written language.
P — Permission of instructor.
2049. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology. (4) Theory and practical application of the
elements involved in speaking correct Spanish.
2199. Advanced Spanish. (4) Study of grammar, composition, and pronunciation, with
extensive practice of the written and oral language. P — Permission of instructor.
2259. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth
Century. (4) Extensive reading and study of trends and influences.
2279. Spanish American Literature. (4) Extensive reading and study of works from the
colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the late nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.
179
2419. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. (4) A survey of the most important authors
and genres of the Golden Age, with particular emphasis on the novel and the drama.
2759. Contemporary Spanish Literature. (4) A study of general trends and representative
works of selected prose writers, dramatists, and poets from the modern period.
Sociology 2029. Social-Political Structures of Present-Day Spain. (4) A study of the
various social and political elements which affect the modern Spanish state.
History 2019. General History of Spain. (4) History of Spain from the pre-Roman period
to the present day.
Art 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (4) A study of the development and uniqueness
of Spanish art and architecture within the framework of Mediterranean and Western art
in general.
Italian
111, 112. Elementary Italian. (4,4) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials
and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab required.
113. Intensive Elementary Italian. (5) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the
structure of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice
program and for language majors. Lab required. Lecture — five hours. Offered every
semester.
127. Basic Conversation. (2) Brief review of grammar; emphasis on vocabulary building
and conversation for everyday survival while discovering Italy and Italian culture
through film, TV, documentaries and literature. P — Italian 113 or equivalent. Does not
satisfy requirements for minor or certification in Italian studies.
153. Intermediate Italian. (5) Continuation of 113, with emphasis on reading and
speaking. Lab required. Lecture — five hours. P — Italian 113 or two years of high school
Italian.
153x. Intermediate Italian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required.
199. Individual Study. (2-4) P — Permission of instructor.
215. Introduction to Italian Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in Italian. Satisfies
basic requirement in foreign language. Offered in the spring. P — Italian 153 or equivalent.
Also offered in Venice.
216. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4) May alternate with 215. Satisfies basic
requirement in foreign language. P — Italian 153 or equivalent.
219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) A thorough review of the basics of
structure and vocabulary featuring a more detailed examination of complex syntax and
idiomatic expressions; practice in translation of texts of diverse styles and from varied
sources, and free composition. P — Italian 215 or equivalent.
180
220. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing
Italian, stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and
vocabulary for everyday situations. P — Italian 219 or 275.
2213. Spoken Italian. (4) Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students are placed
in small groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit.
224. Italian Civilization I. (4) The culture and its historical development from Charlemagne
to the Risorgimento; emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life.
P— Italian 215 or 216.
225. Italian Civilization II. (4) The historical development of modem Italian culture from
the Risorgimento to the present. Use of newspapers, magazines, TV broadcasts, films, and
literary readings to stimulate oral and written responses to the problems of contemporary
Italy. P— Italian 215 or 216.
275. Special Topics. (4) Selected special topics in Italian literature. P — Italian 215 or 216.
Semester in Venice
2153. Introduction to Italian Literature I. (4)
2163. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4)
2213. Spoken Italian. (4)
See the course listings under Italian (pages 179, 180) for descriptions and prerequisites.
Casa Artom (center) in Venice, Italy, is a University-oiuned house where undergraduates in overseas
programs live and study for a semester.
181
Sociology
Philip J. Perricone, Chair
Wake Forest Professor Charles F. Longino
Professors John R. Earle, Catherine T. Harris,
Willie Pearson Jr., Philip J. Perricone
Associate Professors H. Kenneth Bechtel, Cheryl B. Leggon
Assistant Professor Ian M. Taplin
Visiting Instructors Ralph B. McNeal Jr., Doug Pryor, Teresa R. Smith
A major in sociology requires thirty-seven credits and must include Sociology 371 and 372.
A minimum average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the major is
declared. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in all sociology courses is required for
graduation.
A minor in sociology requires twenty credits and must include Sociology 371. A
minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the minor
is declared. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required for
certification as a minor. Students who intend to pursue a sociology minor are encouraged
to notify the department early in their junior year, and they are invited to participate in all
departmental functions.
The program in sociology provides majors with several options. In addition to pursuing
a regular major in sociology, students may choose to specialize in any of four concentra-
tions: 1) family studies, 2) crime, law, and social control, 3) health and society, and 4)
business and society. These concentrations are described in detail in the Handbook for
Sociology Students, a copy of which may be obtained from the sociology office or any
member of the departmental faculty.
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified majors
are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program. They must
complete a senior research project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend
their work in an oral examination. For additional information members of the departmen-
tal faculty should be consulted.
A student who selects sociology to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of
the following courses: Sociology 151, 152, 153, or 154. No introductory-level course is
required for students taking a sociology course as an elective unless such a prerequisite
is specified in the course description.
151. Principles of Sociology. (4) General introduction to the field; social organization and
disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other aspects.
152. Social Problems. (4) Survey of contemporary American social problems.
153. Marriage and the Family. (4) The social basis of the family, emphasizing the problems
growing out of modern conditions and social change.
182
154. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (4) A sociological analysis of the nature and
causes of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as mental illness, suicide,
drug and alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal behavior.
205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (4) Explores the use of photography as a research
technique for the social sciences; camera and darkroom instruction included. Not open to
students who have had Art 119. P — Permission of instructor.
206. Concerned Photographers and Their Works. (4) Explores the contributions of
concerned photographers in the identification and understanding of social issues. Ad-
vanced camera and darkroom instruction is included. P — Sociology 205 and /or permis-
sion of instructor.
301. Religion and Society. (4) Study of religion as a social phenomenon and its relation-
ship to the other structures of society — political, economic and others, with special focus
on the contemporary United States. (Also offered as Religion 151.)
302. Bureaucracy and Society. (4) The sociological analysis of complex organizations
focusing on bureaucracy, power, authority, decision making, and change. Attention will
be given to business as well as government and other non-profit organizations.
303. Business and Society. (4) Historical development, organization, and current prob-
lems of business enterprises in American society.
305. Male and Female Roles in Society. (4) Changing male and female roles in the context
of societal institutions and sociological theories that explain such changes. Consideration
of feminism as a social movement and of consequences of changing roles for human
interaction.
308. Sociology of Art. (2) Art as an institution, its functions, organization, relationship to
social change and to the communication of meanings.
309. Sexuality and Society. (4) Study of the societal forces that impinge on human sexual
behavior, emphasizing the effects of social change, the implications of changing gender
roles, cross-cultural and subcultural variations, and the influence of the mass media.
310. Death and Dying. (2) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern man
in accepting and facing death.
311. Women in Professions. (4) Emphasis on the status of women in professional
occupations (e.g., law, medicine, science, business, etc.) in socio-historical perspective.
325. Self and Society. An Interactionist Perspective. (4) An analysis of the effects of social
relationships upon self-development, self-preservation, and the learning of social roles
and norms, with special emphasis on language and symbolic interaction.
326. Interpersonal Crime. (4) Analysis of the dynamics of nonconsensual face-to-face
crime and deviance from an interactionist perspective. Includes exploration of the
standpoints of offenders, victims, control agents, and the public toward rape, incest,
spouse battering, robbery, child physical abuse, and sexual harassment.
183
327. Qualitative Methods in Deviance Research. (4) An exploration of field observation
and depth interview research methods for studying deviance and crime. Emphasis on
entering field settings and collecting data in collaboration with the instructor.
332. Social Epidemiology. (2) This course will integrate sociology and epidemiology,
paying particular attention to such variables as age, gender, race and ethnicity as they bear
on health, illness and medical services, including the risk factors of chronic disease. It does
not presuppose advanced knowledge of epidemiological methods.
334. Society and Higher Education. (4) An analysis of the social forces that shape
educational policies in the United States. Assessment of significant contemporary writ-
ings on the manifest and latent functions of education.
335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (4) Analysis of the social variables associated with
health and illness.
336. Sociology of Health Care. (4) An analysis of health care systems, including the social
organization of medical practice, health care payment, the education of medical practi-
tioners, and the division of the labor in health care.
337. Aging in Modern Society. (4) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social
and psychological issues discussed. Course requirements will include field placement in
a nursing home or similar institution. P — Permission of instructor.
338. Sociological Issues in Criminal Justice. (4) Introduction to the structure, organiza-
tion and operation of the various components of the criminal justice system with emphasis
on the police and correctional institutions.
339. Sociology of Violence. (4) A survey of the societal factors associated with individual
and collective violence. Discussion will focus on the contemporary and historical condi-
tions which have contributed to various patterns of violence in American society.
340. Sociological Issues in Human Development. (4) Socialization through the life span
in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of changes
in contemporary society.
341. Criminology. (4) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of treatment, and
prevention.
342. Juvenile Delinquency. (4) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; an
examination of prevention, control, and treatment problems.
343. Sociology of Law. (4) Consideration will be given to a variety of special issues:
conditions under which laws develop and change, relationships between the legal and
political system, the impact of social class and stratification upon the legal order.
344. Women and Crime. (4) Course will focus on four major areas related to women and
crime: women as offenders, the processing of women by the criminal justice system,
women as victims, and women as criminal justice professionals. P — 341 and permission
of instructor.
184
345. Advanced Topics Seminar in Criminology. (4) Emphasis on current topics in the
field of criminology and criminal justice such as measurement issues, ethical issues,
history, crime and mass media, and theoretical debates. P — 341 and permission of
instructor.
347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (4) An examination of the interrelationship of sport and
other social institutions. Emphasis on the study of both the structure of sport and the
functions of sport for society.
348. Sociology of the Family. (4) The family as a field of sociological study. Assessment
of significant historical and contemporary writings. An analysis of the structure, organi-
zation, and function of the family in America.
349. Sociology of Science and Technology. (4) Explores the reciprocal impact of science
and technology on society. Issues to include the impact of science and technology on
various populations (including underparticipating groups, such as women and racial/
ethnic minorities) and the environment, the talent pool, and the workplace.
350. Mass Communications and Public Opinion. (4) The study of the increasing
importance of collective behavior, emphasizing the relationship between the media and
a changing society.
351. Management and Organizations. (4) A study of macro organizational processes and
changes in contemporary industrial societies and their effects upon managerial systems,
managerial ideologies and managers in firms.
352. White-Collar Crime. (4) Study of criminal activity committed in the course of
legitimate occupations including workplace crime, graft, and business crime. P — 341.
353. Families in Later Life. (4) Analysis of current issues affecting later-life families,
including the unmarried, marital relations, divorce, widowhood, remarriage, kinship,
family caregiving, and institutional care.
358. Population and Society. (4) Techniques used in the study of population data.
Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables.
359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (4) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination
and their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological
theories of prejudice.
360. Social Stratification. (4) The study of structured social inequality with particular
emphasis on economic class, social status, and political power.
361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (4) A survey and an analysis of contemporary
writings on the status of black Americans in various American social institutions (e.g.,
education, sports, entertainment, science, politics, etc.).
362. Sociology of Work. (4) Changing trends in the U.S. labor force. The individual's view
of work and the effect of large organizations on white and blue collar workers. Use of some
cross-cultural data.
185
363. Markets and Industry. (4) An analysis of industrial organization, including discus-
sion of market relations and the behavior of firms, the structure of industrial development,
and labor relations and the growth of trade unions.
364. Political Sociology. (4) Examination of the structure and organization of power in
society with emphasis on political socialization, political ideology, and the growth of the
welfare state.
371, 372. The Sociological Perspective. (4,5) A two-semester course dealing with the
development and application of major theories and research methods in sociology. A
continuing effort is made to enable the student to deal with current theoretically oriented
research. Regularly scheduled computer labs will be arranged during the Sociology 372
portion of the course. P — Sociology 151, 152, 153, or 154.
373. Honors Seminar. (4) Seminar on selected problems in sociology. Intended for
students in the departmental honors program. P — Sociology 372 and permission of
instructor.
374. Honors Research. (2) Directory study toward completion of the project begun in
Sociology 373 and to the writing and defense of an honors paper. P — Sociology 373 and
permission of instructor.
380. Social Statistics. (4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey research. (A
student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for Biology 380,
Business 201, Mathematics 109, or Anthropology 380. A sociology major may take
Anthropology 380 in lieu of Sociology 380 to meet major requirements.)
385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (4) Intensive investigation of current scientific
research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary interest.
P — Permission of instructor.
398, 399. Individual Study. (1-4, 1-4) Reading, research, or internship courses designed to
meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision
of a departmental faculty member.
Spanish Studies
(Foreign Area Study)
Kathleen Glenn (Romance Languages), Coordinator
Students are required to participate in the semester in Spain program at Salamanca. They
also are required to take History 2019, General History of Spain (4) taught in Salamanca;
Sociology 2029, Social and Political Structures of Present Day Spain (4) taught in Salamanca;
either Art 2029, Spanish Art and Architecture (4) taught in Salamanca or Spanish 224, Spanish
Civilization (4); and Spanish 217, Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (4).
Students must take twelve additional credits from the advanced courses in Spanish
language and the literature of Spain offered by the Department of Romance Languages,
or from those offered at the University of Salamanca.
186
Speech Communication
Michael David Hazen, Chair
Professors Julian C. Burroughs Jr., Michael David Hazen
Adjunct Professor Jo Whitten May
Associate Professors Allan D. Louden, Jill Jordan McMillan
Assistant Professors John T. Llewellyn, Randall G. Rogan, Margaret D. Zulick
Instructor Mary M. Dalton
Visiting Instructor Andrew Leslie
Adjunct Instructors Susan L. Faust, Mardene G. Morykwas, Karen L. Oxendine
Debate Coach Ross K. Smith
A major in speech communication requires forty credits, at least twelve of which must be
at the 300-level. All majors are required to take courses 100, 110, and 220 or 225 and should
begin their study of speech communication with these courses. In addition, at least twelve
credits must be taken from among the following courses: 113, 114, 200, 201, 245, 246, 335,
and 340 (or 341). An overall minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in all speech communi-
cation courses attempted is required for graduation.
A minor in speech communication requires twenty-four credits, at least four of which
must be at the 300-level, and shall include courses 100, 110, and 220 or 225. Remaining
coursework must include at least four credits from among the following courses: 113, 114,
200, 201, 245, 335, and 340 (or 341). An overall minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in all
speech communication courses attempted is required for graduation.
Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the
honors program in speech communication. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Speech Communication," students must pass the departmental honors
course, complete a senior research project, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral
examination. For more details, consult faculty members in the department.
100. Introduction to Communication and Rhetoric. (4) An introduction to the theories,
research, and analysis of verbal and nonverbal processes by which human beings share
meanings and influence one another.
110. Public Speaking. (4) A study of the theory and practice of public address. Lab
experiences in the preparation, delivery, and critique of informative and persuasive
speeches.
111. Radio-TV Speech. (4) An introduction to announcing and performing on radio and
television.
112S. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (4) Fundamentals of reading aloud, with empha-
sis on selection, analysis, and performance. Offered in summer only.
113. Interpersonal Communication. (4) An introductory overview of interpersonal
communication theories and principles designed to improve the student's understanding
of and ability to effectively communicate in interpersonal contexts.
187
114. Group Communication. (4) An introduction to the theory and practice of group
interaction and decision-making. The course features lectures and discussions of theory
and includes opportunities to participate in formal and informal group processes.
115. Writing for Radio-TV-Film. (4) An introduction to writing for radio, television, and
film. Emphasis will be on informational and persuasive writing (news, features, public
service announcements, commercials, political announcements, news analyses, commen-
taries, and editorial).
160. Sign Language for the Deaf I. (2) An introduction to the basic expressive and
receptive skills for finger spelling and the language of signs with attention to the culture
of the deaf.
161. Sign Language for the Deaf II. (2) Advanced work on basic expressive and receptive
skills for finger spelling and the language of signs with attention to the culture of the deaf.
200. Debate and Advocacy. (4) The use of argumentative techniques in oral advocacy:
research, speeches, and debate.
201. Persuasion. (4) A study of the variables and contexts of persuasion in contemporary
society.
210. Advanced Public Speaking. (4) Advanced study in the art of public address. This
course is recommended for students with some previous speech experience and /or
training.
211. Media Production: Studio. (4) An introduction to the production of audio and video
media projects. Multiple camera studio production emphasized. Lecture /laboratory.
212. Media Production: Field. (4) An introduction to the production of audio and video
media projects. Single camera field production and post-production emphasized. Lec-
ture/laboratory.
213. Film Production. (4) A study of the basic elements of motion picture production.
220. Empirical Research in Communication. (4) An introduction to methodological
design and univariate statistics as used in communication research.
225. Historical/Critical Research in Communication. (4) Introduces students to the
historical and critical analysis of rhetoric. Examines current methods of rhetorical criti-
cism with a view to researching and composing a critical paper in the field.
245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (4) A historical survey of mass media and an
examination of major contemporary media issues.
246. Introduction to Film. (4) An introduction to the aesthetics of motion pictures through
a study of the basic elements of film such as cinematography, editing, sound, lighting,
color, etc.
261. Disorders of Articulation and Phonology. (4) Etiology, evaluation and management
of articulation and phonological disorders. Offered in alternate fall semesters.
188
262. Communication Disorders of the Hearing-Impaired. (4) The etiology and effect of
hearing impairment on communication. The fundamentals of auditory training, speech
reading, and other resources for the rehabilitation of the hearing-impaired individual.
Offered in alternate spring semesters.
263. Introduction to Communication Disorders. (4) An introduction to the disorders of
human communication including fluency, language, voice, and articulation. Offered in
alternate fall semesters.
264. Diagnosis and Treatment of Communication Disorders. (4) The basic principles of
evaluation, remediation and instruction for children and adults with communication
disorders. Offered in alternate spring semesters.
280. Communication Practicum I. (2,4) Individual projects in debate or communication
internship to be approved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser.
No student may register for more than two credits of practicum in any semester. No
student is allowed to take more than a total of eight credits in practicum, only four credits
of which may be counted toward a major in speech communication. Pass/fail only. P —
Permission of instructor.
281. Communication Practicum II. (2,4) See previous description.
283. Individual Study. (1-4) Directed study in an area of interest to be approved and
supervised by a faculty adviser. P — Permission of instructor.
285. Honors Course. (2,4) Intensive research in an area of special interest for selected
seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of department.
300. Classical Rhetoric. (4) A study of major writings in Greek and Roman rhetorical
theory from the Sophists to Augustine. Offered in alternate years.
301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (4) A study of how meaning is created
by sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act
theory, and pragmatics. Offered in alternate years.
302. Argumentation Theory. (4) An examination of argumentation theory and criticism;
examines both theoretical issues and social practices. Offered in alternate years.
303S. Directing the Forensic Program. (2,4) A pragmatic study of the methods of directing
high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate Workshop. Offered
in the summer.
304. Freedom of Speech. (4) An examination of the philosophical and historical traditions,
significant cases, and contemporary controversies concerning freedom of expression.
Offered in alternate years.
310. Advanced Media Production. (1-4) Special projects in audio and video production
for students with previous media production experience. P — Speech Communication
211, 212, 213, or permission of instructor.
330. Communication and Conflict. (4) A review of the various theoretical perspectives on
conflict and negotiation as well as methods for managing relational conflict.
189
335. Survey of Organizational Communication. (4) An overview of the role of commu-
nication in constituting and maintaining the pattern of activities that sustain the modern
organization.
336. Organizational Rhetoric. (4) Explores the persuasive nature of organizational
messages — those exchanged between organizational members, and those presented in
behalf of the organization as a whole. Offered in alternate years.
337. Rhetoric of Institutions. (4) A study of the communication practices of institutions
as they seek to gain and maintain social legitimacy. Offered in alternate years.
340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (4) Examines the interrelation of American
rhetorical movements through the nineteenth century by reading and analyzing original
speeches and documents with emphasis on antislavery and women's rights.
341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (4) Examines the interrelation of
American rhetorical movements in the twentieth century by reading and analyzing
original speeches and documents. Among the movements addressed are labor, civil
rights, student radicals, and women's liberation.
342. Political Communication. (4) Study of electoral communication, including candi-
date and media influences on campaign speeches, debates, and advertising.
345. Mass Communication Theory. (4) Theoretical approaches to the role of communi-
cation in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of communication.
346. Film Theory and Criticism. (4) A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the
work of selected filmmakers and film critics. P — Speech Communication 246 or permis-
sion of instructor.
347. Film History to 1945. (4) A survey of the developments of motion pictures to 1945.
Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings.
348. Film History since 1945. (4) A survey of the development of motion pictures from
1946 to the present day. Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings.
350. Intercultural Communication. (4) An introduction to the study of communication
phenomena between individuals and groups with different cultural backgrounds. Offered
in alternate years.
351. Comparative Communication. (2,4) A comparison of communicative and rhetorical
processes in the United States with one or more other national cultures with an emphasis
on both historical and contemporary phenomena. A. Japan; B. Soviet Union; C. Great
Britain; D. Multiple countries. Offered in alternate years.
370. Special Topics. (1-4) An examination of topics not covered in the regular curriculum.
380. Great Teachers. (2,4) An intensive study of the ideas of three noted scholars and
teachers in the field of communication. Students will interact with each teacher during a
two to three day visit to Wake Forest.
190
Theater
Donald H. Wolfe, Chair
Professors James H. Dodding, Harold C. Tedford, Donald H. Wolfe
Adjunct Professor Darwin R. Payne
Adjunct Assistant Professor R. Craig Hamilton
Instructor and Director of Dance Rebecca Myers
Adjunct Instructor Mary Lucy Bivins
Lecturers Zanna Beswick (London), Jonathan H. Christman,
John E. R. Friedenberg, Patricia W. Toole, Mary R. Wayne
A major in theater consists of a minimum of forty credits, at least eight of which must be
at the 300-level. This includes a required core of thirty-six credits: Theater 110 or 112, 140,
150, 250, 251 or 252, 260, 261, 340, 381 and 385. (Students interested in a theater major
should elect Theater 112.) Four semesters of Theater 100 (0 credits) also are required.
Majors may choose their remaining courses from the offerings listed under the Depart-
ment of Theater. A minimum grade of 2.0 in all theater courses attempted is required for
graduation. Majors should consult with their advisers about additional regulations.
Theater majors are required to take two courses in dramatic literature from the Depart-
ments of English or Classical Languages or from Humanities.
Those who plan to be theater majors are urged to begin their studies during their first year.
Highly qualified majors (departmental GPA of 3.3, overall GPA of 3.0) are invited by
the department to apply for admission to the honors program in theater. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in Theater," a student must successfully complete Theater
292 (4). Honors projects may consist of a) a research paper of exceptional quality; b) a
creative project in playwriting or design; or c) a directing or acting project. The theater
honors project must be presented and defended before the departmental Honors Com-
mittee. The department can furnish honors candidates complete information on prepara-
tion and completion of projects.
A minor in theater requires twenty-four credits: Theater 110 or 1 12, 140, 150, 260 or 261,
two theater electives and two semesters of Theater 100 participation. Theater minors are
required to take one course in dramatic literature from the Departments of English or
Classical Languages or from Humanities.
Any person who is interested in a theater major or minor should contact the chair of the
department soon after arrival on the campus.
100. Participation. (0) Attendance /participation in Mainstage and Studio performances;
and other events as established by the department. (Specific attendance /participation
requirements will be established at the beginning of each semester.) Four semesters, or a
minimum of eight University Theater productions, are required of theater majors.
Participation in at least two of the eight productions must be in technical production. Two
semesters, or a minimum of four University Theater productions, are required of theater
minors. Participation in one of the four productions must be in technical production.
Assignments for technical production are made through consultation with the technical
and design faculty.
191
110. Introduction to the Theater. (4) For the theater novice. A survey of the theory and
practice of the major disciplines of theater art: acting, directing, playwriting, and design.
Participation in Studio and Mainstage productions. Students planning to major in theater
are encouraged to take THE 112. Credit will not be given for both THE 110 and 112. May
be used to satisfy a requirement in Division I.
112. Introduction to the Theater. (4) For the experienced theater student. A survey of the
theory and practice of the major disciplines of theater art: acting, directing, playwriting,
and design. Students planning to major in theater are encouraged to take THE 112. Credit
will not be given for both THE 110 and 112. Experience in Studio and Mainstage
productions. May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division I.
140. Acting I. (4) Fundamental acting theory and techniques including exercises, mono-
logues and scene work.
143. Speech for Stage and Workplace. (4) Vocal resonance, articulation, awareness of
regional dialects, ear training, phonetics and body tensions are explored in conjunction
with text. Exercises, readings and performances.
144. Mime . (4) An introductory study of basic mime forms. The student will gain skills and
understanding of this theatrical form through practical exercises, readings, rehearsals,
and performances.
146. Performance Techniques. (4) A course focusing on acting styles appropriate to
various modes of theatrical production. Specialized techniques such as dance, stage
combat, etc., may also be included. (Suitable for non-majors.)
150. Introduction to Design & Production. (4) An introduction to the architecture and
technology of the theater, including the essentials of the operation of the scene shop, stage
equipment, and occupational health and safety. The course stresses the collaborative art
of the theater through an introduction to theater design including script analysis, visual
research, communication of the design, drafting, and color.
155. Stagecraft. (4) This introductory course focuses on contemporary materials, construc-
tion methods, and rigging practices employed in the planning, fabrication and installation
of stage scenery. Emphasis on using current technologies for problem solving.
188. The Contemporary English Theater. (2) An exploration of the English theater
through theater attendance in London and other English theater centers. Readings,
lectures. Participants submit reviews of the plays and complete a journal of informal
reactions to the plays, the sites and the variety of cultural differences observed. Two weeks.
Offered in London before spring term. P — Permission of instructor.
241. Stage Movement. (4) An advanced class exploring stage movement theories,
techniques, and skills, drawing upon the theories of Alexander, LeCoq, Fialka, Kantor,
Pisk, and others. P— THE 140.
244. Advanced Mime. (4) This course enlarges upon skills and techniques acquired in
THE 144 (Mime), with the addition of other mime forms. The course includes exercises,
rehearsals, and performances. P — THE 144.
192
245. Acting II. (4) Advanced study and practice of the skills introduced in Acting I. P —
THE 140, 143.
246. Period and Style. (4) A study of social customs, movement, dances, and theatrical
styles relating to the performance of drama in historical settings as well as in period plays.
The course includes performances in class. P — THE 140, 143.
250. Theatrical Scene Design. (4) A study of the fundamental principles and techniques
of stage design. Drafting, model building, perspective rendering, historical research, and
scene painting will be emphasized. P — THE 150.
251. Costume and Makeup Design. (4) A study of the fundamental principles and
techniques of costume and makeup design with an emphasis on historical research. The
basics of costume rendering, costume construction and stage makeup will be explored.
P— THE 150.
252. Lighting and Sound Design. (4) An exploration of the lighting and sound designer's
process from script to production. A variety of staging situations will be studied,
including proscenium, thrust and arena production. P — THE 150.
259. Theater Management: Principles and Practices. (4) This course reviews the develop-
ment of theater management in the U.S. with emphasis on the role of the producer;
explores commercial and not-for-profit theater with attention to planning, personnel, and
the economics of theater. Includes readings, lectures, and reports.
260. History of Western Theater I (Beginnings to 1642). (4) A survey of the development
of Western theater and drama through the Greek, Roman, medieval, and Renaissance
theaters to 1642; includes lectures, readings and reports. (Suitable for non-majors.)
261. History of Western Theater II (1642 to the Present). (4) A survey of Western theater
and drama from the French Neoclassic theater through the English Restoration, the
eighteenth century, Romanticism, Realism, the revolts against Realism and the post-
modern theater; includes lectures, readings and reports. (Suitable for non-majors.)
281. Acting Workshop. (2) Scene work with student directors utilizing realistic texts.
Offered pass/fail only. P — THE 140 or permission of instructor.
283. Practicum. (1-2) Projects under faculty supervision. May be repeated for no more than
four credits. P — Permission of the department.
290. Special Seminar. (2-4) The intensive study of selected topics in theater. May be
repeated.
292. Theater Honors. (4) A tutorial involving intensive work in the area of special interest
for qualified seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of
department.
294. Individual Study. (1-4) Special research and readings in an area of interest to be
approved and supervised by a faculty adviser. May be taken for no more than four credits.
P — Permission of department.
193
2650. The English Theater, 1660-1940. (4) A study of the major developments in the
English theater from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays, playwrights,
actors, audiences, theater architecture, theater management, costumes and sets. Field trips
include visits to theaters, museums, and performances. Offered in London.
340. Directing. (4) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. P — THE
110/112,140 and 150; C— THE 381.
344. Acting Shakespeare. (4) A practical study of varying styles in interpreting and acting
Shakespeare's plays from the time of the Elizabethans to the present day. P — THE 140, 143.
381. Directing Workshop. (2) The practical application of directing techniques in realistic
scene study utilizing student actors. This course is a co-requisite of THE 340.
385. Studio Production. (2) The organization, techniques and problems encountered in
the production of a play for the public. P — THE 340 and permission of department.
390, 391. Special Seminar. (2-4) The intensive study of selected topics in the theater. May
be repeated.
Dance
A dance minor requires twenty-four credits and must include Dance 120, 121, 122, 123,
126, 127, 128 (or 129, or 131)*, 201 and 202; Music 101 or 102; Theater 110 or 112. The
remaining credits may be chosen from Music 161, 165p, 165r, 167v, 190, 261; and Theater
140, 144, 150, 251, 252.
119. Aerobic Dance (1)
120. Beginning Dance Technique (1)
121. Intermediate Dance Technique. (1) P — Dance 120 or permission of instructor.
122. Advanced Dance Technique. (1) P — Dance 121 or permission of instructor.
123. Dance Composition (1) P — Dance 121.
124. Social Dance. (1)
125. Folk and Social Dance. (1)
126. Jazz Dance. (1)
127. Beginner Classical Ballet Techniques. (1)
128. Dance Theater. (1) May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. P — Permission
of instructor.
129. Intermediate Classical Ballet. (1)
*The dance minor requires only one course in classical ballet. Most dancers take Dance 1 28, Beginning Ballet;
however, students who arrive at Wake Forest with extensive dance preparation may enter the program at the
intermediate or advanced level.
194
131. Advanced Classical Ballet. (1)
201. Senior Dance Project. (2) A course involving the creative process of developing a
dance.
202. History of American Dance. (4) A survey of American dance from the 1600s to the
present with emphasis on scope, style, and function.
Urban Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Donald E. Frey (Economics), Coordinator
The Interdisciplinary minor in Urban Studies requires twenty credits, of which at least
twelve must be chosen from the following courses. (See course descriptions under
appropriate listings.)
Art History Seminar. J. Special Topics: Urbanism. (4)
Urban Economics. (4) P — Economics 205.
Urban Problems and Politics. (4)
The City as Symbol. (4)
Urban Community. (4) Offered at Salem College.
Courses needed to complete twenty credits may be chosen from among the
following courses. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
Geography: The Human Environment. (4)
History of Venice. (4) Offered in Venice.
History ofEondon. (4) Offered in London.
American Social History since 1830. (4)
Internship in Politics. (2,3,4)*
Social Problems. (4)
*To count toward the Urban Studies minor, an internship must be overseen by the
instructor of Politics 222.
Art
296.
Economics
246.
Politics
222.
Religion
343.
Sociology
280.
Education
271.
History
2253.
2260.
352.
Politics
289.
Sociology
152.
Students intending to minor in Urban Studies should consult the coordinator as
early as possible to discuss scheduling of courses not offered annually, approvals
required to take the course offered at Salem College, advice on careers in urban
studies, and other issues. No additional cost is involved for the Salem College course,
and the grade for the course is evaluated as if earned at Wake Forest. In exceptional
cases, the coordinator may approve limited substitutions for the listed courses.
195
Women's Studies
(Interdisciplinary Minor)
Mary K. DeShazer (English), Coordinator
The interdisciplinary minor in Women's Studies requires the core course, Women's
Studies 121 , and a minimum of twenty additional credits, for a total of twenty-four credits.
It is recommended that the upper division seminar, Women's Studies 321, be included. If
courses not designated Women's Studies are taken, they must be balanced between the
humanities and the social sciences /sciences and among departments. This structure gives
students an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of Women's Studies within the
context of the traditional liberal arts curriculum.
A student minoring in Women's Studies might take Women's Studies 121 as a
sophomore, eight to twelve credits as a junior, and the remaining eight to twelve credits,
including the Seminar in Women's Studies, as a senior.
Women's Studies Courses
121. Introduction to Women's Studies. (4) An interdisciplinary course, taught by faculty
representing at least two fields, that integrates materials from the humanities and the
social sciences. Topics include methods and goals of women's studies, feminist critical
theory, and the place of women in culture and society.
321. Seminar in Women's Studies. (4) Consideration of theoretical and methodological
questions and research on current topics in women's studies.
350. Biocultural Perspectives on Women and Aging. (4) A course that examines biologi-
cal, sociopsychological, and cultural issues affecting older women.
358. Mothers and Daughters. (4) A course that examines literature, psychology, and
feminist theories on motherhood and the mother-daughter relationship.
359. Fathers and Daughters. (4) The ways in which fathers influence their daughters'
emotional, psychological, and intellectual development. Selected materials from psychol-
ogy, mythology, film, and contemporary literature.
396. Independent Study. (1-4) Independent projects in women's studies which either
continue study begun in regular courses or develop new areas of interest. By prearrange-
ment.
397. Internships in Women's Studies. (2-4) Practicum opportunities for work and for
research in conjunction with a local women's or justice organization: Winston-Salem
Family Services, NOW, Council on the Status of Women, the North Carolina Center for
Laws Affecting Women, the AIDS Task Force, etc. Pass/fail only.
In addition to the Women's Studies courses listed above, the following courses may be
included in the minor. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.)
196
Courses in the Humanities
Art 251.
Classics 252.
English 340.
376.
377.
381.
History 341.
365.
Humanities 230.
320.
347.
353.
Music 208.
Religion 340.
366.
370.
371.
Speech Communication 357.
Women and Art. (4)
Women in Antiquity. (3,4)
Studies in Women and Literature. (4)
a. The woman writer in society
b. Feminist critical approaches to literature
American Poetry Before 1900. (4)
American Jewish Literature. (4)
Studies in Black American Literature. (4)
History of Women in Modern Asia. (4)
Women in American History. (4)
Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (4)
Women in the Middle Ages. (4)
Women Writers in Japanese Culture. (4)
African and Caribbean Women Writers. (4)
Women and Music. (4)
Men's Studies and Religion. (4)
Gender and Religion. (4)
Women and Christianity. (4)
Theologij of Sexual Embodiment. (4)
The Rhetoric of the Women's Rights Movement. (4)
Courses in the Social Sciences/Sciences
Biology
Politics
Psychology
Sociology
318. Gender and Science. (3)
229. Women in Politics. (4)
265. Human Sexuality. (4)
358. Psychology of Women. (4)
153. Marriage and the Family. (4)
305. Male and Female Roles in Society. (4)
309. Sexuality and Society. (4)
311. Women in Professions. (4)
348. Sociology/ of the Family. (4)
359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (4)
Students intending to minor in Women's Studies should consult the coordinator of
Women's Studies in Tribble Hall A-106B, preferably during their sophomore year.
Overseas Courses
WFU courses taught on overseas campuses during the last five school years
Fall 1988-Spring 1993
BEIJING, China Semesters Taught
CHI 1131. Elementary Chinese (10)
CHI 1521. Communism in China. Contemporary
Issues in Historical Perspective (4)
CHI 1551. Pre- Advanced Intermediate Chinese
Perspective (10)
HMN2431. China in Perspective (2)
HMN 3641 . Issues in Contemporary China (4)
HMN3641. Communism in China. Contemporary
Issues in Historical Perspective (4)
POL 2421. Problems in Contemp. Chinese Politics (4)
Fall:
1993, 1991, 1990
Fall:
1991
Fall:
1991, 1990
Fall:
1993, 1991, 1990
Fall:
1990
Fall:
1991
Fall:
1993
BOGOTA, Colombia
POL 11511. History of Political Ideas (4) Fall
POL 11611. International PoUtics I (4) Fall
SPA 22311. 20th Century Latin American History (4) Fall
SPA 26611. Rulfo-Marquez-Onetti (4) Fall
1993
1993
1993
1993
DIJON, France
FRH 2192.
FRH 2232.
FRH 2232.
FRH 2242.
FRH 2282.
FRH 2292.
FRH 2402.
FRH 2742.
FRH 2752.
Studies in French Art (2)
Fall:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
Advanced Oral & Written French (4)
Fall:
1993, 1992
Advanced Oral & Written French (4)
Fall:
1991, 1990, 1989
Contemporary France (4)
Fall:
1993
French Civilization (4)
Fall:
1993, 1992
Contemporary France (4)
Fall:
1991, 1990, 1989
French Civilization (4)
Fall:
1992, 1991, 1990
1989
Independent Study (2)
Fall:
1993, 1992, 1991
Special Topics in French Literature (2)
Fall:
1990
French Literature (2)
Fall:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
FREIBURG-im-BREISGAU, Germany
BUS 5007. European Business Law (4)
ECN 1507. European Market Integration (4)
Fall: 1993,1992
Fall: 1993
198
ECN 2317. European Economic Policies (4)
ECN 2487. Economy and Environment (4)
ECN 2517. European Market Integration (4)
ECN 2517. Internat. Econ. Relations of the EC (4)
ECN 2527. Internat. Econ. Relations of the EC (4)
ECN 2537. Europe in Transition (4)
ECN 2537. European Market Integration (4)
ECN 2587. Internat. Econ. Relations of the EC (4)
ECN 2717. Economy and Environment (4)
ECN 2717. Germany as an Economic Power (4)
ECN 2727. Introduction to the Eur. Community (1)
GER 2167. Cont. Ger. Lit: Realism-Exile Lit. (4)
GER 2167. Intro. Mod. Ger. Lit: 20th Cen. Prose (4)
GER 2167. Intro. /Study of Mod. Ger. Lit. (4)
GER 2167. Vienna Theater I (in German) (4)
GER 2177. Adv. Comp. Read. & Conv. (4)
GER 2177. Advanced German (4)
GER 2187. Adv. Comp. Read. & Conv. (4)
GER 2187. Conversation & Composition (4)
GER 2187. Intermediate German II (4)
GER 2197. Adv. Comp. Read, and Conv. (4)
GER 2197. Top. in Adv. Comp. & Conv. (4)
GER 2217. Ger. History & Ger. Nation (4)
GER 2317. Auth. & Dem. Trad, of Germany (4)
GER 2427. Ger. Unif. as Prob. in Domestic Pol. (4)
GER 2707. Antisemitism in the Empire (4)
GER 2707. Auth. & Dem. Trad, of Germany (4)
GER 2707. Contemporary Ger. Stage I (4)
GER 2707. Elementary German H (4)
GER 2707. Exercises on Ger. Area Studies (3)
GER 2707. Ger. Unif. as Prob. in Domestic Pol. (4)
GER 2707. Intermediate German I (4)
GER 2707. Intermediate German II (4)
GER 2707. Introduction to Folklore (4)
GER 2707. Post-War Dev. of Ger. 1945-1949 (4)
GER 2707. Topics in Adv. Comp & Conv. (4)
GER 2707. 20th Cent. German Short Stories (4)
GER 2817. 20th Cent. Ger. Short Works in Prose (4)
HST 3207. German History & German Nation (4)
HST 5007. Hist, of East. Eur.: 1848-1945 (4)
MUS 5007. Music & Song in Concentration Camps (4)
POL 2337. Ger. Unifi/Prob. Domestic Pol. (4)
POL 2427. European Political Cultures (4)
Fall
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1993, 1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1993
Fall
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1993, 1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Fall
1992
Fall
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Fall
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1993
FalJ
1993
Spring
1993, 1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1993
Fall
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1992, 1991
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
199
POL 2427. Pol. Institutions of the Eur. Community:
Policies of European Integration (4)
POL 2427. Pol. Reform in East. Europe (4)
POL 2517. European Market Integration (4)
POL 2527. Europe in Transition (4)
POL 2527 Foreign Policy Between Ger. Unifi.
and European Integration (4)
POL 2527. Internat. Organ. I: E. Integration (4)
POL 2527. The U.N.: Ex. of Int. Con. Settle. (4)
POL 2527. Top. in Curr. East. Eur. Pol I (4)
POL 2707. The Federalist Papers (4)
POL 2877. European Political Cultures (4)
THE 1107. The Contemporary German Stage (4)
Spring
1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1993, 1992
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Fall
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1992
HIRATSUKA, Japan (Tokai University)
HMN 3421 . Japan in Perspective (2)
HST 3461 . Foreign Encounters with Japan (4)
JPN 2191. Advanced Japanese (10)
JPN 3421 . Japan in Perspective (2)
PSY 2801 . Directed Study (2)
PSY 3571 . Cross-Cultural Psychology (4)
SCT 3711. Comparative Communication (4)
Fall
1992, 1991
Fall
1992
Fall
1993, 1992, 1991
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Fall
1991
KIEV, Ukraine
HST 3328. Russian and Soviet Hist.: 1880-Present (4)
POL 2328. Current Political Events in the USSR (4)
POL 2428. Form. & Development. Problems of the
Pol. Syst. of the Common, of Ind. States (4)
POL 2528. Hist, of internat. Relations & Foreign
Policy 1975-1992 (4)
POL 2528. Topics in Soviet-American Relations (4)
RUS 2158. Topics in Adv. Russian Liter. (4)
RUS 2188. Russ. & Soviet Liter. & the Mass Media (4)
RUS 2508. History of World Art & Culture (4)
RUS 2708. Adv. Russian Language (6)
Fall
1991
Fall
1991
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1991
Spring
1992
Fall
1991
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1991
LONDON, England
ART 1030. Intro, to Visual Arts (4)
ART 2320. English Art, Hogarth to Present (2,4)
Fall: 1993
Fall: 1993,1992,1991,
1990, 1989
200
ART 2320. English Art, Hogarth to Present (2,4)
ECN 2650. Economic Philosophers (4)
ECN 2710. Selected Areas in Economics (2,4)
ECN 2900. Individual Study (2,4)
ENG 3300. British Liter, of the Eighteenth Century (4)
ENG 3800. Henry James in England (4)
HST 2260. History of London (2,4)
HST 2270. The History of the English Aristocracy (2,4)
HST 2340. Georgian & Victorian Society & Culture (4)
HST 2370. Churchill (2,4)
HST 2880. Honors in History (4)
HST 3260. Industrial Revolution in England (4)
HST 3760. Anglo-Amer. Relations Since 1940 (2)
HST 3990. Directed Reading (2)
MUS 2090. History of Music in the British Isles (4)
MUS 2160. History of Music in England (4)
POL 1 1 60. International Politics (4)
POL 2510. Foreign Pol. Decline: Brit, since 1945 (4)
POL 2520. Prob. in International Politics (4)
REL 2010. History of Christianity in England (4)
REL 2020. British Theological & Literary Classics (4)
SCT 31 10. The English Theater 1660-1940 (4)
SCT 3300. Modern English & Continental Drama (4)
(also THE 3300.)
SCT 3310. Survey English Theater History (4)
THE 2650. The English Theatre, 1660-1940
THE 2660. Mod. Eng. Cont'l. Drama /Lon. Stage (4)
Spring
1993, 1991,
1989
1990
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1992, 1991,
1990
Fall
1990
Spring
1993, 1992,
1990
1991
Fall
1993, 1992,
1990, 1989
1991
Fall
1989
Fall
1991
Spring
1990
Fall
1992, 1991
Fall
1992
Fall
1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1989
Spring
1989
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1990
Spring
1990
Fall
1989
Spring
1989
Spring
1992, 1991
Fall
1992, 1991
Spring
1992, 1991
Fall
Spring
1993
1993
MOSCOW, Russia
ANT 3988* Individual Study (2)
ECN 2538.** Political Economy of Russia (4)
HST 3318.* Russia: Origins to 1917 (4)
MTH 1098. Elem. Probability & Statistics (5)
MTH 2518. Ordinary Differential Equations (4)
PHI 3958.** History of Russian Philosophy (4)
RUS 2188.* Russ. & Sov. Lit. & the Mass Media (4)
RUS 2308.* The Structure of Russian (4)
RUS 2408.* Seminar in Translation (4)
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993, 1992
Fall
1993
*Moscou> State
'* Russian State Humanities Institute
201
RUS 2428.* Research on Culture in Russian (2)
RUS 2508.* Russian Culture & Civilization (4)
RUS 2708.* Independent Study (4,6,8)
RUS 2708.** Rus. Lit. of 19th & 20th Cent. (4)
RUS 2708.** Intensive Rus. Lang. - Intermediate (4)
RUS 2708.** Intermediate Russian Language (4)
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1993, 1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
SALAMANCA, Spain
HST 2019.
SOC 2029.
SPA 1829.
SPA 2019.
SPA 2029.
SPA 2059.
SPA 2199.
SPA 2239.
SPA 2419.
SPA 2649.
SPA 2739.
SPA 2759.
SPA 2759.
Spanish Art & Architecture (2,3,4)
Spring:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
General History of Spain (4)
Spring:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
Social and Political Structures of
Spring:
1993, 1992, 1991
Present Day Spain (4)
1990, 1989
Introduction to Spain (2-4)
Spring:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
Intensive Spanish (2)
Spring:
1992, 1989
Advanced Spanish (2,4)
Spring:
1991, 1990, 1989
History of the Spanish Language (4)
Spring:
1991, 1990, 1989
Advanced Spanish (4)
Spring:
1993, 1992
Latin American Civilization (4)
Spring:
1989
Literature of the Golden Age I (4)
Spring:
1993, 1992, 1991
1990, 1989
Spanish American Short Story (4)
Spring:
1989
20th Century Spanish Novel (4)
Spring:
1993, 1991
Contemporary Spanish Literature I (4)
Spring:
1990
Spanish American Short Story (4)
Spring:
1992
TAIPEI, Taiwan
ANT 3651 . Cultural Ecology of China (4) Fall
CHI 1131. Elementary Chinese (10) Fall
CHI 1551. Pre-Advanced Intermediate Chinese (10) Fall
HMN 2431 . China in Perspective (2) Fall
1989
1989
1989
1989
VENICE, Italy
ART 2693. Venetian Renaissance Art (4) Spring: 1993,1992,1991,
1990, 1989
Fall: 1993,1992,1991,
1990, 1989
CLA2553. The World of Myth, in Ovid's Metamorph. (4) Fall: 1992
*Moscou> State
'* Russian State Humanities Institute
202
CLA 2713.
The Roman Civiliz. of Ancient Venetia (3)
Fall
1992
ENG 3613.
The Italian Experience (4)
Fall
1990
ENG 3653.
Twentieth-Century British Fiction (4)
Fall
1991
ENG 3863.
Independent Study (4)
Spring
1992
HON 1313.
Approaches to Human Experience 1 (4)
Spring
1990
HON 1353.
Approaches to Human Experience (4)
Fall
1991, 1989
HON 2433.
Literature, Travel & Discovery (4)
Spring
1991
HST 2223.
Renaissance & Reformation (4)
Fall
1989
HST 2253.
History of Venice (4)
Fall
Spring
1992, 1991,
1992
1989
HST 2263.
Venetian Society & Culture (4)
Fall
1993
HMN 2603.
Rom/Ital. Forerunners: Western Liter. (4)
Fall
1990
ITA 1533.
Intermediate Italian (4)
Spring
1991, 1990
Fall
1993, 1990,
1989
ITA 1993.
Independent Study (4)
Spring
1992
ITA 2153.
Introduction to Italian Literature I (4)
Spring
1993, 1991,
1989
1990,
Fall
1993, 1992,
1990, 1989
1991,
ITA 2163.
Introduction to Italian Literature II (4)
Spring
Fall
1993, 1991,
1991, 1989
1990
ITA 2213.
Spoken Italian: Venice (4)
Spring
1993, 1992,
1990
Fall
1993, 1992,
1991
MUS 2143.
The Language of Music in Italy (4)
Spring
1991
PHI 2853.
Philosophy of Art (4)
Spring
1990
POL 1143.
Intro, to Politics: Comparative (4)
Spring
Fall
1992
1993
POL 2373.
Comparative Public Policy in Selected
Industrialized Democracies (4)
Spring
1989
POL 2423.
Problems in Comparative Politics (4)
Spring
1992, 1989
POL 2533.
Pol. of Internat. ECN Relations (4)
Fall
1993
POL 2703.
Topics in Political Theory (4)
Spring
1992
POL 2873.
Individual Study (2,4)
Fall
1993
PSY 2413.
Developmental Psychology (4)
Spring
1993
PSY 2803.
Directed Study (4)
Spring
1993
PSY 3573.
Cross-Cultural Psychology (4)
Spring
1993
VIENNA, Austria
ANT 3507.
Reemerg. of Ethnic Iden. in East. Eur. (4)
Spring
1993
ART 5007.
Austria: Art & Architecture (4)
Spring
Fall
1993, 1992
1993
ART 5017.
Art Analysis (4)
Spring
1993
BUS 2217.
Internationa] Trade & Marketing (4)
Spring
1992
203
BUS 2237. International Trade & Marketing (4)
BUS 2317. International Finance (4)
BUS 2347. International Finance (4)
BUS 5007. Bus. & Mar. East. & E. Cent. Eur. (4)
BUS 5007. International Trade & Marketing (4)
BUS 5017. International Finance (4)
BUS 501 7. Interna tional Trade & Marketing (4)
BUS 5017. Multinational Bus. Enterprises (4)
BUS 5027. Supervised Bus. Internship (4)
ECN 2727. Intro, to the European Cornmun. (1)
EDU 2027. Supervised Teaching Internship (4)
ENG 5007. Austrian Literature in Comp. Eur. (4)
GER1117. Elementary German (4)
GER 1 1 1 7. Elementary German I (4)
GER 1 127. Elementary German II (4)
GER 2187. Intermediate German (4)
GER 21 87. Intermediate German II (4)
GER 2707. Conversation & Composition (1,4)
GER 2707. Intermediate German (1)
GER 2707. Intermediate German I (4)
GER 2707. Intermediate German II (4)
GER 2707. Theater in Vienna II (in German) (4)
GER 2817. Vienna Theater II (4)
HMN 2157. Austrian Lit. in a Compar. Eur. Perspec. (4)
HST 1027. Hist, of Eastern Europe: 1918-Present (4)
HST 5007. Hist, of Eastern Europe: 1918-Present (4)
HST 5007. Vienna: Growth of Urban Civil. (4)
HST 5007. Vienna 1900: Le Fin de Siecle (4)
HST 5037. Vienna 1900: Le Fin de Siecle (4)
HST 5047. Hist, of Eastern Europe: 1918-Present (4)
MUS 1017 Music in Performance (4)
MUS 5007. Music in Performance (4)
PHI 3957. Philos. of the Vienna Circle (4)
POL 2427. Neutral and New-Dem. Co. Chang. Eur. (4)
POL 2457. Reemerg. of Ethnic Iden. in East. Eur. (4)
POL 2527. Internat. Organ. I: Eur. Integration (4)
POL 5007. Internat. Law & Transnat. Corporations (4)
POL 5007. Political Reform in East Eur. (4)
POL 5007. Top. in Current E. Eur. I (4)
PSY 2557. Personality & Psychopathology (4)
PSY 2807. Psychoanalysis & Exist. Psy. (4)
PSY 3357. Motivation & Aggression (4)
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
Fall
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
FaU
1993
Fall
1993
Spring
1993, 1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Fall
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1993
Spring
1993, 1992
Fall
1992
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
FaU
1993
Spring
1993
Spring
1992
Spring
1992
FaU
1992
Spring
1993, 1992
Spring
1993
Fall
1993
FaU
1993
FaU
1993
Spring
1992
FaU
1993
FaU
1993
FaU
1992
Spring
1993
FaU
1993
204
Courses on Other Sites
ASIA, PACIFIC RIM
BUS 290. International Management Study Tour (4)
(China, Japan, Hong Kong)
EDU 272B. Geography Study Tour (4)
Summer: 1993, 1992, 1989
Summer: 1992,1989
EUROPE
ACC 290. International Accounting (4) (Belgium,
France, Germany, Switzerland, UK)
ANT 383. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology
384. (4,3; 4,3) (Highlands, Scotland)
BUS 291 . International Marketing Field Study (4)
(Austria, England, France, Germany,
Italy, Switzerland)
EDU 272A. Geography Study Tour (4)
ENG 32010. Medieval Mystery Plays (4)
(Oxford, England)
FPvH 181. Swiss French Civilization (4)
FRH 185. Paris as Cultural Center of France (4)
GER 160. German Language & Customs (4)
HMN 32010. Medieval Women (2) (Oxford, England)
MLS 484. The Oberammergau Passion Play 1990:
A Study Tour (3)
REL 218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World (4)
RUS 242. Research on Language & Culture in the
Soviet Union (2) (also HMN 242.)
Summer: 1993,1992
Summer: 1990,1989
Summer: 1993,1990
Summer: 1993, 1992, 1991,
1990, 1989
Summer: 1992
Summer: 1990
Summer: 1990,1989
Summer: 1992,1990,1989
Summer: 1992
Summer: 1990
Summer: 1993,1990
Spring: 1990,1989
MIDDLE EAST
REL 315. Field Research in Biblical Archeology
316. (4,4) (Caesarea, Israel)
Summer: 1993,1992
CARIBBEAN
ANT 381 A.
382A.
ANT 384.
Archeological Research (4,4)
(San Salvador, the Bahamas)
Field Research in Cultural Anthropology
(4,3) (Roatan Island, Honduras)
Summer:
Summer:
1993, 1992, 1991,
1990
1993, 1992, 1991
School of Business and Accountancy
Dana J. Johnson, Dean
C. Michael Thompson, Assistant Dean
Benson-Pruitt Professor of Business John S.Dunkelberg
Davis Professor of Business Umit Akinc
Hylton Professor of Accountancy Thomas C. Taylor
Professors A. Sayeste Daser, Eddie V. Easley, Stephen Ewing,
Dale R. Martin, Ralph B. Tower
Associate Professors S. Douglas Beets, Arun P. Dewasthali,
Thomas S. Goho, Earl C. Hipp Jr., Jack E. Wilkerson Jr.
Assistant Professors P. Candace Deans, Jonathan E. Duchac,
J. Kline Harrison, Paul E. Juras
Lecturers Horace O. Kelly Jr., DeLeon E. Stokes,
Olive S. Thomas, C. Michael Thompson
Instructors Helen Akinc, Katherine S. Hoppe
Adjunct Instructors Suzanne S. Buchanan, Cynthia R. Sutton
Visiting Lecturer Locke M. Newlin
Mission
The mission of the School of Business and Accountancy is to provide students with an
excellent business and professional accounting education within the framework of the
liberal arts tradition of Wake Forest University. The School's distinctiveness in the pursuit
of this mission derives from the size, reputation, and location of the University; the
primary emphasis upon undergraduate and professional education within a separate
school; and business and accounting curriculums which stress knowledge and skills in the
various functional areas of business blending with the extensive liberal arts curriculum of
the University .
In implementing this commitment to quality education, highly effective teaching is of
paramount importance. Teaching is complemented by research which provides new
perspectives to be shared by students and colleagues.
The ultimate goal of the School is to graduate young men and women who are
technically competent and who have the ability to assume managerial and leadership
positions in business, government, and other organizations.
Objectives
The School of Business and Accountancy has four specific objectives:
1. to offer sound academic programs in business leading to the bachelor of science
degree and in professional accountancy leading to the master of science degree;
2. to undertake on a continuous basis the professional development of its faculty;
3. to serve the University community; and
4. to maintain a productive association with the public, especially the business
community.
206
Two four-year programs of study leading to the bachelor of science degree are offered.
Students may choose a major in either business or analytical finance and accounting. A
five-year program of study leading to a bachelor of science and a master of science degree
with a major in professional accountancy also is offered.
The five-year program is an integrated BS/MS program in accountancy. Interested
students will declare an accountancy major during their sophomore year and will apply
to the master's program during their third year. Students will receive both the BS and the
MS degrees upon completion of the program. The program is designed for the student
seeking a career in public accounting and wishing to become a CPA.
The first graduate courses will be offered in 1995-96, and the first students will graduate
with both degrees in May 1 997. Students who entered Wake Forest University as freshmen
in the fall of 1992 will be the first class that will apply for admission to the master's program
in the spring of 1995.
Students who do not wish to pursue the master's degree and a career in public
accounting will have the option of the four-year baccalaureate program in analytical
finance and accounting. The four-year program will be designed to prepare students for
accounting or finance positions in corporate or not-for-profit organizations. These posi-
tions do not require a CPA.
Goals
The primary goal of the business program is to provide a general study of business which
will enable graduates to enter the business world with a breadth of understanding of
relevant business problems and concepts. The general, as opposed to specialized, orien-
tation of the major in business is appropriate for Wake Forest in light of both its strong
liberal arts tradition and its small size.
The primary goal of the analytical finance and accounting program of study is to
provide students with a thorough understanding of the accounting and finance functions
of business, especially as they relate to one another, preparing the students for careers in
such fields as management accounting, financial services, and investment banking.
The major goal of the five-year professional accountancy program is to give students a
thorough understanding of the practice of professional accounting and of the theoretical
framework which supports the practice of professional accounting. Students study the
basic functional areas of business as a means of understanding how accounting relates to
these areas. Skills necessary to address ill-defined and/or unstructured practice problems
are developed in a series of case-based research and analysis courses. In addition,
opportunities exist within the program of study to enhance awareness of practice issues
on both a domestic and international level through a professional internship program and
an international study tour program.
Both the business and accountancy programs are accredited by the American Assembly
of Collegiate Schools of Business.
207
Admission
Admission to the School is by formal application, and applicants will be screened by the
Committee on Admission and Continuation of the School of Business and Accountancy.
Before being considered for admission to the School, the applicant first must have been
admitted to Wake Forest College. Minimum requirements for admission to the School of
Business and Accountancy are completion of sixty-five credits with an overall grade-point
average of 2.2, completion of Economics 1 50, Mathematics 1 08 or 1 1 1, Accounting 111 and
112, and a 2.0 average in these four courses. In addition, students should have completed
Business 100 and Speech 110. Students who have not met fully the above requirements
may request a one-semester provisional acceptance.
The number of students who can be accommodated is limited. Meeting the minimum
requirements is not a guarantee of admission. Therefore, the School reserves the right to
grant or deny admission or readmission to any student even though he or she meets the
minimum requirements. Readmission to the School of Business and Accountancy first
requires readmission to Wake Forest College, requirements for which are discussed on
page 28.
Transfer of Credit from Other Schools
It is expected that most work toward degrees offered by the School of Business and
Accountancy will be taken in the School. For students wishing to transfer credit from other
schools, the following general guidelines apply:
(a) Courses at another school passed with the minimum passing grade at that school
may not be transferred.
(b) Courses transferred in business and accountancy may be subject to validating
examinations.
(c) No work in courses numbered 200 and above will be accepted from two-year
schools.
(d) Courses taken elsewhere in subjects not offered at the School of Business and
Accountancy will not count necessarily towards the credits required in the School
of Business and Accountancy.
For the BS in business, a minimum of forty credits must be earned in the School of
Business and Accountancy at Wake Forest University; for the BS in analytical finance and
accounting or professional accountancy, the minimurn credits earned in this school must
total fifty-two.
Requirements for Continuation
In addition to the requirements stated on pages 27-28, a student must be academically
responsible and must show satisfactory progress towards completing the requirements
for the degree. The administration of the School of Business and Accountancy will notify
the student if satisfactory progress is not being made and, after consultation with the
Admission and Continuation Committee, will decide if the student may continue as a
major in this school.
208
Requirements for Graduation
The School of Business and Accountancy confers the bachelor of science degree with
majors in business and in the combined study of accountancy and finance . The School also
confers the master of science degree (concurrently with the bachelor of science degree) in
professional accountancy. For the major in business, a student must complete the
following course work: Accounting 111 and 112; Business 100,201,203,211,221,231,241,
251, 252, 261 , and 271; Economics 1 50; Mathematics 108 or 1 1 1 ; Speech 110; and a minimum
of twelve credits from Business 209, 212, 213, 215, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 232, 233, 234, 235,
237, 242, 253, 254, 262, 290, 291 , 293 or accounting courses numbered 200 or above. One
elective may be taken from economics courses numbered 200 or above.
The analytical finance and accounting major will require the following courses:
Accounting 111, 112,211, 212, and 321; Business 100,201, 211, 221, 231, 232,234,235,237,
241, 251, 261, and 271; Economics 150; Mathematics 108 or 1 11; and Speech 110.
For the combined bachelor of science/master of science degree in accountancy, the
following course work must be completed: Accounting 111,112, 21 1, 212, 313, 321, 331,
351, 352,414,415, 432,and 453; Business 100,201, 211, 221, 231, 237,241, 251, 261, 462,and
271; Economics 150; Mathematics 108 or 11 1; and Speech 110.
In addition to the courses stipulated above, the student in business and accountancy
also must meet the following requirements for graduation:
(a) a minimum of 144 credits for the four-year programs and 176 credits for the five-
year program, including the basic and divisional requirements established by
Wake Forest College;
(b) a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at Wake Forest;
(c) a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at other institu-
tions; and
(d) an overall 2.0 grade-point average on all business and accountancy courses,
exclusive of courses repeated with a C grade or better.
Senior Honors Program
Students with a grade-point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and who are eligible
for membership in Beta Gamma Sigma are invited to apply for admission to the honors
program in business and accountancy. A project, paper, or readings, and an oral
examination are required . Those who successfully complete the requ irements specified
by the School are graduated with the designation "Honors in Business" or "Honors in
Accountancy." For additional information, interested students should consult a member
of the faculty of the School of Business and Accountancy.
Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society
Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest national recognition a student can
receive in an undergraduate program in accounting or business. To be eligible for
membership, a student must rank in the upper 7 percent of the junior class or the upper
1 percent of the senior class.
209
Courses of Instruction
Business
100. Introduction to Computers and Business Applications. (2) Fundamentals of
computers, related peripheral technologies and basic telecommunications concepts.
Knowledge and basic skills of business software applications including the operating
system and windows, spreadsheets, business presentation graphics, and databases.
Students demonstrating proficiency in these skills may test out of this course. C —
Accounting 1 1 1 or P — Accounting 111.
201. Business Statistics. (4) Techniques of analysis of numerical data, including descriptive
statistics, probability theory, sampling theory, statistical inference, chi-square analysis,
analysis of variance, and regression and correlation analysis. P — Business 100.
203. Quantitative Applications. (4) This course emphasizes the understanding and
application of quantitative tools for managerial decision-making. Specific tools covered
include linear programming, transportation, assignment problems, decision analysis,
program evaluation and review technique, Markov analysis, and queuing models. P —
Business 201.
209. Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Business. (2,4) The course examines current
business issues using the theory and practices covered in the core courses. Topics may
include recent global business events and policies, corporate takeovers and restructurings,
business aspects of health care, workplace issues, the relationship of government and
business decisions, among others. The topics discussed will change each semester
reflecting the important issues at that time. P — Senior status.
211. Organizational Theory and Behavior. (4) This course focuses on the behavior,
structure, and processes within organizations. Emphasis is on developing knowledge and
skills regarding the role of individuals and groups within organizations, as well as the
functions of organizational systems and dynamics.
212. Human Resource Management. (4) The application of concepts from Business 211
to human resource problems faced by general managers and their organizations. Activities
include class discussions, case analyses, and projects. P — Business 21 1 .
213. Entrepreneurship. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the student with the scope,
current trends and elements of entrepreneurship. Students will study new business
opportunities and will design a business plan for a new business start-up concept. Topics
covered will include the entrepreneurship environment including entrepreneurial
personalities, assessing new ventures including financial planning, sources of capital,
managing entrepreneurial growth, marketing and marketing research, and legal issues of
entrepreneurship. P — Business 21 1 , 221 , and 231 .
215. International and Comparative Management. (2,4) This course deals with the global
issues in management. Particular emphasis is placed on the different management
philosophies and styles employed by managers in an international context. The course
210
focuses on the complexities involved in operating in different cultures and the implications
which these cultural differences have on managing organizations and their employees'
behavior. P — Business 211.
221. Principles of Marketing. (4) A study of the role of marketing in business and the
economy. Emphasis is on the examination of marketing concepts, functions, institutions,
and methods. P — Economics 150 and Business 100.
222. Seminar in Promotion Strategy. (4) This course will emphasize the strategic
development of the marketing communications plan, including advertising, sales force
management, sales promotion, direct marketing, public relations, and publicity. Cases,
industry speakers, and team projects will be used to simulate real-world experiences. P —
Business 221.
223. International Marketing. (4) Study of problems and opportunities in marketing
overseas, analysis of cultural, economic, and political environment of foreign marketing
operations, organization, and control of the multinational company . P — Business 221 and
senior standing.
224. Marketing Research. (4) Introduction to fundamentals of research methodology and
use of research information in marketing decision-making. Topics include research
design, data collection methods, scaling, sampling, and alternate methods of statistical
data analysis. Students design and execute their own research projects. P — Business 201
and 221.
225. Consumer Behavior. (4) Study of interdisciplinary behavioral science findings in
buying decision processes and application of this knowledge to the design of marketing
strategies and to the development of creative communication programs. P — Business 221 .
226. Retail Management. (4) This course is designed to acquaint the student with the
scope, current trends and elements of retail management. Topics covered will include
market structure of retailing, consumer behavior and retail strategy, changing retail
institution types, merchandising strategies, basic financial tools essential to retail
profitability and current research in retailing. P — Business 221.
231. Principles of Finance. (4) An introduction to the field of finance including financial
management, investment analysis, and financial institutions and markets. Emphasis is
placed on financial management at the level of the business entity or nonprofit organization.
P — Business 100, Accounting 112 and Economics 150.
232. Advanced Financial Management. (4) Management decision-making applied to the
financial function, including investment, financing, dividend, and working capital decisions
and their impact on the value of the firm. P — Business 231.
233. Investment Analysis. (4) Study of investment alternatives, expected returns, and
corresponding risks; valuation of stocks and bonds applying both fundamental and
technical analysis; survey of past and current methods of stock selection techniques,
including portfolio considerations. P — Business 231.
211
234. Multinational Financial Management. (4) Analysis of the international aspects of
managerial finance. Emphasis upon institutional and environmental factors influencing
capital acquisition and allocation. P — Business 231.
235. Financial Institutions & Markets. (4) A thorough examination of the role of financial
intermediaries in a free market economy and the functions of financial institutions within
money and capital institutions. Topics include asset, liability, and capital management,
the regulatory environment, and special topics. Special topics may include risk management
techniques utilizing proprietary insurance to neutralize the effects of risk inherent in daily
life: termination or suspension of earnings, liability exposures, and potential losses of real
and personal property values. P — Business 231.
237. Taxes and Their Role in Business and Personal Decisions. (4) Study of basic
concepts of federal and state income taxation with an introduction to sales, property, and
payroll taxes. Emphasis on the impact of taxation on business and personal tax planning
and on the importance of compliance. P — Accounting 211 or permission of instructor.
241. Production and Operations Management. (4) A study of the problems of the
operations function in organizations, their interfaces with other functional areas, and the
methods of their solutions. Topics include process selection, forecasting, aggregate
planning, job shop scheduling, project management, MRP inventory management,
facilities location and design, quality planning and control. P — Business 201.
242. International Operations Management. (2) This course represents a relatively new
dimension in the field of production and operations management. It is intended to
introduce the student to the international aspects of managing manufacturing service
operations drawing on relatively modest amount of literature — books, articles, and cases
that have recently accumulated. The following topics will be covered: international
exchange rates, international logistics, international facility location decisions, international
sourcing, joint manufacturing ventures and their strategic implications and performance
analysis of multinational production systems. P — Business 241.
251. Management Information Systems. (2) An introduction to the design, development
and implementation of information systems to support the decision making processes
and functions of the organization. An overview of management support systems and
organizational impacts will be incorporated. The course is taught from a manager/user
perspective. P — Business 100.
252. Management of Information Technology. (2) A study of information technology (IT)
trends and relevant managerial issues. Telecommunications and network management
issues relevant to the development of an IT infrastructure will be incorporated. Information
technology planning, implementation of IT control structures and development of an IT
strategy will be included. P — Business 100 and 251.
253. Advanced Topics in Information Technology. (2) An in-depth coverage of selected
information technology topics including network management, database management
and management of expert systems technology. Students will gain hands-on experience
with business applications development including the development of a simple expert
system. P— Business 100, 251, and 252.
212
254. Global Information Systems Issues. (2) The course will focus on managerial and
technological information systems issues from a global perspective. The role of information
technology in a changing international business environment and the relevant cultural,
political, legal, and economic implications for the multinational IS manager will be
incorporated . P — Business 1 00, 251 , and 252.
261. Legal Environment of Business. (4) A study of the legal environment in which
business decisions are made in profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasis is put upon
how the law develops and how economic, political, social, international, and ethical
considerations influence this development. Includes substantive areas such as torts and
government regulation of the employment relationship, the competitive marketplace and
the environment. P — Accounting 111.
262. Business Law. (4) A study of substantive law topics applicable to business transactions
including contracts, agency, property, the UCC and business organizations with an
emphasis on how these subjects intersect with the functional areas of business and affect
managerial decision-making. P — Business 261 .
271. Business Policy. (4) A study of strategic planning and implementation in business
policy formulation. Emphasis is placed on case study analysis of domestic and international
business situations. Methods of solution includebasic principles of strategic planning and
the use of computer simulations. P — Business 211, 221, 231, and 241.
281. Individualized Reading and Research. (2,3, or 4) Directed study in specialized areas
of business. P — Permission of instructor.
290. International Management Study Tour. (4) An experiential learning course which
provides students an opportunity to learn about management decisions and practices in
selected Pacific Rim countries. A guided tour of manufacturing plants and home offices
of foreign companies and American companies with branches located in the Far East.
Background readings and assignments are required prior to the trip, and a subsequent
paper (including library research) analyzing a topic from the tour also is expected. P —
Business 211 and permission of instructor. Offered in the summer.
291. International Marketing Field Study. (4) An experiential learning journey to a
foreign setting to conduct an in-depth study of marketing functions and practices. A
guided tour of plants and offices of local and multinational companies will be provided
in the selected foreign countries. Background readings and research are required prior to
the class trip. An investigation designed by the student is carried out during the trip and
an evaluative paper follows. P — Business 221 and permission of instructor. Offered in the
summer.
293. Contemporary Japanese Business. (4) A comparison of the structure and operation
of present-day Japanese and U.S. business. The course will include field trips to Japanese
firms, and guest lectures by Japanese business managers and educators. P — Junior /senior
standing and permission of instructor.
295. Summer Management Program. (8) A study of the various functions of business
including accounting, finance, information systems, management, marketing,
213
production, and strategic planning. Offered only in the summer and open only to
junior and senior liberal arts majors. Special application and admission procedures.
462. Business Law for Accountants. (4) A study of substantive law topics applicable to
business transactions including contracts, agency, property, the Uniform Commercial
Code, and business organizations, with emphasis on areas with auditing and accounting
implications. P — Admission to MS program and Business 261 .
Accountancy
110. Introduction to Financial and Management Accounting. (4) Basic accounting
concepts and procedures used in the preparation of financial reports issued to stockholders,
creditors, and managers of business enterprises. Open only to juniors and seniors not
majoring in business or accountancy. Cannot be substituted for Accounting 111.
111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (4) The basic accounting process and underlying
principles pertaining to the preparation and interpretation of published financial statements.
Sophomore standing.
112. Introductory Management Accounting. (4) A study of the concepts fundamental to
management accounting which aid in decision making, performance evaluation, and
planning and control. The topics covered in the course include product costing systems,
budgeting, differential and breakeven analysis, responsibility accounting, cost allocation,
and management accounting reports. P — Minimum of C in Accounting 111.
211. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems I. (4) A detailed analysis of theory and
related problems for typical accounts in published financial statements. P — Business 1 00
and minimum of C in Accounting 112.
212. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems II. (4) A continuation of Accounting 211.
P — Minimum of C in Accounting 21 1 .
254. Internal and Operational Auditing. (2) A survey of basic internal and operational
auditing concepts, procedures, and practices. P — Accounting 212.
280. Contemporary Issues in Accounting and Finance. (2) This course focuses on the role
of management in the formulation of financial reporting policies and practices with an
emphasis on the impact of these policies and practices on financial reports, decisions, and
markets. Contemporary accounting and finance topics such as earnings management,
lease capitalization, cash flow vs. earnings reporting, foreign currency translation, debt
extinguishment, oil and gas accounting, among other issues, are analyzed in the course.
290. International Accounting. (4) An experiential learning course that provides students
with an opportunity to learn about international and transnational accounting standards,
policies, and practices. Students will participate in a study tour of several selected
countries and will gain an international accounting and business perspective through
meetings with individuals in government, professional accounting firms, financial
institutions, and manufacturing companies. Background readings and assignments are
required prior to the tour, and a paper analyzing an issue related to the tour must be
214
completed after the tour. P — Accounting 211 and permission of the instructor. Offered in
the summer.
313. Accounting in the Not-f or-Profit Sector. (2) A study of the accounting practices and
financial reporting standards of governmental and not-for-profit organizations. P —
Accounting 211.
321. Advanced Management Accounting. (4) Advanced study of management accounting
topics including strategic and operational decisions, behavioral issues related to budgeting,
transfer pricing, performance measurement, and contemporary issues in accounting for
management planning and control. P — Business 241, rrunimum of C in Accounting 112.
331. Federal Taxation of Corporations, Partnerships, Estates, and Trusts. (4) A review of
federal taxation principles associated with the organization, operation, and dissolution of
corporate, partnership and tax exempt organizations. Introduction to federal estate and
gift taxes and to income taxation of trusts and estates. P — Admission to MS program or
permission of instructor.
351. Accounting Information Systems. (2) A study of the design and operation of
accounting systems including the revenue, expenditure, and administrative transaction
cycles. Emphasis is placed upon the necessary controls for reliable data. P — Accounting
112 and Business 251.
352. Introduction to Auditing. (4) An examination of basic auditing concepts and
practices, and the auditor's professional responsibilities. Emphasis is placed upon auditing
standards and the auditing procedures commonly used in public accounting. P —
Admission to the MS program; C — Accounting 351.
378. Individualized Reading and Research. (2,3, or 4) Directed study in specialized areas
of accountancy. P — Permission of instructor.
390. Professional Accounting Internship. (6) Professional accounting field work, under
the direction of a faculty member, in a public accounting firm, corporate enterprise, or not-
for-profit organization. Students gain relevant practical experience which builds on prior
coursework and provides an experiential knowledge base for coursework in the fifth year.
P — Admission to MS program and permission of the instructor.
414. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems HI. (4) A study of the concepts and
theories of accounting for business combinations, consolidated financial statements,
international transactions and holdings, and partnerships. Interim and segment reporting
are also examined. P — Admission to MS program and mirumum of C in Accounting 212.
415. Financial Accounting Research and Analysis. (5) An examination of contemporary
financial accounting and reporting issues using a case approach. Students are introduced
to available research tools and databases, examine and analyze a number of cases, prepare
written reports, and make oral presentations. Research and analysis is conducted
individually and in small groups. P — Admission to MS program and Accounting 414.
432. Income Tax Research and Analysis. (5) Examination of the tax research environment,
primary and secondary sources of tax law, and implementation of research tools. Study
of the administration of U.S. tax laws. P — Accounting 331.
215
453. Auditing Research and Analysis. (4) A study of current issues, practices, and
techniques related to auditing. Students will utilize available research materials, databases,
personal auditing experience, and practitioner sources to address auditing issues. Emphasis
is placed upon analysis, teamwork, writing, and presentation skills. P — Admission to MS
program, Accounting 352 and Accounting 390 or permission of the instructor.
John S. Dimkelberg, Benson-Pruitt Professor of Business, teaches a class in Investment Analysis.
Enrollment
All Schools— Fall 1993
Undergraduate Schools
The Graduate School (Reynolda Campus)
The Graduate School (Hawthorne Campus)
The School of Law
Babcock Graduate School of Management
The Bowman Gray School of Medicine
(includes Allied Health)
University Totals
Men
Women
Total
1,804
1,734
3,538
171
267
438
72
78
150
285
179
464
349
157
506
340
225
565
3,021
2,640
5,661
By State (1993-94 Session)
Alabama
37
Kansas
8
North Carolina
1,095
Alaska
2
Kentucky
30
North Dakota
1
Arizona
1
Louisiana
20
Ohio
81
Arkansas
5
Maine
12
Oklahoma
15
California
26
Maryland
176
Oregon
5
Colorado
14
Massachusetts
85
Pennsylvania
172
Connecticut
84
Michigan
IS
Rhode Island
6
Delaware
30
Minnesota
5
South Carolina
157
District of Columbia
11
Mississippi
22
South Dakota
1
Florida
200
Missouri
35
Tennessee
86
Georgia
249
Montana
6
Texas
52
Hawaii
3
Nebraska
6
Vermont
10
Idaho
1
New Hampshire
13
Virginia
211
Illinois
47
New Jersey
188
Washington
4
Indiana
14
New Mexico
2
West Virginia
51
Iowa
3
New York
157
Wisconsin
Wyoming
13
1
By Country (1993-94 Session)
Australia
1
Finland
1
Panama
1
Bahamas
1
France
1
Paraguay
1
Bolivia
1
Germany
1
Peru
1
Brazil
3
Ghana
1
Russia
1
Bulgaria
1
Greece
1
Saudi Arabia
2
British Virgin Islands
1
India
1
Senegal
1
Canada
6
Italy
1
South Africa
2
China
1
Jamaica
2
Spain
2
Colombia
1
Japan
1
Sri Lanka
2
Denmark
1
Kuwait
1
Switzerland
1
Dominican Republic
1
Netherlands
4
United Kingdom
U.S. Virgin Islands
7
1
Governing and Advisory Boards
The Board of Trustees
Wayne Calloway, Greenwich, CT
James B. Hunt Jr., Raleigh
James E. Johnson Jr., Charlotte
Russell W. Meyer Jr., Wichita, KS
1990-1994
Michael G. Queen, Wilmington
Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem
Lonnie B. Williams, Wilmington
J. Tylee Wilson, Jacksonville, FL
Barbara B. Millhouse, Winston-Salem G. Todd Turner, Cary (student)
1991-1995
Murray C.Greason Jr., Winston-Salem
Deborah S. Harris, Charlotte
Harvey R. Holding, Atlanta, G A
Lawrence D. Hopkins, Winston-Salem
James W. Johnston, Winston-Salem
Petro Kulynych, Wilkesboro
John G.Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem
Frances P. Pugh, Raleigh
William B. Sansom, Knoxville, TN
K. Wayne Smith, Dublin, OH
1992-1996
Clifton L.Benson Jr., Raleigh
Jean H. Gaskin, Charlotte
Joseph C. Hough Jr., Nashville, TN
Hubert B. Humphrey Jr., Greensboro
Albert R. Hunt, Washington, D.C.
Joseph W. Luter III, Smithfield, VA
Adelaide A. Sink, Tampa, FL
J. Lanny Wadkins Jr., Dallas, TX
Kyle A. Young, Greensboro
1993-1997
Herbert Brenner, Winston-Salem*
Ronald E. Deal, Hickory
J. William Disher, Charlotte
Dee Hughes LeRoy, Charleston, SC
L. Glenn Orr, Lumberton
Arnold D. Palmer, Orlando, FL
Bob D. Shepherd, Morganton
R. Jay Sigel, Berwyn, PA
Charlotte C. Weber, New York, NY
John C . Whitaker Jr., Winston-Salem
Life Trustees
Bert L. Bennett, Winston-Salem
Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh
Albert L. Butler Jr., Winston-Salem
C. C. Cameron, Charlotte
Charles W. Cheek, Greensboro
Egbert L.Davis Jr., Winston-Salem
Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem
Floyd Fletcher, Durham
John C. Hamrick Sr., Shelby
Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem
J. Samuel Holbrook, Southern Pines
Lex Marsh, Charlotte**
James W. Mason, Laurinburg
W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville
George W. Paschal Jr., Raleigh
J. Robert Philpott, Lexington
T. Eugene Worrell, Charlottesville, VA
J. Smith Young, Lexington
* Died on February 23, 1994
f * Died on September 1, 1993
218
Officers
Wayne Calloway, Greenwich, CT, Chair
John G. Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem, Vice-Chair
John P. Anderson, Winston-Salem, Treasurer
Leon H. Corbett Jr., Winston-Salem, Secretary
J. Reid Morgan, Winston-Salem, Assistant Secretary
Thomas P. Gilsenan, Winston-Salem, Assistant Treasurer
The Board of Visitors
L. M. Baker Jr., Winston-Salem, N. C
Chair, College Board of Visitors
Wake Forest College and Graduate School
Terms Expiring December 31, 1994
Joyce B. Baldwin, Durham
Robert H. Demsey, Rancho Sante Fe, CA
David H. Diamont, Pilot Mountain
Frank H. Dunn Jr., Charlotte
Evelyn P. Foote, Accokeek, MD
John D. Graham, Norfolk, MA
Frank S. Ioppolo, Orlando, FL
Joanne Kemp, Bethesda, MD
Caroline L. Lattimore, Durham
Dorothy M. Martin, Charlotte
A. C. Moore, Santa Barbara, CA
J. Howard Stanback, Hartford, CT
Terms Expiring December 31, 1995
Bruce M. Babcock, Winston-Salem
B. Macon Brewer Jr., New York, NY
John W. Chandler, Washington, DC
Callie Anne Clark, Hinsdale, IL
Laura M. Elliott, Washington, DC
Kathleen B. French, Annandale, VA
E. Michael Howlette, Richmond, VA
Suzanne Jowdy Jabbour, Winston-Salem
James T. Lambie, Winston-Salem
Douglas R. Lewis, Winston-Salem
William L. Marks, New Orleans, LA
Martin Mayer, Washington, DC
Stephen L. Neal, Washington, DC
Jonathan H. Witherspoon, Winston-Salem
Terms Expiring December 31, 1996
L. M. Baker Jr., Winston-Salem
Thomas M. Belk, Charlotte
William E. Bierlin Jr., Jenkintown, PA
Sylva Billue, Linden, TX
Clifford H. Clarke, Redwood Shores, CA
Sophia S. Cody, Winston-Salem
Mark A. Crabtree, Martinsville, VA
Beverly Freeman, Atlanta, GA
Lucy Gordon, New York, NY
Thomas C. Griscom, Winston-Salem
O. Bruce Gupton, Stamford, CT
James R. Helvey III, New York, NY
Judy Kessler, Los Angeles, CA
James A. Martin Jr., Winston-Salem
219
Wilbur S. Doyle Sr., Martinsville, VA
Noel L. Dunn, Winston-Salem
Gary L. Eckenroth, Winston-Salem
Elaine El-Khawas, Washington, DC
Stanley Frank, Greensboro
Robert J. McCreary, Newton
Bonnie McElveen-Hunter, Greensboro
Penelope Niven, Winston-Salem
John Parrish, La Jolla, CA
Howard A. Rollins Jr., Atlanta, GA
Elizabeth P. Valk-Long, New York, NY
Terms Expiring December 31, 1997
Germaine Bree, Winston-Salem Robert H. Frehse, New York, NY
F. Hudnall Christopher, Winston-Salem Thomas W. Lambeth, Winston-Salem
James DeRose Jr., Winston-Salem Gillian Lindt, Winston-Salem
Gayle Williams Dorman, Winston-Salem William D. Salter, St. Charles, IL
Ex Officio Member
Celeste Mason Pittman, President, Alumni Council, Rocky Mount, NC
Advisory Council
School of Business and Accountancy
Thomas R. Adams, Winston-Salem
Nancy Alderman, New York, NY
Gayle Anderson, Winston-Salem
Ren L. Babcock, Raleigh
J. Paul Breitbach, Winston-Salem
Victor N. Daley, Charlotte
Charles Eldridge, New York, NY
W. Chester Evans III, Greensboro
James A. Ferency, New York, NY
Jeffry W. Frisby, Clemmons
Kathryn W. Garner, Winston-Salem
Emma Graham, Winston-Salem
Wade Gresham Jr., Durham
Rex Norman Gribble, Charlotte
C. Stanley Hamm, Atlanta, GA
Dennis Hatchell, Winston-Salem
John A. Howard, Raleigh
Patrick G. Jones, Atlanta, GA
Ronald A. Joyce, Winston-Salem
John M. Kane, Raleigh
Richard Kauffeld Jr., Winston-Salem
John Keener, Greensboro
Deborah Lambert, Washington, DC
Timothy A. Lambeth, Shawnee Mission, KS
D. Hector McEachern, Winston-Salem
C. A. Michael III, Winston-Salem
Marcia E. Monyek, Chicago, IL
William C. O'Neil Jr., Nashville, TN
Jack Powell, Reston, VA
Dee Ray, Charlotte
Robert L. Reid, Nashville, TN
Scott Richardson, Winston-Salem
Ernest J. Sewell, Winston-Salem
James S. Scibetta, New York, NY
Larry P. Scott, New York, NY
Peter Stiles, Chicago, IL
Porter B. Thompson, Greensboro
Robert Stanley Vaughan, Charlotte
Michael M. Wathen, Charlotte
William J. Weiners, Winston-Salem
Jackson Daily Wilson Jr., Winston-Salem
The Administration
Date following name indicates year of appointment
University
Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983)
BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt
John P. Anderson (1984)
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.;
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham)
Russell E. Armistead Jr. (1976)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU;
MBA, Wake Forest
Sandra Combs Boyette (1981)
BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse
David G.Brown (1990)
B A, Denison; MA, PhD, Princeton
Leon H.Corbett Jr. (1968)
BAJD, Wake Forest
Richard Janeway (1966)
BA, Colgate; MD, Pennsylvania
G. William Joyner Jr. (1969)
BA, Wake Forest
KervnethA.Zick(1975)
B A, Albion; JD, Wayne State;
MLS, Michigan
Laura Christian Ford (1984)
B A, Wake Forest; EdM, JD, Virginia;
AM, PhD, Princeton
Samuel T. Gladding (1990)
B A, M AEd, Wake Forest;
MAR, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro
President
Vice President for Finance and
Planning, and Treasurer
Vice President for
Health Services Administration
Vice President for Public Affairs
Provost
Vice President and Counsel
Executive Vice President for Health Affairs
of Wake Forest University
Vice President for University Relations
Vice President for Student Life and
Instructional Resources
Associate Provost
Assistant to the President
for Special Projects
College
Thomas E. Mullen (1957)
BA, Rollins; MA, PhD, Emory
Toby A. Hale (1970)
BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana
William S. Hamilton (1983)
BA, MA, PhD, Yale
Dean of the College
Associate Dean
Associate Dean
221
Patricia Adams Johansson (1969)
BA, Winston-Salem State;
MA, Wake Forest
Paul N.Orser (1989)
BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory
W.Douglas Bland (1975)
BA, MA, Wake Forest
Graduate School
Associate Dean
Gordon A. Melson (1991 )
BS, PhD, Sheffield (England)
School of Law
Robert K.Walsh (1989)
BA, Providence; JD, Harvard
H. Miles Foy III (1984)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Harvard;
JD, Virginia
James Taylor Jr. (1983)
BAJD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Carol B. Anderson (1985)
BAJD, Duke
William T.Barrett (1994)
B A, JD, Washington and Lee
James C.Cook (1992)
BS, South Carolina; JD, Wake Forest
Rachel L.Hilbun (1984)
BA, Wake Forest
JeanK. Holmes (1985)
Sally A. Irvin (1984)
BAJD, Stetson; MA,
South Carolina; MLS, South Florida
LeAnn P. Joyce (1977)
BMu, Salem
LindaJ.Michalski(1983)
BS,UNC-Greensboro
MelanieE.Nutt(1969)
Deborah Leonard Parker (1984)
BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro;
JD, Wake Forest
Associate Dean and Dean of Freshmen
Director of Academic Services arid
Assistant to the Dean of the College
Dean of the Graduate School
Dean of the School of Law
Associate Dean, Academic Affairs
Associate Dean, External Affairs,
and Director of Clinical Programs
Associate Director of Clinical Programs
Director of Placement
Director of Continuing Legal Education
Assistant Director of Admissions and Financial Aid
Activities Coordinator
Associate Director of Computer Services
Registrar
Director of Professional and Public Relations
Director of Admissions and Financial Aid
Director of Legal Research and Writing
222
Ronald M. Price (1989)
AB, Guilford; JD, Wake Forest
Associate Director of Continuing Legal Education
Babcock Graduate School of Management
John B. McKinnon (1989)
AB, Duke; MBA, Harvard
James M. Clapper (1975)
BS, MS, Rensselaer Poly. Inst.;
PhD, Massachusetts (Amherst)
James G. Ptaszynski (1984)
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Shippensburg
Thomas M. Brinkley (1991)
BA, MAT, UNC-Chapel Hill;
MBA, Wake Forest
Barry L. Dumbro (1992)
BS, Vermont; MBA, Wake Forest
Mary C. Goss (1992)
BS, Southern Illinois; MBA, Pepperdine
Dean of the Babcock Graduate School
of Management
Associate Dean
Associate Dean
Director of Career Sennces
Director of Information Services
Director of Admissions
and Financial Aid
Marianne M. Hill (1988)
BS, MA, West Virginia; PhD, Georgia
Patricia B. Lowder (1988)
BS, Virginia
Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Richard Janeway (1966)
BA, Colgate; MD, Pennsylvania
James N. Thompson (1979)
BA, DePauw; MD, Ohio State
Russell E. Armistead Jr. (1976)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU;
MBA, Wake Forest
Eugene W. Adcock HI (1989)
BS, Davidson; MD, Wake Forest
John D. Tolmie (1970)
BA, Hobart; MD, McGill
William C. Park Jr. (1973)
BS, The Citadel; MBA, Wake Forest
B. Hofler Milam (1981)
BS, Wake Forest
Lawrence D. Smith (1983)
BS, MS, Illinois
Director of Evening and Executive Programs
Director of External Relations and Publications
Executive Vice President for Health Affairs
of Wake Forest University
Dean
Vice President for Health Services Administration
and Associate Dean for Administrative Services
Associate Dean for Professional Affairs
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs
Assistant Dean for Clinical Services
Assistant Dean for Planning and
Resource Management
Associate Dean for Research Developmmt
223
Patricia L. Adams (1979)
BA, Duke; MD, Wake Forest
Michael R. Lawless (1974)
BA, Texas (Austin); MD,
Texas Medical Branch (Galveston)
Lewis H. Nelson III (1976)
BS, North Carolina State;
MD, Wake Forest
James C. Leist (1974)
BS, Southeastern Missouri State;
MS, EdD, Indiana
Edward Carter (1993)
BS, Western Michigan;
MS, San Diego State
Paul M. LoRusso (1987)
BS, Syracuse; MBA, Florida State
Michael J. Poston (1993)
BS, MS, Indiana
J. Dennis Hoban (1978)
BA, Villanova; MS, EdD, Indiana
David P. Friedman (1990)
BS, Pittsburgh; MS, PhD, New York
Medical College
Julie M. Watson (1991)
BA, Coe; MA, Johns Hopkins
Velma G. Watts (1983)
BS, MA, North Carolina A&T;
MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke
Michael D. Sprinkle (1972)
BA, MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill
School of Business and Accountancy
Associate Dean for Student Affairs
Deputy Associate Dean for Student Affairs
Associate Dean for Admissions
Associate Dean for Continuing Education
Associate Dean for Facilities
Planning and Construction
Associate Dean for Information Services
Associate Dean for Development
and Alumni Affairs
Director of the Office of Educational
Research and Services
Assistant Dean for Basic Science
Research Development
Assistant Dean for Research Administration
Director of Minority Affairs
Executive Director, Coy C. Carpenter Library
Dana J. Johnson (1992)
BBA, MA, DBA, Kent State
C. Michael Thompson (1991)
BA, JD, UNC-Chapel Hill
John S. Dunkelberg (1983)
BS, Clemson; MBA, PhD, South Carolina
Dale R. Martin (1982)
BS, MS, Illinois State; DBA, Kentucky
Dean of the School of Business and Accountancy
Assistant Dean
Coordinator of Business Program
Coordinator of Accountancy Program
224
Summer Session
Lula M.Leake (1964)
BS, Louisiana State;
MRE, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Dean of the Summer Session
Finance and Planning
John P. Anderson (1984)
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.;
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham)
Larry R.Henson (1981)
BA, Berea; MS, Missouri (Rolla);
MBA, Wake Forest
Lula M.Leake (1964)
BS, Louisiana State;
MRE, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Richard T.Clay (1956)
BBA, Wake Forest
David O.Dyer (1973)
BA, Wake Forest
James L.Ferrell (1975)
BA,UNC-ChapelHill;
MS, Virginia Commonwealth
Robin Roy Ganzert (1988)
BS, MBA, Wake Forest
Thomas P. Gilsenan (1985)
BS, California (Berkeley)
W.DeraldHagen(1978)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU
James W.Kausch (1986)
BA, Wake Forest
F. Thomas King (1991)
THB, Piedmont College
BarryC.Schline(1985)
BBA, Notre Dame; MBA, New Haven
William C. Sides Jr. (1994)
BS, North Carolina State
Vice President for Finance and Planning,
andTreasurer
Assistant Vice President for Information Services
Assistant Vice President for
Finance and Planning
Director of University Stores
Assistant Director for Administration,
University Stores
Director of Human Resources
Assistant Controller
Controller and Assistant Treasurer
Assistant Controller
Purchasing Coordinator
Building Manager, Univ. Corporate Center
and Reynolda Business Center
Real Estate Manager
Acting Director of Facilities Management
Legal Department
Leon H.Corbett Jr. (1968)
BA,JD, Wake Forest
Vice President and Counsel
225
J. Reid Morgan (1980)
BAJD, Wake Forest
Donna H. Hamilton (1988)
AB, Drury; JD, Wake Forest
Beverly C. Moore (1989)
B A, Mount Holyoke; JD, Wake Forest
Student Life
University Counsel
Assistant University Counsel
Assistant University Counsel
Kenneth A. Zick (1975)
B A, Albion; JD, Wayne State; MLS, Michigan
Harold R.Holmes (1987)
BS, Hampton; MBA, Fordham
Paul N.Orser (1989)
BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory
Mary T.Gerardy (1985)
B A, Hiram; MEd, Kent State; MBA, Wake Forest
Mark A. Hall (1987)
BA, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC-Greensboro
DebraJ.Holcomb(1992)
B A, Connecticut; MEd, Plymouth State
Edgar D.Christman (1956, 1961)
B A, JD, Wake Forest; BD, Southeastern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; STM, Union Theo. Seminary
WilliamC.Currin(1988)
BA, Wake Forest;
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Jessica B. Pollard (1988)
BS, Fisk; MA, North Carolina Central
Ernest M. Wade (1986)
BS, Johnson C . Smith; MS, Wisconsin;
PhD, Michigan State
Connie L. Carson (1986)
BS, MEd, North Carolina State
Michael Ford (1981)
BA, Wake Forest;
MDiv, Gordon-Conwell Theo. Seminary
Natascha L. Romeo (1990)
BS, South Carolina;
MEd, UNC-Greensboro
Elizabeth D. Greer (1992)
BA, MAEd, James Madison
Vice President for Student Life
and Instructional Resources
Dean of Student Services
Judicial Adviser
Assistant Vice President for Student Life
Director of the Benson University Center
Associate Director of the Benson
University Center
University Chaplain
Director of Career Services
Associate Director of Career Services
Director of Minority Affairs
Director of Residence Life and Housing
Director of Student Development
Health Educator
Coordinator of Volunteer Services
226
Cecil D. Price (1991)
BS, MD, Wake Forest
Sylvia T. Bell (1981)
RNC, N.C. Baptist Hosp. School of Nursing
Regina G. Lawson (1989)
BS, UNC-Wilmington
Marianne A. Schubert (1977)
BA, Dayton;
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois
Sandra L. Chadwick (1989)
BA, BS, Texas (Austin);
MA, Columbia; PhD, Fielding
Chaplain's Office
Director of the Student Health Service
Associate Director for Administration,
Student Health Service
Director of University Security
Director of the University Counseling Center
Director of Learning Assistance Program
Edgar D. Christman (1954)
BA, JD, Wake Forest; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; STM, Union Theo. Seminary
David L. Fouche (1982)
BA, Furman; MDiv,
Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Institutional Research
Chaplain
Assistant Cliaplain and
Bapitist Campus Minister
Ross A. Griffith (1966)
BS, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC -Greensboro
Margaret R. Perry (1947)
BS, South Carolina
Hallie S. Arrington (1977)
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest
Mark E. Seifert (1991)
BA, Maryland; MA, Wake Forest
Judy G. Walker (1986)
BA, Wake Forest
Information Services
Director of Institutional Research
and Academic Administration
Registrar
Associate Registrar
Assistant Director of Institutional Research
Assistant Registrar
Larry R. Henson (1981)
BA, Berea; MS, Missouri (Rolla);
MBA, Wake Forest
Buck Bayliif (1988)
BA, Elon
Anne L. Yandell (1981)
BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro
Assistant Vice President for Information Services
Director of Communication Services
and Microcomputer Center Manager
Administrative Computing Manager
227
Jay L.Dominick (1991)
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Georgetown
Tim Covey (1988)
BA, Wake Forest
Admissions and Financial Aid
William G. Starling (1958)
BBA, Wake Forest
Thomas O. Phillips (1982)
BA, MA, Wake Forest;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Martha Blevins Allman (1982)
BA, MBA, Wake Forest
Steven Brooks (1989)
BA, MA, EdD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Wayne E. Johnson (1985)
BA, Northwestern; JD, Wake Forest
K. Brooke Fenderson (1991)
BA, Wake Forest
Karen B. Grogan (1988)
BA, Randolph Macon
Robert P. Jackson (1989)
BA, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU
Andrew E. Barrow (1993)
BA, Wake Forest
Sean H. Henry (1992)
BS, Wake Forest
Carie L. Jones (1993)
BA, Wake Forest
Milton W.King Jr. (1992)
BA, MBA, Wake Forest
Career Services
Assistant Director
Microcomputer Technical Coordinator
Director of Admissions and Financial Aid
Associate Director of Admissions and
Scholarship Officer
Associate Director of Admissions
Associate Director of Financial Aid
Assistant Director of Financial Aid
Assistant Director of Admissions
Assistant Director of Admissions
Assistant Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Assistant Scholarships Officer
William C. Currin (1988)
BA, Wake Forest;
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Jessica B. Pollard (1988)
BS, Fisk; MA, North Carolina Central
Sara Bright Vogelsang (1993)
BA, Wake Forest; MS, Northeastern
Director of Career Services
Associate Director of Career Services
Coordinator of Internships
228
Public Affairs
Sandra Combs Boyette (1981 )
BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse
T.CleveCallison(1982)
BA, Duke; MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Madison)
Kevin P. Cox (1990)
BA, East Texas State; MA, Wake Forest
Brian H.Eckert (1990)
BA, Wake Forest
David W.Fyten (1991)
BA, Minnesota; MA, Iowa; MFA, Iowa
Melody A. Graham (1987)
BS, Appalachian State
Catherine M. Home (1992)
BED, North Carolina State
Cherin C. Poovey (1987)
BA,UNC-ChapelHill
Bernard H. Quigley (1989)
BA, Massachusetts
Jim A. Steele (1987)
BA, Wake Forest
University Relations
Vice President for Public Affairs
WFDD Station Manager
Assistant Director, Media Relations
Director of Media Relations
University Editor
Director of Special Events
Associate University Editor and Art Director
Director of Publications and
Associate University Editor
Senior Writer
Media Relations Officer
G. William Joyner Jr. (1969)
BA, Wake Forest
RobertT. Baker (1978)
BA, MS, George Peabody (Vanderbilt)
Julius H. Corpening (1969)
BA, Wake Forest; BD,
Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Robert D.Mills (1972)
BA, MBA, Wake Forest
MintaAycockMcNally(1978)
BA, Wake Forest
Kay Doenges Lord (1985)
BA, Wake Forest
Claudia A. Stitt (1978)
BS, East Tennessee State
TrygBrody(1994)
BA, Wake Forest; MSA, Ohio
Vice President for University Relations
Assistant Vice President and
Director ofDevelopment
Assistant Vice President for University Relations
Assistant Vice President and
Director of Capital Campaign
Assistant to the Vice President
for University Relations
Director of Alumni Activities
Director of Records and Support Services
Assistant Director of College Fund
229
James R.Bullock (1985)
BA, Wake Forest
Cathy B. Chinlund (1986)
BS, East Carolina
Martha Shore Edwards (1993)
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Vanderbilt
Ashley Flynn (1994)
BA, Sweet Briar
John W.Gillon (1990)
BA, Wake Forest
Christia Hayes (1991)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Wake Forest
Kerry M.King (1989)
BA, Wake Forest
Katherine Lambert (1994)
BA, Wake Forest; MM, Colorado
Sheila Massey (1986)
B A, Winston-Salem State
Sonja Harvey Murray (1990)
BA, MBA, Wake Forest
Joanne F. O'Brien (1989)
BS, Wake Forest
Allen H. Patterson Jr. (1987)
BS, Wake Forest
Ruth DeLapp Sartin (1989)
BA, Wake Forest
W.Tim Snyder (1989)
BA, Wake Forest
Robert Spinks (1989)
BA, Furman; MRE, New Orleans
Theo. Seminary; MA, Iowa
Associate Director of Development
Manager of Support Services
Director of Foundation Relations
Director of Law Alumni and Development
Director ofBabcock Alumni Development
Manager ofDevelopment Research
Director of University Relations Communications
Director of Alumni Programs
Gift Stewardship
Director of College Fund
Associate Director ofDevelopment
for Corporate Relations
Director of Planned Giving
Development Officer
Technical Manager
Director ofDevelopment for Divinity School
Graylyn Conference Center
William E. Wellman (1993)
DDS, Ohio State
Diane L. Wellman (1993)
RDH, New Hampshire Tech. Institute
General Manager
Director of Marketing
230
Libraries
Rhoda K. Charming (1989)
BA, Brooklyn; MS in LS, Columbia;
MBA, Boston College
Charles M. GetcheU Jr. (1986)
BA, Tulane; MA, Mississippi;
MLS, Texas
John Via (1977)
BA, Virginia; MS in LS,
UNC-Chapel Hill
Thomas M. Steele (1985)
BA, Oklahoma State;
MLS, Oregon; JD, Texas
Michael D. Sprinkle (1972)
BA, MS in LS, UNC-Chapel Hill
Athletics
Director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library
Assistant Director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library
Assistant Director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library
Director of Worrell Professional Center Library
Executive Director of the Coy C. Carpenter Library,
Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Ron Wellman (1992)
BS, MS, Bowling Green State University
Dianne Dailey (1988)
BA, Salem; MEd, North Carolina State
Larry Gallo Jr. (1987)
BA, MS, Rhode Island
Charles W. Patterson HI (1984)
AB, Davidson College
William M. Faircloth (1978)
BS, Wake Forest; MA, Alabama
Joel Nielsen (1993)
BS, MA, Mankato State
Wake Forest University Theater
Director of Athletics
Director of Women 's Athletics
Associate Athletic Director
Associate Athletic Director
Assistant Athletic Director
Assistant Athletic Director
Harold C. Tedford (1965)
BA, Ouachita; MA, Arkansas;
PhD, Louisiana State
Donald H. Wolfe (1968)
BS, MS, Southern Illinois; PhD, Cornell
Mary R. Wayne (1980)
BFA, Pennsylvania State; MFA, Ohio State
Jonathan H. Christman (1983)
AB, Franklin and Marshall;
MFA, Massachusetts
Director of the University Theater
Associate Director of Theater
Theater Designer
Technical Director/Lighting Designer
231
John E. R. Friedenberg (1988)
BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie-Mellon
Patricia W. Toole (1990)
AB, Smith; MA, Wake Forest
Other Administrative Offices
Theater Manager
Director of Theater Speech
James P. Barefield (1963)
BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins
Mary Jane Berman (1986)
BA, Harpur; MA,
PhD, SUNY (Binghamton)
Julie Cole (1988)
BS, MA, Appalachian
Gloria E. Cooper (1987)
BA, Maryland
Thomas M. Elmore (1962)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, George Peabody;
PhD, Ohio State
Victor Faccinto (1978)
BA, MA, California State (Sacramento)
Richard P. Faude (1986)
BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Montana State
Brian Gorelick (1984)
BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison);
DMA, Illinois
David W. Hadley (1966)
BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard
Coordinator of the Venice Program
Director/Curator of the
Museum of Anthropology
Director of Research and Sponsored Programs
Director of Equal Employment Opportunity/
Training and Development
Director of Counseling Program
Director of the Art Gallery
Head of Information Technology Center
(Z. Smith Reynolds Library)
Director of Choral Ensembles
Martin Province (1982)
BA, Wake Forest; MM, Colorado
Judith K. Shannon (1980)
Martine Sherrill (1985)
BFA, MLF, UNC-Greensboro
Robert N. Shorter (1958)
BA, Union; MA, PhD, Duke
Ross Smith (1984)
BA, Wake Forest
George William Trautwein (1983)
BMus, Oberlin; MMus, Cleveland
Inst, of Music; MusD, Indiana
Coordinator of the London Program
Assistant Director of Instrumental Ensembles
and Director of Bands
Assistant to the Director of International Studies
and Adviser for Study Abroad/International Students
Curator of Slides and Prints
Director of Program of Academic Development
Debate Coach
Director of Instrumental Ensembles
and the Secrest Artists Series
232
RobertL.UtleyJr.(1978)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke
Virginia K. Williams (1990)
BS, Wake Forest
Director of theTocqueville Forum
Internal Auditor
Patrick Moron, assistant professor of Chinese and coordinator of the East Asian Latiguages and
Literatures program, with a student.
The Undergraduate Faculties
Datefollowing name indicates year of appointment.
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
David Adams (1992)
BA, Oregon; PhD, CUNY (New York)
Helen W.Akinc (1987)
BA,UNC-ChapelHill;
MBA, SUNY (Binghamton)
UmitAkinc(1982)
BS, Middle East Tech. University
(Ankara); MBA, Florida State;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Gary R.Albrecht (1987, 1990)
BA, Tulane; MA, PhD, Indiana
Jane W.Albrecht (1987)
BA, Wright State; MA, PhD, Indiana
Brian Allen (1977)
BA, East Anglia; MA, PhD, London
Edward E.Allen (1991)
BS, Brigham Young; MA, PhD,
California (San Diego)
Eva M.Allen (1990)
BS, Gardner-Webb; MA, Wake Forest
Nina Stromgren Allen (1984)
BS, Wisconsin; MS, PhD, Maryland
David J. Anderson (1992)
BA, Denison; MS, Michigan;
PhD, Pennsylvania
Paul R. Anderson (1990)
BS, Wisconsin (Madison); MA, PhD,
California (Santa Barbara)
John L. Andronica (1969)
B A, Holy Cross; MA, Boston College;
PhD, Johns Hopkins
Maya Angelou (1982)
LittD, Smith, Lawrence, Columbia College
(Chicago), Atlanta, Wheaton; LHD, Mills, Wake
Forest, Occidental, Arkansas, Claremont, Kean
Instructor in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Davis Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Adjunct Associate Professor of Economics
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish; Salamanca, Spring '94)
Lecturer in Art History (London)
(Departmentof Art, Part-time)
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Mathematics
Professor of Biology
Assistan t Professor of Biology
Assistant Professor of Physics
Professor of Classical Languages
Reynolds Professor of American Studies
Guy M.Arcuri (1989)
BA, North Carolina State;
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Andrea Atkin (1993)
B A, Pomona; MA, Chicago
Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Visiting Instructor in English
234
Michelle M. Baillargeon (1994)
BS, Saginaw Valley State; MS, Illinois;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
E. Pendleton Banks (1954)
BA, Furman; AM, PhD, Harvard
Sarah E. Barbour (1985)
BA, Maryville; MA, Paris; PhD, Cornell
Janice B. Bardsley (1989)
BA, California (Davis);
MA, PhD, California (Los Angeles)
James P. Barefield (1963)
BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins
Bernadine Barnes (1989)
BA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign);
MA, Pittsburgh; PhD, Virginia
Richard C. Barnett (1961)
BA, Wake Forest; MEd, PhD,
UNC-Chapel Hill
Phillip G. Batten (1991)
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Yale
Divinity School; MA, Wake Forest
John V. Baxley (1968)
BS, MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Wisconsin
H. Kenneth Bechtel (1981)
BA, MA, North Dakota; PhD, Southern
Illinois (Carbondale)
Robert C. Beck (1959)
BA, PhD, Illinois
S. Douglas Beets (1987)
BS, Tennessee;
MAcc, PhD, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU
Donald B. Bergey (1978)
BS, MA, Wake Forest
Mary Jane Berman (1986)
BA, Harpur;
MA, PhD, SUNY (Binghamton)
Michael J. Berry (1985)
BS, Jacksonville State; MA, South-
eastern Louisiana; PhD, Texas A&M
Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978)
BA, MA, Wake Forest;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(Spring 1994)
Professor of Anthropology
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Assistant Professor of Japanese
(East Asian Languages and Literatures)
Professor of History
Assistant Professor of Art
Professor of History
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology
(Part-time)
Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Sociology
Professor of Psychology
Associate Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Instructor in Health and Sport Science
(Part-time)
Director/Curator of the Museum of Anthropology
and Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Associate Professor of Health and Sport Science
Professor of Psychology
235
Zanna Beswick (1987)
BA, Hons, Bristol (England)
Mary Lucy Bivins (1985)
BA, Salem; MA, Wake Forest
Terry D. Blumenthal (1987)
BS, Alberta (Edmonton); MS, PhD, Florida
Keith D. Bonin (1992)
BS, Loyola; PhD, Maryland
Susan Harden Borwick (1982)
BM, BME, Baylor; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Stephen B. Boyd (1985)
BA, Tennessee; MDiv, ThD, Harvard
Divinity School
Debra Boyd-Buggs (1989)
BA, Iowa; MA, Rutgers; PhD, Ohio State
Anne Boyle (1986)
BA, Wilkes College; MA, PhD, Rochester
Robert W. Brehme (1959)
BS, Roanoke; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
David G. Brown (1990)
AB, Denison; PhD, Princeton
Carole L. Browne (1980)
BS, Hartford; PhD, Syracuse
Robert A. Browne (1980)
BS, MS, Dayton; PhD, Syracuse
David B. Broyles (1966)
BA, Chicago; BA, Florida; MA, PhD,
California (Los Angeles)
Christy M. Buchanan (1992)
BA, Seattle Pacific; PhD, Michigan
Suzanne S. Buchanan (1994)
BBA, MBA, Wisconsin
Lecturer in Theater (London)
(Department of Theater, Part-time)
Adjunct Instructor in Theater
(Part-time)
Associate Professor of Psychology
Associate Professor of Physics
Professor of Music
Associate Professor of Religion
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Associate Professor of English
Professor of Physics
Professor of Economics
Associate Professor of Biology
Professor of Biology
Professor of Politics
Assistant Professor of Psychology
Jennifer J. Burg (1993)
BA, Elizabethtown College; MA (English), MA (French),
Florida; PhD, Central Florida
Adjunct Instructor in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy; Part-time)
Visiting Assistant Professor of Computer Science
Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Michigan
Neal E. Busch (1994)
BA, Drake; PhD, Iowa State
Professor of Speech Communication
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry
236
Daniel A. Canas (1987)
BS, Tecnologico de Monterrey (Mexico);
MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Texas (Austin)
Richard D. Carmichael (1971 )
BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke
ChristaG.Carollo(1985)
BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke
SimoneM. Caron (1991)
BA, Bridgewater State; MA, Northeastern;
PhD, Clark
John A. Carter Jr. (1961)
BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, Princeton
Stewart Carter (1982)
BME, Kansas; MS, Illinois; PhD, Stanford
Justin Catanoso (1993)
BA, Pennsylvania State; MA, Wake Forest
David W.Catron (1963)
BA, Furman; PhD, George Peabody
Dorothy J. Cattle (1989)
BA, Washington; MA, PhD, New Mexico
Giovanni Cecchetti (1994)
PhD, Florence
Jonathan H.Christman (1983)
AB, Franklin and Marshall; MFA, Massachusetts
Joe W.Cole (1994)
BS, Pennsylvania State
John E.Collins (1970)
BS, MS, Tennessee; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; MA, PhD, Princeton
William E. Conner (1988)
BA, Notre Dame; MS, PhD, Cornell
Jule M.Connolly (1985)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd, South Carolina
Nancy J. Cotton (1977)
B A, Texas; MA, Wisconsin; PhD, Columbia
AllinF.Cottrell(1989)
BA, Oxford (Merton College); PhD, Edinburgh
BrianF. Crisp (1991)
BA, Hope College; PhD, Michigan
Associate Professor of Computer Science
Professor of Mat hematics
Lecturer in German
(Part-time)
Assistant Professor of History
Professor of English
Associate Professor of Music
Visiting Lecturer in English
(Part-time)
Professor of Psychology
Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Visiting Professor of Romance Languages
(Italian; Spring 1994)
Lecturer in Theater
(Part-time)
Instructor in Politics
(Spring 1994)
Professor of Religion
Associate Professor of 'Biology
Instructor in Mathematics
(Part-time)
Professor of English
(Leave, 1993-94)
Associate Professor of Economics
Assistant Professor of Politics
237
Andrew Cross (1993)
BA, Oberlin
Patricia M. Cunningham (1978)
BA, Rhode Island; MS, Florida State;
EdS, Indiana State; PhD, Georgia
James F. Curran (1988)
BAAS, Delaware; MA, PhD, Rice
George B. Cvijanovich (1989)
PhD, Bern (Switzerland)
Dale Dagenbach (1990)
BA, New College; MA, PhD, Michigan State
Mary M. Dalton (1986)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, UNC-Greensboro
Kate Daniels (1992)
BA, MA, Virginia; MFA, Columbia
Sayeste A. Daser (1978)
BS, Middle East Tech Univ. (Ankara);
MS, Ege (Izmir); PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Huw M. L. Davies (1983)
BSc, University College (Cardiff);
PhD, East Anglia
P. Candace Deans (1989)
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd,
North Carolina State; MBA, East
Carolina; PhD, South Carolina
Mary K. DeShazer (1982, 1987)
BA, Western Kentucky;
MA, Louisville; PhD, Oregon
Arun P. Dewasthali (1975)
BS, Bombay; MS, PhD, Delaware
Constance L. Dickey (1991)
BA, Portland State; MA, Washington
(Seattle); PhD, California (Berkeley)
Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970)
BA, New Hampshire; MS, Florida State;
PhD, California (Santa Barbara)
Patricia Dixon (1986)
BM, North Carolina School of the Arts;
MM, UNC-Greensboro
Kevin M. Doak (1989)
BA, Quincy College; MA, PhD, Chicago
Visiting Instructor in Philosophy
Professor of Education
Associate Professor of Biology
Adjunct Professor of Physics
Associate Professor of Psychology
Instructor in Speech Communication
Poet-in-Residence
(Department of English)
Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor of Chemistry
(Leave, Fall 1993)
Assistant Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
(Leave, 1993-94)
Associate Professor of English
and Women 's Studies
Associate Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Professor of Biology
Part-time Instructor in Music
Dana Faculty Fellow and
Assistant Professor of History
238
James H. Dodding (1979)
Diploma, Rose Bruford College of Speech and
Drama (London); Cert., Birmingham University;
Cert., Westhill Training College (Birmingham);
Diploma, Theater on the Balustrade (Prague)
Professor of Theater
Jonathan E. Duchac (1993)
BBA, MAc, Wisconsin (Madison);
PhD, Georgia
Robert H. Dufort (1961)
BA, PhD, Duke
John S. Dunkelberg (1983)
BS, Clemson;
MBA, PhD, South Carolina
Rebecca Duplantier (1993)
BA, MA, California (Los Angeles); PhD, Ohio State
John R. Earle (1963)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Eddie V. Easley (1984)
BS, Virginia;
MS, PhD, Iowa State
C. Drew Edwards (1980)
BA, Furman; MA, Wake Forest;
PhD, Florida State
Marianne Eismann (1992)
AB, Princeton; MA, Chicago
Bashir El-Beshti (1990)
BA, Tripoli University (Libya); MA,
Colorado State; PhD, California (Berkeley)
Leo Ellison Jr. (1957)
BS, MS, Northwestern State
Assistant Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor of Psychology
Benson-Pruitt Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Assistant Professor of German
Professor of Sociology
(Leave, Fall '93)
Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
(Leave, Spring 1994)
Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
(Part-time)
Visiting Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of English
Thomas M. Elmore (1962)
BA, Wake Forest;
MA, George Peabody; PhD, Ohio State
Helen V. Emmitt (1991)
AB, Bryn Mawr; PhD, California (Berkeley)
Gerald W. Esch (1965)
BS, Colorado College; MS, PhD, Oklahoma
Paul D. Escort (1988)
BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Duke
Andrew V. Ettin (1977)
BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Washington (St. Louis)
Associate Professor of Health and Sport Science
Professor of Education
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
Wake Forest Professor of Biology
Rex/nolds Professor of History
Professor of English
239
Herman E. Eure (1974)
BS, Maryland State; PhD, Wake Forest
David K. Evans (1966)
BS, Tulane; PhD, California (Berkeley)
Robert H. Evans (1983)
BA, Ohio Wesleyan; MS, New Hampshire;
PhD, Colorado '
Stephen Ewing (1971)
BS, Howard Payne;
MBA, Baylor; PhD, Texas Tech.
David L. Faber (1984)
AA, Elgin; BFA, Northern Illinois; MFA, Southern Illinois
Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969)
BA, Queens (Ontario); PhD, Duke
Professor of Biology
Professor of Anthropology
Associate Professor of Education
Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Associate Professor of Art
Associate Professor of Psychology
Susan L. Faust (1992)
BA, MA, Arkansas (Fayetteville)
Ramiro Fernandez (1987)
BA, Miami; MA, Middlebury College
in Madrid; PhD, Temple
James C. Fishbein (1988)
BA, Johns Hopkins; PhD, Brandeis
Jack D. Fleer (1964)
BA, Oklahoma Baptist; MS, Florida State;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Steven Folmar (1992)
BA, MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve
Doyle R. Fosso (1964)
AB, Harvard; MA, Michigan; PhD, Harvard
Donald E. Frey (1972)
BA, Wesleyan; MDiv, Yale; PhD, Princeton
John E. R. Friedenberg (1988)
BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie-Mellon
Mary Lusky Friedman (1987)
BA, Wellesley; MA, PhD, Columbia
Stephen M. Gatesy (1993)
BA, Colgate; AM, PhD, Harvard
RufusS.GatlinJr. (1992)
BS, St. Augustine
J. Whitfield Gibbons (1971)
BS, MA, Alabama; PhD, Michigan State
Adjunct Instructor in Speech Communication
(Part-time)
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Professor of Politics
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anthropology
Professor of English
Professor of Economics
Lecturer in Theater
(Part-time)
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Assistant Professor of Biology
Assistant Professor of Military Science
Adjunct Professor of Biology
240
Samuel T. Gladding (1990)
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; MA, Yale;
PhD, UNC-Greensboro
David M. Glass (1989, 1993)
BA, Youngstown State; MA,
Wake Forest; MA, Virginia
Kathleen M. Glenn (1974)
BA, MA, PhD, Stanford
Thomas S. Goho (1977)
BS, MBA, Pennsylvania
State; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Louis R. Goldstein (1979)
BM ; Oberlin; MFA, California
Inst, of the Arts; DMA, Eastman
Bobbi M. Goodnough (1987)
BS, Winthrop; MEd, Toledo
Stephen C. Goranson (1994)
BA, Brandeis; MA, PhD, Duke
Brian L. Gorelick (1984)
BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison);
DMA, Illinois
Margaret C. Gregory (1990)
BA, Weilesley; MA, Michigan
Julie Grossman (1993)
BA, Connecticut; MA, PhD, Virginia
David W. Hadley (1966)
BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard
David W. Hall (1994)
BA, Rice
R. Craig Hamilton (1994)
BA, Lawrence; MS, PhD, Indiana
William S. Hamilton (1983)
BA, MA, PhD, Yale
Claire Holton Hammond (1978)
BA, Mary Washington; PhD, Virginia
J. Daniel Hammond (1978)
BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Virginia
Philip S. Hammond (1990)
BA, Gettysburg; MS, PhD, Michigan
Phillip J. Hamrick Jr. (1956)
BS, Morris Harvey; PhD, Duke
Professor of Education
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish; Leave, 1993-94)
Associate Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor of Music
Instructor in Health and Sport Science
Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion
(Spring 1994)
Director of Choral Ensembles
(Department of Music)
Visiting Lecturer in Art
(Part-time)
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
Professor of History
Instructor in Biology
(Part-time, Spring 1994)
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theater
(Spring 1994)
Associate Professor of Russian
Associate Professor of Economics
Professor of Economics
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Professor of Chemistry
(Leave, Spring 1994)
241
James S. Hans (1982)
BA, MA, Southern Illinois; PhD, Washington
Hanna M. Hardgrave (1985)
BA, Brown; MA, PhD, Chicago
Katy J. Harriger (1985) Zachary
BA, Edinboro State; MA, PhD, Connecticut
Catherine T. Harris (1980)
BA, Lenoir-Rhyne; MA, Duke: PhD, Georgia
J. Kline Harrison (1990)
BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland
Negley Boyd Harte (1978)
BS, London School of Economics
Elmer K. Hayashi (1973)
BA, California (Davis);
MS, San Diego State; PhD, Illinois
Michael David Hazen (1974)
BA, Seattle Pacific;
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Kansas
Terry C. Hazen (1988)
BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Wake Forest
Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983)
BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt
Roger A. Hegstrom (1969)
BA, St. Olaf; AM, PhD, Harvard
David Helm (1991)
BA, Ithaca; MFA, Illinois (Chicago)
Robert M. Helm (1940)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke
J. Edwin Hendricks (1961)
BA, Furman; MA, PhD, Virginia
Marcus B. Hester (1963)
BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Vanderbilt
David A. Hills (1960)
BA, Kansas; MA, PhD, Iowa
Willie L. Hinze (1975)
BS, MA, Sam Houston State; PhD, Texas A&M
Earl C.Hipp Jr. (1991)
BA, Wofford, MBA, JD, South Carolina
Alix Hitchcock (1989)
BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, New York
Professor of English
Lecturer in Philosophy
(Part-time)
T. Smith Associate Professor of Politics
Professor of Sociology
Assistant Professor of Business
(School of Business & Accountancy)
Lecturer in History (London)
(Part-rime)
Professor of Mathematics and
Computer Science
Professor of Speech Communication
Adjunct Professor ofBiologi/
Professor of Philosophy
Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art
Worrell Professor of Philosophy
Professor ofHiston/
Professor of Philosophy
Associate Professor of Psychologi/
Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry
Associate Professor of Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Visiting Instructor in Art
(Part-rime)
242
Kenneth G. Hoglund (1990)
BA, Wheaton; MA, PhD, Duke
George M. Holzwarth (1983)
BA, Wesleyan; MS, PhD, Harvard
Natalie A. W. Holzwarth (1983)
BS, Massachusetts Inst, of Tech.; PhD, Chicago
Katherine S. Hoppe (1993)
BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian
Fred L. Horton Jr. (1970)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill;
BD, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, Duke
William L. Hottinger (1970)
BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois
Fredric T. Howard (1966)
BA, MA, Vanderbilt; PhD, Duke
Linda S. Howe (1993)
BA, MA, Wisconsin
Pamela Howland (1989)
BM, MM, Wisconsin Conservatory of Music;
DMA, Eastman
Xiaobo Hu (1993)
BA, MA, Institute of International
Relations, Beijing, China
Paul F. Huck (1989)
BS, Marquette; MBA, Washington;
MA, PhD, Northwestern
Stephen J. Huebner (1989)
BA, William and Mary; MA, Central Michigan
Michael L. Hughes (1984)
BA, Claremont McKenna; MA, PhD,
California (Berkeley)
Simeon O. flesarimni (1993)
BA, University of Ife (Nigeria);
PhD, Southern Methodist
Charles F. Jackels (1977)
BChem, Minnesota; PhD, Washington
Susan C. Jackels (1977)
BA, Carleton; PhD, Washington
MordecaiJ.Jaffe(1980)
BS, City College (New York); PhD, Cornell
Assistant Professor of Religion
Professor of Physics
Associate Professor of Physics
Instructor in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Albritton Professor of the Bible
(Department of Religion)
(Leave, Spring 1994)
Professor of Health and Sport Science
Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Part-time Assistant Professor of Music
Instructor in Politics
(Part-time)
Assistant Professor of Economics
Adjunct Instructor in Military Science
Associate Professor of History
Assistant Professor of Religion
Professor of Chemistry
(Leave, 1993-94)
Professor of Chemistry
(Leave, 1993-94)
Babcock Professor of Botany
(Department of Biology)
243
Mark Jensen (1993)
BA, Houston Baptist; MDiv, PhD,
Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Patricia Adams Johansson (1969)
BA, Winston-Salem State; MA, Wake Forest
David J. John (1982)
BS, Emory and Henry; MS, PhD, Emory
Dana J. Johnson (1992)
BBA, MA, DBA, Kent State
Marjorie A. Johnson (1992)
BA, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC-Greensboro
W. Dillon Johnston (1973)
BA, Vanderbilt; MA, Columbia; PhD, Virginia
Bradley T. Jones (1989)
BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Florida
Jane Joseph (1993)
BS, Coastal Carolina College; PhD, South Carolina
Paul E.Juras (1991)
BBA, MBA, Pace; PhD, Syracuse
Adjunct Associate Professor of Religion
Lecturer in English
Associate Professor of Mathematics and
Computer Science
Professor of Business
(School of Business & Accountancy)
Visiting Instructor in Education
Professor of English
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Anthony Parent, associate professor of history, teaches a class on Introduction to African History.
244
Peter D. Kairoff (1988)
BA, California (San Diego);
MM, DMA, Southern California
Jay R. Kaplan (1981)
BA, Swarthmore; MA, PhD, Northwestern
Darra Keeton (1992)
BFA, Miami (Ohio); MFA, Queens College
Nancy Kelker (1994)
BFA, MA, Oklahoma (Norman);
PhD, Texas (Austin)
Horace O. Kelly Jr. (1987)
BA, Baylor
Judy K. Kern (1987)
BA, Western Kentucky; MA, Louisville;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Charles H. Kennedy (1985)
BA, Eckerd; AM, MPP, PhD, Duke
Ralph C. Kennedy III (1976)
BA, PhD, California (Berkeley)
William C. Kerr (1970)
BS, Wooster; PhD, Cornell
Wayne King (1993)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill
Charles Jeffery Kinlaw (1986)
BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Southern
Baptist Theo. Seminary
Ellen E. Kirkman (1975)
BA, Wooster; MA, MS, PhD, Michigan State
Scott W. Klein (1991)
AB, Harvard; BA, MA, Cambridge;
MA, MPhil, PhD, Yale
Robert Knott (1975)
BA, Stanford; MA, Illinois; PhD, Pennsylvania
Dilip K. Kondepudi (1987)
BS, Madras (India); MS, Indian
Technology (Bombay); PhD, Texas
Kathleen A. Kron (1991)
BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Florida
Philip F. Kuberski (1989)
BA, MA, PhD, California (Irvine)
Raymond E. Kuhn (1968)
BS, Carson-Newman; PhD, Tennessee
Associate Professor of Music
Adjunct Professor of Anthropology
and Psychology
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art
(Spring 1994)
Lecturer in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Associate Professor of Politics
(Venice, Fall 1993)
Associate Professor of Philosophy
Professor of Physics
Lecturer in Journalism
Instructor in Philosophy
Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of English
Professor of Art
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Biology
Associate Professor of English
Wake Forest Professor of Biology
245
James Kuzmanovich (1972)
BS, Rose Polytechnic; PhD, Wisconsin
Abdessadek Lachgar (1991)
BS, MS, PhD, University of Nantes (France)
Hugo C. Lane (1973)
Licenciate of the Biological Sciences,
Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva
Page H. Laughlin (1987)
BA, Virginia; MFA, Rhode Island School of Design
Michael S. Lawlor (1986)
BA, Texas (Austin); PhD, Iowa State
Lee Anna Lawrence (1992)
BA, Vassar; MA, North Carolina State;
PhD, Duke
Mark R. Leary (1985)
BA, West Virginia Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Florida
Wei-chin Lee (1987)
BA, National Taiwan University;
MA, PhD, Oregon
Win-chiat Lee (1983)
BA, Cornell; PhD, Princeton
Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Associate Professor of Biology
Associate Professor of Art
Associate Professor of Economics
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
Professor of Psychology
Associate Professor of Politics
(Beijing, Fall 1993)
Cheryl B. Leggon (1993)
BA, Columbia; MA, PhD, Chicago
Andrew Leslie (1992)
BA, Virginia
David B. Levy (1976)
BM, MA, Eastman; PhD, Rochester
Kathryn Levy (1988)
BM, Eastman
Charles M. Lewis (1968)
BA, Wake Forest; ThM, Harvard; PhD, Vanderbilt
Thomas P. Liebschutz (1987)
BA, MA, Rochester;
BHL, MAHL, Hebrew Union; DMin, Boston
Associate Professor of Philosophy
Associate Professor of Sociology
Visiting Instructor in Speech Communication
Associate Professor of Music
Part-time Instructor in Music
Professor of Philosophy
Visiting Lecturer in Religion
(Part-time)
John H. Litcher (1973)
BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota
John T. Llewellyn (1990)
AB, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Arkansas;
PhD, Texas
Professor of Education
Assistant Professor of Speech Communication
246
Dan S. Locklair (1982)
BM, Mars Hill; SMM, Union
Theo. Seminary; DMA, Eastman
Charles F. Longino Jr. (1991)
BA, Mississippi; MA, Colorado;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Sabine Loucif (1992)
Licence de Lettres, Maitrise de Lettres Modernes,
Sorbonne Nouvelle; MA, Carthage College
Allan D. Louden (1985)
BA, Montana State; MA, Montana;
PhD, Southern California
Associate Professor of Music
and Composer-in-Residerice
Wake Forest Professor of Sociology
Instructor in Romance Languages
(French)
Robert W. Lovett (1962, 1968)
BA, Oglethorpe; MAT, PhD, Emory
Gene T. Lucas (1967, 1986)
BA, Phillips; MA, Denver
Barry G.Maine (1981)
BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Allen Mandelbaum (1989)
BA, Yeshiva; MA, PhD, Columbia
Associate Professor of Speech Communication
Professor of English
Lecturer in Mathematics
Associate Professor of English
Kenan Professor of Humanities
Milorad R. Margitic (1978)
MA, Leiden (Netherlands); PhD, Wayne State
Jeffrey A. Marquez (1993)
BA, Metropolitan State College of Denver
Dale R. Martin (1982)
BS, MS, Illinois State; DBA, Kentucky
James A. Martin Jr. (1983)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, Duke; PhD, Columbia
George Eric Matthews Jr. (1979)
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
J. Gaylord May (1961)
BS, Wofford; MA, PhD, Virginia
Jo Whitten May (1972) Adjunct Professor of Speech Communication
BS, Virginia; MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro (Part-time)
Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Assistant Professor of Military Science
Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
University Professor
Professor of Physics
Professor of Mathematics
W.Graham May (1961)
BS, Wofford; MA, PhD, Virginia
Leah P. McCoy (1990)
BS, West Virginia Inst, of Tech.; MA,
Maryland; EdD, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU
Professor of Mathematics
Associate Professor of Education
247
Thomas W. McGohey (1990)
BA, MA, Michigan State;
MFA, UNC-Greensboro
Pilar McMichael (1994)
Llicenciat, Barcelona
Jill Jordan McMillan (1983)
BA, Baylor; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Texas
Ralph B. McNeal Jr. (1993)
BA, Miami; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill
Dolly A. McPherson (1974)
BA, Southern; MA, Boston University;
PhD, Iowa
Gordon A. Melson (1991)
BS, PhD, Sheffield (England)
Stephen P. Messier (1981)
BS, MS, Rhode Island; PhD, Temple
William K. Meyers (1988)
BA, Washington; MA, PhD, Chicago
Teresa Michals (1993)
AB, Cornell; MA, Johns Hopkins
Soledad Miguel-Prendes (1993)
Licenciatura, Oviedo; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Instructor in English
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Associate Professor of Speech Communication
Visiting Instructor in Sociology
Professor of English
Professor of Chemistry
Professor of Health and Sport Science
Associate Professor of History
Visiting Instructor in English
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
Joseph O. Milner (1969)
BA, Davidson; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
G. Dianne Mitchell (1983)
BA, Salem; MAEd, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke
John C. Moorhouse (1969)
BA, Wabash; PhD, Northwestern
Patrick E. Moran (1989)
BA, MA, Stanford; MA, National
Taiwan University; PhD, Pennsylvania
(Spanish)
Professor of Education
Visiting Assistant Professor of Education
(Part-time)
Professor of Economics
Assistant Professor of Chinese
(East Asian Languages and Literatures)
Mardene G. Morykwas (1992)
AB, MA, Michigan
William M. Moss (1971)
BA, Davidson; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Gloria K. Muday (1991)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; PhD, Purdue
Thomas E. Mullen (1957)
BA, Rollins; MA, PhD, Emory
Adjunct Instructor in Speech Communication
(Part-time)
Professor of English
Assistant Professor of Biology
Professor of History
248
Margaret Mulvey (1986)
BA, MS, Connecticut; PhD, Rutgers
Stephen Murphy (1987)
BA, Canisius; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Rebecca Myers (1981)
BS, MA, Ball State
Adjunct Associate Professor of Biology
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Instructor in Dance and Director of
Dance Programs (Department of Theater)
Locke M. Newlin (1993) Visiting Lecturer in Business
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Columbia (School of Business and Accountancy; Part-time)
Candelas M. Newton (1978)
BA, Salamanca (Spain); MA, PhD, Pittsburgh
Linda N. Nielsen (1974)
BA, MS, EdD, Tennessee
Ronald E. Noftle (1967)
BS, New Hampshire; PhD, Washington
James L. Norris III (1989)
BS, MS (Science), MS (Statistics),
North Carolina State; PhD, Florida State
Barbee Myers Oakes (1989)
BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Tennessee
Juan Orbe (1987)
Universidad Nacional de La Plata
(Argentina); MA, PhD, Michigan State
Gillian Rose Overing (1979)
BA, Lancaster (England); MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo)
Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish; Leave, 1993-94)
Professor of Education
Professor of Chemistry
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Assistant Professor of Health and Sport Science
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Professor of English
Karen L. Oxendine (1986)
BS, Wayne State; MEd,
UNC-Greensboro
Adjunct Instructor in Speech Communication
(Part-time)
Anthony S. Parent Jr. (1989)
BA, Loyola; MA, PhD, California (Los Angeles)
Perry L. Patterson (1986)
BA, Indiana; MA, PhD, Northwestern
Darwin R. Payne (1984)
BS, MFA, Southern Illinois
Willie Pearson Jr. (1980)
BA, Wiley; MA, Atlanta;
PhD, Southern Illinois (Carbondale)
Associate Professor of History
Associate Professor of Economics
and Lecturer in Russian
Adjunct Professor of Theater
(Part-time)
Professor of Sociology
(Leave, Spring 1994)
William M. Pedersen (1992)
BS, U.S. Military Academy
Mary L. B. Pendergraft (1988)
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Assistant Professor of Military Science
Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
249
Philip J. Perricone (1967)
BS, MA, Florida; PhD, Kentucky
Elizabeth A. Petrino (1991)
BA, SUNY (Buffalo); MA, PhD, Cornell
Thomas G. Peyser (1992)
AB, Harvard; MA, PhD, Virginia
TerisioPignatti(1971)
PhD, Padua
Robert J. Plemmons (1990)
BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Auburn
Alton B. Pollard III (1988)
BA, Fisk; MDiv Harvard; PhD, Duke
James T. Powell (1988)
BA, Emory; M Phil, MA, PhD, Yale
Gregory D. Pritchard (1968)
BA, Oklahoma Baptist; BD, Southern
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Columbia
Martin R. Province (1982)
BA, Wake Forest; MM, Colorado
Doug Pryor (1992)
BS, MA, Northern Arizona (Flagstaff)
Jerry Pubantz (1992)
BSFS, Georgetown (School of
Foreign Service); MA, PhD, Duke
Teresa Radomski (1977)
BM, Eastman; MM, Colorado
Bill B. Raines (1989)
BA, Valdosta State; MA, Utah
Mary Lynn B. Redmond (1989)
BA, EdD, UNC-Greensboro;
MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill
J. Don Reeves (1967)
BA, Mercer; BD, ThM, Southern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; EdD, Columbia
W. Jack Rejeski Jr. (1978)
BS, Norwich; MA, PhD, Connecticut
Paul M. Ribisl (1973)
BS, Pittsburgh; MA, Kent State; PhD, Illinois
Stephen H. Richardson (1963)
BA, California; MS, PhD, Southern California
Professor of Sociology
Assistant Professor of English
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
Reynolds Professor of Art History (Venice)
(Department of Art, Part-time)
Reynolds Professor of Mathematics
and Computer Science
Associate Professor of Religion
Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
Professor of Philosophy
Assistant Director of Instrumental Ensembles
(Department of Music)
Instructor in Sociology
Visiting Professor of Politics
(Part-time)
Associate Professor of Music
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Assistant Professor of Education
Professor of Education
Professor of Health and Sport Science;
Adjunct Professor of Psychology
Professor of Health and Sport Science
Adjunct Professor of Biology
250
Charles L. Richman (1968)
BA, Virginia; MA, Yeshiva; PhD, Cincinnati
Leonard P. Roberge (1974)
BA, New Hampshire; MA, Atlanta; EdD, Maine
Stephen B. Robinson (1991)
BA, PhD, California (Santa Cruz)
Catherine Rodgers (1993)
BA, Rollins; MA, Middlebury
Eva Marie Rodrwitt (1966)
Cand Philol, Oslo (Norway)
Randall G. Rogan (1990)
BA, St. John Fisher College;
MS, PhD, Michigan State
Susan Z. Rupp (1993)
BA, Grinnell; AM, Harvard; MA, PhD, Stanford
Peter Santago (1989)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU;
PhD, North Carolina State
Jennifer Sault (1984)
BA, Wake Forest; MFA, UNC-Greensboro
Professor of Psychology
Professor of Education
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Lecturer in Romance Languages
(French)
Assistant Professor of Speech Communication
Assistant Professor of History
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics
Marianne A. Schubert (1977)
BA, Dayton;
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois
Katie Scott (1985)
BA Hons., London
Richard D. Sears (1964)
BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana
Timothy F. Sellner (1970)
BA, Michigan; MA, Wayne State;
PhD, Michigan
Catherine E. Seta (1987)
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro
Mark S. Sexton (1992)
BA, MA, Wake Forest;
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Dudley Shapere (1984)
BA, MA, PhD, Harvard
Kurt C. Shaw (1987)
AB, Missouri; MA, PhD, Kansas
Howard W. Shields (1958)
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS,
Pennsylvania State; PhD, Duke
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Italian, Part-time; Venice, Spring 1994)
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology
and Lecturer in Education
(Part-time)
Assistant Lecturer in Art History (London)
(Department of Art; Part-time)
Professor of Politics
Professor of German
Assistant Professor of Psychology
Visiting Assistant Professor of English
Rei/nolds Professor of Philosophy and
History of Science
Assistant Professor of German and Russian
Professor of Physics
251
Robert N. Shorter (1958)
BA, Union; MA, PhD, Duke
Gale Sigal (1987)
BA, City College (New York); MA, Fordham;
PhD, CUNY (Graduate Center)
Wayne L. Silver (1985)
BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Florida State
Michael L. Sinclair (1968)
BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Stanford
William W. Sloan Jr. (1994)
BA, Davidson; MA, Wake Forest;
PhD, Miami (Ohio)
J. Howell Smith (1965)
BA, Baylor; MA, Tulane; PhD, Wisconsin
Kathleen B. Smith (1981)
BA, Baldwin- Wallace; MA, PhD, Purdue
Teresa Rust Smith (1993)
BS, MA, Florida
Wesley E. Snyder (1990)
BS, North Carolina State; MS, PhD, Illinois
Margaret Supplee Smith (1979)
BS, Missouri; MA, Case Western Reserve;
PhD, Brown
Cecilia H. Solano (1977)
BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins
Rosanne Spolski (1993)
BA, Bryn Mawr; PhD, Brandeis
Loraine Moses Stewart (1991)
BA, MA, North Carolina Central;
EdD, UNC-Greensboro
DeLeon E. Stokes (1982)
BA, Duke; MBA, Michigan
David H. Stroupe (1990)
BS, Wake Forest; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill
Anna- Vera Sullam (1972)
BA, Padua
Professor of English
(Leave, 1993-94)
Associate Professor of English
Associate Professor of Biology
Professor of History
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology
(Part-time)
Professor of History
Associate Professor of Politics
Visiting Instructor in Sociology
Professor of Computer Science
Professor of Art
Associate Professor of Psychology
Assistant Professor of Biology
Assistant Professor of Education
Lecturer in Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Instructor in Health and Sport Science
Instructor in Romance Languages
(Italian; Part-time, Venice)
Cynthia R. Sutton (1994)
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill;
MBA, Wake Forest
Robert L. Swofford (1993)
BS, Furman; PhD, California (Berkeley)
Instructor in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy, Part-time)
Professor of Chemistry
252
Charles H. Talbert (1963)
BA, Howard; BD, Southern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt
Stefanie H. Tanis (1986)
Ian M. Taplin (1985)
The College of Architecture, Oxford (England);
BA, York (England); MPhil, Leicester
(England); PhD, Brown
Thomas C. Taylor (1971)
BS, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill;
PhD, Louisiana State
Harold C. Tedford (1965)
BA, Ouachita; MA, Arkansas;
PhD, Louisiana State
Stanton K. Tefft (1964)
BA, Michigan State; MS, Wisconsin;
PhD, Minnesota
Claudia Newel Thomas (1986)
BA, Notre Dame; MA, Virginia;
PhD, Brandeis
Olive S. Thomas (1978)
BS, Wake Forest; MBA,
UNC-Greensboro
Stan J. Thomas (1983)
BS, Davidson; PhD, Vanderbilt
C. Michael Thompson (1991)
BA, JD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Harry B.Titus Jr. (1981)
BA, Wisconsin (Milwaukee); MFA,
PhD, Princeton
Patricia W. Toole (1990)
AB, Smith; MA, Wake Forest
Todd C. Torgersen (1989)
BS, MS, Syracuse; PhD, Delaware
Ralph B. Tower (1980)
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill;
MBA, Cornell
George W. Trautwein (1983)
BMus, Oberlin; MMus, Cleveland
Institute; MusD, Indiana
Robert W. Uleryjr. (1971)
BA, MA, PhD, Yale
Wake Forest Professor of Religion
Lecturer in German
Assistant Professor of Sociology
Hylton Professor of Accountancy
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor of Theater
Professor of Anthropology
Associate Professor of English
Lecturer in Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
(Part-time)
Associate Professor of Computer Science
Lecturer in Business
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Associate Professor of Art
Lecturer in Theater
(Part-time)
Dana Faculty Fellow and Assistant
Professor of Computer Science
Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Director of Instrumental Ensembles
(Department of Music)
Professor of Classical Languages
253
Robert L.Utley Jr. (1978)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke
Antonio Carlo Vitti (1986)
BA, MA, Wayne State;
PhD, Michigan
Marcellus E. Waddill (1962)
BA, Hampden-Sydney; MA, PhD, Pittsburgh
Kenneth M. Walker (1992)
BS, Chaminade University of Honolulu;
MA, Central Michigan
C. Anne Wallen (1989)
BS, UNC-Greensboro; PhD, Rochester
Sarah L. Watts (1987)
BA, Oklahoma College of Liberal Arts;
MA, PhD, Oklahoma
Mary R. Wayne (1980)
BFA, Pennsylvania State; MFA, Ohio State
David S. Weaver (1977)
BA, MA, Arizona; PhD, New Mexico
Peter D. Weigl (1968)
BA, Williams; PhD, Duke
Kari Weil (1985)
BA, Cornell; MA, PhD, Princeton
David P. Weinstein (1989)
BA, Colorado College; MA, Connecticut;
PhD, Johns Hopkins
Mark E. Welker (1987)
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State
Byron R.Wells (1981)
BA, MA, Georgia; PhD, Columbia
Helga A. Welsh (1993)
MA, PhD, University of Munich
Larry E. West (1969)
BA, Berea; PhD, Vanderbilt
Robert M. Whaples (1991)
BA, Maryland; PhD, Pennsylvania
M. Stanley Whitley (1990)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Cornell
UlrikeWiethaus(1991)
Colloquium at Kirchliche Hochschule
(Berlin, Germany); MA, PhD, Temple
Associate Professor of Humanities
Dana Faculty Fellow and Associate
Professor of Romance Languages
(Italian)
Professor of Mathematics
Professor of Military Science
Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics
Associate Professor ofHiston/
Lecturer in Theater
(Part-time)
Professor of Anthropology
Professor of Biology
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(French)
Assistant Professor of Politics
(Leave, Spring 1994)
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Professor of Romance Languages
(French; Dijon, Fall 1993)
Assistant Professor of Politics
Professor of German
Assistant Professor of Economics
Associate Professor of Romance Languages
(Spanish)
Assistant Professor of Religion
254
Jack E.Wilkerson Jr. (1989)
BS, Bob Jones University;
PhD, Texas
Alan J. Williams (1974)
BA, Stanford; PhD, Yale
George P. Williams Jr. (1958)
BS, Richmond; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
John E. Williams (1959)
BA, Richmond; MA, PhD, Iowa
Richard T. Williams (1985)
BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Princeton
Frank M. Williamson (1989)
BA, Newberry; MEd, South Carolina
David C. Wilson (1984, 1987)
BS, Wake Forest; MAT, Emory
Edwin G. Wilson (1946, 1951)
BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard
Donald H. Wolfe (1968)
BS, MS, Southern Illinois; PhD, Cornell
Frank B. Wood (1971)
BA, MA, Wake Forest; MDiv, South-
eastern Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Duke
John H. Wood (1985)
BS, Ohio; MA, Michigan State; PhD, Purdue
Ralph C.Wood Jr. (1971)
BA, MA, East Texas State; MA, PhD, Chicago
J. Ned Woodall (1969)
BA, MA, Texas; PhD, Southern Methodist
Andrew J. Yates (1993)
BS, Washington; MS, PhD, Stanford
Richard L. Zuber (1962)
BS, Appalachian; MA, Emory; PhD, Duke
Margaret D. Zulick (1991)
BM, Westminster Choir College;
MA, Earlham School of Religion;
MTS, Garrett-Evangelical Theo. Seminary
PhD, Northwestern
Associate Professor of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor of History
Professor of Physics
Wake Forest Professor of Psychology
Reynolds Professor of Physics
Assistant Professor ofMilitan/ Science
Instructor in Mathematics
(Part-time)
Professor of English
(London, Spring 1994)
Professor of Theater
Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
(Part-time)
Reynolds Professor of Economics
Easley Professor of Religion
Professor of Anthropology
Assistant Professor of Economics
Professor of History
Assistant Professor of Speech Communication
Emeriti
Dates following names indicate period of service.
Professor Emeritus of Biology
Charles M. Allen (1941-1989)
BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke
Ralph D. Amen (1962-1993)
BA, MA, Northern Colorado;
MBS, PhD, Colorado
John William Angell (1955-1990)
BA, Wake Forest; STM, Andover Newton;
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Bianca Artom (1975-1990)*
Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977)
BA, Westminster; MA, Missouri; PED, Indiana
Merrill G. Berthrong (1964-1989)
BA, Tufts; MA, Fletcher; PhD, Pennsylvania
Russell H. Brantley Jr. (1953-1987)
BA, Wake Forest
Germaine Bree (1973-1985)
Licence, EES, Agregarion, Paris; LittD, Smith,
Mount Holyoke, Alleghany, Duke, Oberlin,
Dickinson, Rutgers, Wake Forest, Brown,
Wisconsin (Milwaukee), New York, Massachusetts,
Kalamazoo, Washington (St. Louis), University of the
South, Boston, Wisconsin (Madison); LHD, Wilson,
Colby, Michigan,Davis and Elkins; LLD, Middlebury
Professor Emeritus of Biology
Easley Professor Emeritus of Religion
Lecturer Emerita in Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of Physical Education
Director of Libraries Emeritus
Director Emeritus of Communication
Kenan Professor Emerita of Humanities
George McLeod Bryan (1956-1987)
BA, MA, Wake Forest; BD, PhD, Yale
Shasta M. Bryant (1966-1987)
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Ruth F. Campbell (1962-1974)
BA, UNC-Greensboro;
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke
Robert L. Carlson (1969-1987)
BS, Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
MBA, PhD, Stanford
Professor Emeritus of Religion
Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages
Professor Emerita of Spanish
Professor Emeritus of Management
*Died on February 5, 1994
256
Dorothy Casey (1949-1988)
BS, UNC-Greensboro;
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill
Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957-1993)
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst. & Su;
MS, Tennessee
Cyclone Covey (1968-1988)
BA, PhD, Stanford
Marjorie Crisp (1947-1977)
BS, Appalachian; MA, George Peabody
Hugh William Divine (1954-1979)
BS, Georgia; MA, Louisiana State;
JD, Emory; LLM, SJD, Michigan
Robert Allen Dyer (1956-1983)
BA, Louisiana State;
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary
Walter S. Flory (1963-1980)
BA, Bridgewater; MA, PhD, Virginia;
ScD, Bridgewater
Ralph S. Fraser (1962-1988)
BA, Boston University; MA, Syracuse;
PhD, Illinois
Caroline Sandlin Fullerton (1969-1990)
BA, Rollins; MFA, Texas Christian
Ivey C. Gentry (1949-1989)
BS, Wake Forest; BS, New York;
MA, PhD, Duke
Christopher Giles (1951-1988)
BS, Florida Southern; MA, George Peabody
Balkrishna G. Gokhale (1960-1990)
BA, MA, PhD, Bombay
Associate Professor Emerita of Health
and Sports Science
Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor Emeritus of History
Associate Professor Emerita
of Physical Education
Professor Emeritus of Law
Professor Emeritus of Religion
Babcock Professor Emeritus of Biology
Professor Emeritus of German
Lecturer Emerita in SCTA
(Theater Arts)
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
Professor Emeritus ofHistoiy
and Asian Studies
Thomas F. Gossett (1967-1987)
BA, MA, Southern Methodist; PhD, Minnesota
George J. Griffin (1948-1981)
BA, Wake Forest; ThB, Southern Baptist
Theo. Seminary; BD, Yale; PhD, Edinburgh
Professor Emeritus of English
Professor Emeritus of Religion
257
Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959-1987)
BS, Duke; PhD, Brown
William H. Gulley (1966-1987)
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952-1988)
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke
Carl V. Harris (1956-1989)
BA, Wake Forest; BD, STM, Yale; PhD, Duke
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
Professor Emeritus of Sociology
Albritton Professor Emeritus of Religion
Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages
Lucille S. Harris (1957-1991)
BA, BM, Meredith
Delmer P. Hylton (1949-1991)
BS, MBA, Indiana
Lois Johnson (1942-1962) *
BA, Meredith; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill
Alonzo W. Kenion (1956-1983)
BA, MA, PhD, Duke
Harry L. King Jr. (1960-1981)
BA, Richmond; MA, PhD,
UNC-Chapel Hill
Robert E. Lee (1946-1977)
BS, LLD, Wake Forest;
MA, Columbia; LLM, SJD, Duke
Harry B. Miller (1947-1983)
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Carlton T. Mitchell (1961-1991)
BA, Wake Forest; BD, Yale; STM,
Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, New York
Carl C. Moses (1964-1991)
AB, William and Mary; MA, PhD,
UNC-Chapel Hill
John W. Nowell (1945-1987)
BS, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
James C. O'Flaherty (1947-1984)
BA, Georgetown; MA, Kentucky; PhD, Chicaj;
Instructor Emerita in Music
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Dean of Women Emerita
Professor Emeritus of English
Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of Law and
Dean Emeritus of the School of Law
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
Professor Emeritus of Religion
Professor Emeritus of Politics
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
Professor Emeritus of German
Died on October 22, 1993
258
A. Thomas Olive (1961-1988)
BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD,
North Carolina State
Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology
F. Jeanne Owen (1956-1991)
BS, UNC-Greensboro;
MCS, Indiana; JD, UNC-Chapel Hill
John E. Parker Jr. (1950-1987)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Syracuse
Clarence H. Patrick (1946-1978)
BA, Wake Forest; BD, Andover Newton;
PhD, Duke
Percival Perry (1939, 1947-1987)
BA, Wake Forest; MA, Rutgers; PhD, Duke
Elizabeth Phillips (1957-1989)
BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Iowa;
PhD, Pennsylvania
Lee Harris Potter (1965-1989)
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Herman J. Preseren (1953-1983)
BS, California State (Pennsylvania);
MA, Columbia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Beulah L. Raynor (1946-1979)
BA, East Carolina; MA, Wake Forest
Mark H. Reece (1956-1988)
BS, Wake Forest
C. H. Richards Jr. (1952-1985)
BA, Texas Christian; MA, PhD, Duke
Mary Frances Robinson (1952-1989)
BA, Wilson; MA, PhD, Syracuse
Paul S. Robinson (1952-1977)
BA, Westminster; BM, Curtis;
MSM, DSM, Union Seminary
Wilmer D. Sanders (1954-1957, 1964-1992)
BA, Muhlenberg; MA, PhD, Indiana
Professor Emerita of Business Law
(School of Business and Accountancy)
Professor Emeritus of Education
and Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of Sociology
Professor Emeritus of History
Professor Emerita of English
Professor Emeritus of English
Professor Emeritus of Education
Associate Professor Emerita of English
Dean of Students Emeritus
Professor Emeritus of Politics
Professor Emerita of Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of Music
Professor Emeritus of German
259
John W. Sawyer (1956-1988)
BA, MA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Missouri
James Ralph Scales (1967-1983; 1984-1988)
BA, Oklahoma Baptist; MA, PhD, Oklahoma;
LittD, Northern Michigan, Belmont Abbey;
LLD, Alderson-Broaddus; LLD, Duke
Ben M. Seelbinder (1959-1988)
BA, Mississippi Delta State;
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Bynum G. Shaw (1965-1993)
BA, Wake Forest
Richard L. Shoemaker (1950-1982)
BA, Colgate; MA, Syracuse;
PhD, Virginia
David L. Smiley (1950-1991)
BA, MA, Baylor; PhD, Wisconsin
Blanche C. Speer (1972-1984)
BA, Howard Payne; MA, PhD, Colorado
Henry Smith Stroupe (1937-1984)
BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke
Anne S. Tillett (1956-1986)
BA, Carson-Newman; MA, Vanderbilt;
PhD, Northwestern
J. Van Wagstaff (1964-1992)
BA, Randolph-Macon; MBA, Rutgers;
PhD, Virginia
Raymond L. Wyatt (1956-1992)
BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
W. Buck Yearns Jr. (1945-1988)
BA, Duke; MA, Georgia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
and Computer Science
President Emeritus and
Worrell Professor Emeritus of
Anglo-American Studies
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
Professor Emeritus of Journalism
(Department of English)
Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of History
Associate Professor Emerita of Linguistics
Professor Emeritus of History
Professor Emerita of Romance Languages
Professor Emeritus of Economics
Professor Emeritus of Biology
Professor Emeritus of History
The Committees of the Faculty
The committees listed represent those in effect during the academic year 1993-1994. Each
committee selects its oivn chair except where the chair is designated.
Executive Committees
The Committee on Academic Affairs
Non-voting. Dean of student services, associate deans of the College, and one undergradu-
ate student. Voting. Dean of the College; 1996 Robert A. Browne, John C. Moorhouse; 1995
Nina S. Allen, John A. Carter Jr.; 1994 John E. Collins, Dolly A. McPherson; and one
undergraduate student.
The Committee on Admissions
Non-voting. Director of admissions and financial aid, two members from the administra-
tive staff of the Office of the Dean of the College, and one undergraduate student. Voting.
Dean of the College; 1996 Patricia M. Cunningham, David K. Evans; 1995 Win-chiat Lee,
Barbee M. Oakes; 1994 Michael J. Berry, David W. Catron; and one undergraduate
student.
The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid
Non-voting. One undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of admis-
sions and financial aid, two members from the administrative staff of the Office of the
Dean of the College; 1996 Bernadine Barnes, Philippe Falkenberg; 1995 Robert H. Evans,
Gale Sigal; 1994 Barry G. Maine, Alton B. Pollard; and one undergraduate student.
The Committee on Curriculum
Voting. Provost, dean of the College, dean of the School of Business and Accountancy,
registrar, and the chairs of each department of the College as follows: Division I. Art,
Classical Languages, English, German and Russian, Music, Romance Languages, The-
ater. Division II. Biology, Chemistry, Health and Sport Science, Mathematics and Com-
puter Science, Physics. Division III. Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy,
Religion. Division IV. Anthropology, Economics, Politics, Psychology, Sociology, Speech
Communication. (The School of Business and Accountancy is included in Division TV.)
261
Advisory Committees
The Committee on Academic Planning
Non-voting. Provost, dean of the School of Business and Accountancy, and one under-
graduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library,
one undergraduate student, and 1997 Terry D. Blumenthal, Ralph C. Wood Jr.; 1996 David
B. Levy, Herman E. Eure; 1995 Ian M. Taplin, TBA; 1994 Roger A. Hegstrom, Milorad R.
Margitic.
The Committee on Athletics
Non-voting. Director of athletics. Voting. Vice president for financial resource management
and treasurer, dean of the College, faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast Conference;
and 1998 Anne Boyle, Alan J. Williams; 1997 Robert C. Beck, Susan H. Borwick; 1996 Eddie
V. Easley, Sarah L. Watts; 1995 Ronald V. Dimock, Howard W. Shields; 1994 Robert Knott,
Ronald E. Noftle.
The Committee on Institutional Planning
Non-voting. Provost, vice president for financial resource management and treasurer, vice
president for administration and planning, and one undergraduate student. Voting. Dean
of the College, dean of the School of Business and Accountancy, one undergraduate
student; and 1997 Ralph C. Kennedy, David P. Weinstein; 1996 Harold C. Tedford, Mark
E. Welker; 1995 Marcus B. Hester, Beverly Wright, Dale R. Martin; 1994 James Kuzmanovich,
Robert W. Ulery Jr.
The Committee on Nominations
Voting. 1996 Robert Knott, Teresa Radomski; 1995 Elmer K. Hayashi, Timothy F. Sellner,
Jack Wilkerson; 1994 Gillian R. Overing, Charles H. Talbert.
The Committee on Library Planning
Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Graduate School, one faculty representative from the
Committee on Academic Planning, and one undergraduate student. Voting. One faculty
representative from each academic department of the College, dean of the College, one
faculty representative from the School of Business and Accountancy, the director of the Z.
Smith Reynolds Library, and one undergraduate student.
262
Special Committees
The Committee on Publications
Voting. Dean of the College, vice president for financial resource management and
treasurer, university editor, three faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, The Student, and
the Howler; and 1996 W. Dillon Johnston; 1995 Claudia N. Thomas; 1994 Andrew V. Ettin.
The Committee for Teacher Education
Voting. Dean of the College, dean of the Graduate School, chair of the Department of
Education; and 1996 Sarah Barbour, Allin Cottrell; 1995 Charles F. Jackels, Michael L.
Hughes; 1994 David L. Faber, Stephen P. Messier.
The Committee on Honors
Non-voting. One student from the College. Voting. Dean of the College, the coordinator of
the Honors Program, one student from the College, and 1997 Peter Kairoff; 1996 Anthony
S. Parent; 1995 George E. Matthews Jr.; 1994 Perry L. Patterson,
The Committee of Lower Division Advisers
Dean of the College, chair of the lower division advisers, and members of the faculty who
are appointed as advisers to the Lower Division.
The Committee on Orientation
Dean of the College, chair of the lower division advisers, who shall serve as chair, dean of
freshmen, dean of student services, a designated member of the administrative staff,
president of the Student Government or a representative, and other persons from the
administration and student body whom the chair shall invite to serve.
The Committee on Records and Information
Non-voting. Registrar. Voting. Dean of the College, archivist, who shall be secretary, vice-
chair of the faculty, secretary of the faculty, and 1996 Marcellus E. Waddill; 1995 Paul R.
Anderson; 1994 Todd Torgersen.
263
The Committee on Open Curriculum
Dean of the College, 1997 Cecilia H. Solano, Brian L. Gorelick; 1996 Dilip K. Kondepudi,
Linda N. Nielsen; 1995 Antonio Vitti, John C. Moorhouse; 1994 John V. Baxley, Robert H.
Evans.
The Committee for the AROTC
Voting. Dean of the College, AROTC coordinator, professor of military science; and 1996
Allan D. Louden; 1995 James F. Curran; 1994 William L. Hottinger.
Joint Faculty/Administration Committees
The Joint Admissions Committee
Dean of the College, director of admissions and financial aid, provost, and three faculty
members of the Committee on Admissions.
The Judicial Council
Administration. 1996 Kenneth A. Zick; 1995 Patricia Johansson. Alternate. 1995 Toby A.
Hale. Faculty. 1998 Katy Harriger; 1997 Mary L. Friedman; 1996 Fred L. Horton Jr.; 1995
Candelas Newton; 1994 Stewart Carter. Alternate. 1994 Leonard Roberge; 1997 M. Stanley
Whitley; two students from the College and one student alternate.
The Committee on Student Life
Dean of the College or his designate, dean of student services, a designated member of the
administration; 1996 Jack E. Wilkerson Jr.; 1995 Ronald V. Dimock; 1994 Stephen B. Boyd;
and three undergraduate students.
Other Faculty Assignments
Faculty Advisers to the Honor Council
1996 TBA; 1995 James T. Powell; 1994 Doug Bland.
264
Faculty Advisers to the Student Judicial Board
1996 TBA; 1995 John H. Litcher; 1994 Richard Barnett.
Faculty Marshals
John V. Baxley, Richard D. Carmichael,
Barbee M. Oakes, Catherine T. Harris
University Senate
President, provost, treasurer, the deans of the several schools, the associate dean of the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the
secretary of the University, and, with the consent of the Senate, any person holding the
position of vice president of the University or equivalent rank, and the following:
Representatives of the College: 1997 Stephen B. Boyd, Kathleen M. Glenn, Claudia N.
Thomas; 1996 Katy Harriger, Ellen K. Kirkman, Peter D. Weigl; 1995 Nancy J. Cotton,
Claire H. Hammond; 1994 Donald E. Frey, Jill J. McMillan, Harry B. Titus Jr.
Representatives of the School of Business and Accountancy: 1996 S. Douglas Beets; 1994 Ralph
Tower.
Representatives of the Graduate School: 1996 Gale Sigal; 1995 Douglas S. Lyles.
Representatives of the School of Law: 1996 J. Wilson Parker; 1994 Suzanne Reynolds.
Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 1995 Peter Peacock; 1994
Bobby Lamy.
Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1996 Carolyn R. Ferree; 1995 Charles
S. Turner, W. Frederick McQuirt, Frederick R. Kahl; 1994 Judy Brunso-Bechtold.
Institutional Review Board
Director of research and sponsored programs, Robert Jones, Daniel Frankel, Richard
Vance, and 1995 Dale Dagenbach, Michael J. Berry, Cecil D. Price; 1994 Robert C. Beck,
Mary Jane Berman, Fred L. Horton Jr., Jack Rejeski.
Index
Academic Calendar, 2, 22
Accountancy, 213
Accreditation, 12
Administration, 220
Admission, 17
Admission Application Fee, 18, 21
Admission Deposit, 18, 20
Admission Requirements, 17
Advanced Placement, 19
Advising, 22
Advisory Committees (Faculty), 261
Advisory Council, School of Business
and Accountancy, 219
Anthropology, 60
Application for Admission, 17
Applied Music, 140
Applied Music Fees, 21
Archeological Res., Bahamas, 204
AROTC, 33
Art, 64
Art History, 65
Asia, Pacific Rim Courses, 204
Asian Studies (interdisciplinary minor), 68
Auditing Courses, 24
Babcock Grad. School of Management, 7
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 51
Bachelor of Science Degree, 51
Basic Requirements, 52
Beijing (China), 49, 197
Biology, 69
Board of Trustees, 217
Board of Visitors, 218
Bogota, Colombia, Study in, 43, 197
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 7
Buildings and Grounds, 8
Bulletins of WFU, 268
Burgundy, University of, 48
Business, 209
Business and Accountancy, 7, 205
Calendar, 2
Caribbean, Courses in, 204
Carswell Scholarships, 31
Charges, 20-21
Chemistry, 75
China, Study in, 49, 197
Chinese, 68, 84, 85
Chronological History of WFU, 16
Class Attendance, 23
Classical Languages, 78
Classics, 80
Classification, 23
CLEP, 19
College History and Development, 15
Combined Degrees in Medical
Technology, 57
Committees of the Faculty, 260
Communication Services, 11
Composition Condition (cc), 54
Computer Center, 9
Computer Science, 129
Concessions, 44
Course Numbers, 60
Course Repetition, 27
Courses of Instruction, 60
Courses on Other (Overseas) Sites, 204
Cultural Res. Preservation (interdiscipli-
nary minor), 82
Dance, 193
Dean's List, 26
Degree Requirements, 51
Degrees Offered, 51
Dentistry Degree, 58
Dijon Semester (University of
Burgundy), 43, 48, 197
Divisional Requirements, 52
Double Majors, 55
Dropping a Course, 24
Early Christian Studies (interdisciplinary
minor), 83
Early Decision, 18
East Asian Languages and
Literatures, 84
East Asian Studies (foreign area), 85
East European Studies (foreign area), 86
Economics, 87
Education, 91
Emeriti, 255
Engineering Degree, 59
266
England, Study in, 46
English, 97
English, Proficiency in the Use of, 54
Enrollment, 216
Ensemble (music), 142
Europe, Courses in, 204
Examinations, 25
Exchange Scholarships, 43
Executive Committees (faculty) 260
Expenses, 19
Experiment in International Living, 49
Faculties, Undergraduate, 233
Faculty Adviser, 22
Fees, 20
Federal Financial Aid Programs, 42
Fields of Study, 51
Financial Aid, 30-45
Five-Yr. Program, Accountancy, 206
Food Services, 20
Foreign Area Studies, 47, 56
Forestry and Environmental Studies
Degree, 59
France, Study in, 48, 175, 197
Freiburg-im-Breisgau, Germany, 197
French, 172
French Exchange Scholarship, 43
General Requirements, 51
Geographical Distribution (undergrad-
uate), 216
German, 104
German Exchange Scholarship, 43
German Studies (foreign area), 107
Governing and Advisory Boards, 217
Grade Points, 26
Grade Reports, 26
Grading, 25
Graduate School, 7
Graduation Distinctions, 26
Greek, 79
Handicapped Students, Admission, 18
Hankins Scholarships, 31
Health and Sport Science, 108
Health and Sport Science Requirement,
53, 108
Hebrew, 170
Hiratsuka (Japan), 49, 199
History, 112
History and Development, WFU, 15
Honors Study, 46
Hospital Charges, 21
Hospital Insurance, 21
Housing, 22
Humanities, 118
Immunization, 17
Incomplete Grades, 25
Institute of European Studies, 48
Interdisciplinary Honors, 122
Interdisciplinary Minors, 56
International Studies (interdisciplinary
minor), 125
International Studies, Office of, 47
Italian, 179
Italian Studies (foreign area), 125
Italy, Study in, 48, 180
Japan, Study in, 49
Japanese, 68, 84, 85
Joint Majors, 55
Journalism, 99
Kiev, Ukraine, 199
Late Registration Fee, 21
Latin, 79
Latin American Studies (foreign area), 126
Law School, 7
Libraries, 11
Library Fines, 21
Linguistics (interdisciplinary minor), 127
Loans, 30, 43
London Semester, 47, 199
Major, Declaring a, 54
Major Requirements, Options for
Meeting, 55
Majors, 51
Master's Degree in Accounting, 8, 51, 206
Mathematical Economics, 55, 129
Mathematics and Computer Science, 129
Max. Number of Courses in Dept., 55
Medical School, 7
Medical Technology Degree, 57
Medieval Studies (interdisciplinary
minor), 134
Microbiology Degree, 58
Microcomputer Center, 11
267
Middle East, Courses in, 204
Military Science, 136
Ministerial Concessions, 44
Minors, 56
Moscow, Russia, Study in, 49, 200
Motor Vehicle Registration, 21
Music, 138
Music Ensemble, 142
Natural Sciences, 145
Near Eastern Languages and
Literature, 170
Non-WFU Programs, Study Abroad, 49
N. C. Legislative Tuition Grants, 44
Open Curriculum, 46
Options for Meeting Major Req., 55
Orientation and Advising, 22
Overseas Courses, 197
Part-Time Students, 23
Pass /Fail Grades, 26
Philosophy, 146
Physician Assistant Program, 58
Physics, 150
Politics, 154
Presidents of WFU, 16
Probation, 27
Procedures, 17
Proficiency in the Use of English, 54
Psychology, 160
Purpose, Statement of, 14
Readmission Requirements, 28
Recognition and Accreditation, 12
Refunds, 21
Registration, 23
Religion, 164
Repetition of Courses, 27
Req. for Acceptable Acad. Standing, 27
Requirements for Degrees, 51
Requirements for Readmission, 28
Residence Hall Charges, 20, 22
Residential Language Centers, 47
Reynolds Scholarships, 30
Romance Languages, 171
Room Change Fee, 21
Room Charges, 20
Russia, Study in, 49
Russian, 104
Salamanca Semester, 48, 178, 201
Salem College, Study at, 46
Scholarships, 30
School of Business & Accountancy, 205
School of Business & Accountancy
Advisory Council, 219
School of Law, 7
Senior Testing, 57
Sociology, 181
Spain, Study in, 48, 178, 201
Spanish, 175
Spanish Exchange Scholarship, 43
Spanish Studies (foreign area), 185
Special Programs, 46
Speech Communication, 186
Sports Medicine, 111
Student Health Service, 17, 21
Student/Stud. Spouse Employment, 45
Studio Art, 67
Study Abroad Opportunities, 49
Study Abroad in Non-WF Programs, 49
Summer Study, 29
Teaching Cert. /Requirements, 92
Theater, 190
Traffic Fines, 21
Transcripts, 21, 26
Transfer Credit, 19, 29
Transfer Students, Admission of, 19
Trustees, 217
Tuition, 20
Tuition Deposit, 21
Undergraduate Faculties, 233
Undergraduate Schools, 13
University, 7
University Senate, 264
Urban Studies (interdisciplinary minor), 194
Vehicle Registration, 21
Venice, Semester in, 48, 180, 201
Veterans' Benefits, 45
Vienna, Austria, 202
Visitors, Board of, 218
Wake Forest College, 14
Withdrawal from the College, 25
Women's Studies (interdisciplinary minor),
195
Writing Center, 54
Bulletins of Wake Forest University
The Undergraduate Schools
Director of Admissions and Financial Aid
Box 7305 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305
(910) 759-5201
The Graduate School
Dean of the Graduate School
Box 7487 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7487
(910) 759-5301
The School of Law
Director of Admissions
Box 7206 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7206
(910) 759-5437
The Babcock Graduate School of Management
Director of Admissions
Box 7659 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7659
(910) 759-5422
The Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Associate Dean for Admissions
Medical Center Blvd.
Winston-Salem, NC 27157-1090
(910) 716-4265
The Summer Session
Dean of the Summer Session
Box 7293 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7293
(910) 759-5664
The undergraduate bulletin is published by the University Editor's Office, Room
220 Reynolda Hall, Revnolda Campus. Adele LaBrecque, bulletin editor. Tele-
phone: (910) 759-5960
Wake Forest administers all educational and employment activities without discriminationbecause
of race, color, religion, national origin, age, handicap, or gender except where exempt.
Director of Admissions
Wake Forest University
Box 7305 Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305
Second Class Postage Paid
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
USPS 078-320
WAKE FOREST
UNIVERSITY
TVNews
OpenLibrary